Chapter 6

Work, Energy and Power

Chapter Contents
z Scalar Product SCALAR PRODUCT

z Work If the product of two vectors is obtained as scaler, then such a product
called scalar or dot product.
z Kinetic Energy
Scalar product of two vectors is equal to the product B
z Work-Energy Theorem of magnitude of one of the vector, and component of
other vector, in the direction of first vector.

z Potential Energy A
A  B  A(B cos ) Bcos
z Conservative and Non- = ABcos
conservative Forces
z Properties of Dot Product
z Equilibrium
(1) Dot product is commutative

z Mechanical Energy and its AB  B  A
Conservation (2) Dot product is distributive

z Vertical Circular Motion A  (B  C )  A  B  A  C

z Power (3) Self dot product of a vector is equal to square of their magnitude

A  A  A2
z Collision
(4) iˆ  iˆ  jˆ  jˆ  kˆ  kˆ  1

iˆ  jˆ  jˆ  kˆ  kˆ  iˆ  0
(5) Dot product of two perpendicular vectors is zero
z To prove two vectors to be perpendicular prove their dot product
to be zero.
z To calculate angle between two vectors, take their dot product.

A  B  AB cos 

AB
cos  
AB

z Component of A in the direction of B

 BB
 A 
 BB

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
166 Work, Energy and Power NEET

Example 1 : If the magnitude of two vectors are 4 and 6 and the magnitude of their scalar product is 12 2 ,
what is the angle between the vectors?

Solution : A  4, B  6, A  B  12 2

A  B  AB cos 

A  B 12 2 1
cos    
AB 46 2
cos = cos45°
   45

Example 2 : Find the angle between force F  (5iˆ  4 ˆj  5kˆ ) unit and displacement d  (3iˆ  4 ˆj  3kˆ ) unit.

Also find the projection of F on d .

Solution : F  d  Fx d x  Fy d y  Fz d z = 5(3) + 4(4) + 5(–3) = 16 unit

F  F  F 2  Fx2  Fy2  Fz2  52  42  52  66 unit

d  d  d 2  d x2  d y2  d z2  32  42  ( 3)2  34 unit

F  d  Fd cos 

F d 16 16
 cos      0.34
Fd 66 34 47.37
  = cos–1(0.34)

Projection of F on d  F cos   66  0.34  2.76

WORK
z Work Done by a Constant Force : Work done by a force is defined as the product of force and the
displacement of point of application of force, in the direction of the force.

W = Fs cos  F  s , s the magnitude of displacement s and  the angle between F and s. Where F is

the magnitude of force F .
F = Magnitude of force
s = Displacement of point of application

 = Angle between F and s

F  F
os
sc
  F 
s s F cos  s
W = F s cos W = (F cos) s
= F (s cos) = F// s
= F s//, = Component of force in the direction of
= Magnitude of the force × component of the displacement × magnitude of the displacement.
displacement in the direction of the force

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 167

If F  Fx iˆ  Fy jˆ  Fz kˆ

and s  s x iˆ  sy ˆj  sz kˆ

then, W  F  s  Fx s x  Fy sy  Fz sz

In the equation W  F  s, s is not necessarily due to F . Of course, if initially the particle were at rest and

F were the only force acting on it, s would be due to F alone; otherwise all other forces acting on the

particle and its initial state of motion determine s .
Example :

A particle moves along a horizontal surface from point A to point B. Let AB be equal to s . Two constant
forces F1 and F2, apart from mg, N and fk, act on the particle at angles 1 and 2 from the positive direction

of motion. Using W  F  s :

N
2 F1
F2
1
fk
B
A
mg s

1. Work done by F1 on the particle WF1 = F1s cos1, where F1 F1

is the magnitude of F1 , s the magnitude of s and 1 the angle
1
between and F1 and s . WF1 is positive as 1 is an acute angle. s

2. Work done by F2 on the particle WF2 = F2 s cos 2. WF2 is 2
F2
negative as 2 is obtuse angle. s
3. Work done by the frictional force WFk  fk s cos180  fk s . 

(as fk and s are in opposite direction). fk s

4. Work done by mg on the particle Wmg = mg s cos 90° = 0 s

( /2)
( mg and s are mutually perpendicular)
mg
5. Work done by normal reaction (N) on the particle

WN = N s cos 90° = 0. ( N and s are mutually perpendicular) N
z The SI unit for work is joule. (/2)
z erg is unit of work in CGS
s
1 joule = 107 erg

z Work Done by a Variable Force

y
B(x2, y2, z2)
When a variable force F acts on a particle while it moves ds
F
from point A to B, say along the path shown in the figure,
work done by the force on the particle is given by
B
W =  F  ds . ...(1) A(x1, y1, z1)
A x

Here, F  ds is to be integrated along the path the particle
follows. z

B
The vector integral  F  ds is equivalent to
A
x2 y2 z2
W= x1
Fx dx  
y1
Fy dy  
z1
Fz dz ...(2)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
168 Work, Energy and Power NEET

z Work Done by a Spring Force

x = x0 x= 0
Let the block shown in the figure compress the spring (an ideal one) by x0.
Let the force constant of the spring be k. An ideal spring obeys the Hooke’s

law i.e., F  kx.
smooth x (0, 0)
In the figure, when the spring is compressed by x, it pushes the block by
a force kx, i.e., applies a force kx on the block towards left. Over an x = x0 x= 0
infinitesimal displacement dx the spring does work kxdx on the block.
Total work done on the block by the spring for compression x0 is
x0 1 x (0, 0)
W  kxdx   kx02 smooth
0 2
1 2
While relaxing the spring will do work kx0 on the block.
2

1
z Work done by spring of compressed from x1 to x2, W   k ( x 22  x12 )
2
z Work done by same force may be positive, negative or 0
Positive work Negative work Zero work

dS
T
T T

S S

Work done by tension Work done by tension Work done by

Positive ( = 0) Negative ( = 180°) tension is zero ( = 90°)
z To calculate work done from (force and position) graph F
calculate area under the graph
Work done from 0 to X1 = Area of 1 (Positive work) 1
X1 X2
Work done from X1 to X2 = Area of 2 (Negative work) O 2 Position
Total work done from 0 to X2 = Area of 1 + Area of 2.

Example 3 : A gardener pushes a lawn roller on a rough surface. He applies a force of 150 N over a distance
of 5 m. After that, he gets tired and his applied force reduces linearly with distance to 75 N. The
total distance moved is 10 m. Plot the force applied by the gardener and the frictional force, which
is 75 N versus displacement. Calculate the work done by the two forces over 10 m.

Solution : Plot of the force F applied by the gardener and the opposing frictional force f vs displacement.
y
B C
150
75 E
F(N) A D
0
5m 10 m I x
f = – 75
G x H

y
At x = 10 m, F = 75 N ( 0) frictional force, f = | f | = 75 N. It opposes motion and acts in a
direction opposite to F . It is therefore shown on the negative side of the force axis.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 169
The work done by the Gardener is
WF = Area of rectangle ABCD + Area of trapezium CEID

1
= 150  5   (150  75)  5 = 750 + 562.5 = 1312.5 J
2

Work done by frictional force is

Wf = Area of rectangle AGHI
= (– 75)  10 = – 750 J
The area on the negative side of the force axis has a negative sign.

KINETIC ENERGY

The Kinetic energy of a body is the work, that the body can do by virtue of its motion.

A particle of mass m moving in a reference frame with velocity v is said to have kinetic energy given by
1 1 1 2
K mv 2 2
 2 mv  2 m | v | 
2
Kinetic energy depends on frame of reference.

Let a particle of mass m move with a velocity v w.r.t. a reference frame S1 which is at rest. Kinetic energy
of the particle in this reference frame. y
1 S1
K1  mv 2 (v  | v |)
2 v
x
Let another reference frame S2 move with velocity u w.r.t. O

S1. Velocity of the particle w.r.t. S2 = v  u. Kinetic energy z
of the particle in reference frame S2, Reference frame
at rest
1
K2  m(| v  u |)2 . y
2 S2
1 u
Note that m(| v  u |)2 is not necessarily same as
2 x
O
1
m(v  u )2 . Instead, | v  u |  v 2  u 2  2vu cos , where  z
2 Reference frame moving

is the angle between v and u . with u w.r.t. S1

WORK-ENERGY THEOREM

The work done by all the forces, acting on a system is equal to the change in kinetic energy of system.

Net work done on a particle equals change in kinetic energy of the particle.

W = K2  K1 ...(1)

If the forces F1, F2 , F3 , ......., Fn acting on a particle do works W1, W2, W3, ......., Wn, Then

W1 + W2 + W3 + .....+Wn = K2  K1 ...(2)

W = K2  K1, ...(3)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
170 Work, Energy and Power NEET

For a system of particles (or system of rigid bodies),

Wext + Wint = K ...(4)
where Wext = Work done by the external forces on the system.
and Wint = Work done by the internal forces on the system.

Note : z Newton’s third law of motion gives you that Fint  0 . But the work done by the internal forces
may be zero or may not be equal to zero.
z Internal forces can not change the momentum of system, but can change kinetic energy of
system.

Example 4 : A raindrop of mass 2 g falling from a height of 1.00 km, hits the ground with a speed of
40.0 ms–1.
(a) Find the work done by the gravitational force.
(b) Find the work done by the opposing resistive force (g = 10 ms–2)
Solution : (a) Assuming u = 0 and constant g = 10 ms–2, the work done by the gravitational force is

Wg = mgh

= 2 × 10–3 × 10 × 103 = 20 J

1 1
(b) K  mV 2  0   2  10 –3  40  40  1.6 J
2 2

From the work-energy theorem

k = Wg + Wr where Wr is the work done by the opposing resistive force.

1.6 = 20 + Wr

Wr  18.4 J

 1 
Example 5 : The position (x) of a particle of mass 1 kg moving along x-axis at time t is given by  x  t 2 
 2 
metre. Find the work done by force acting on it in time interval from t = 0 to t = 3s.

1 2 dx 1
Solution : x t  v   (2t )  t
2 dt 2

 At t = 0, vi = 0

At t = 3s, vf = 3 ms–1

According to W-E theorem,

1 1
W  K  K f  K i  mv f2  mv i2
2 2
1
  1 32  4.5 J
2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 171

EXERCISE

1. A particle moves from point P(1, 2, 3) to Q(2, 1, 4) under the action of a constant force F  (2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ ) N. Work
done by the force is
(1) 2J (2) 4J
(3) 16 J (4)8J

2. Which of the following vector is perpendicular to the vector A  2iˆ  3 ˆj  4kˆ ?

(1) iˆ  ˆj  kˆ (2) 4iˆ  3 jˆ  2kˆ

(3) iˆ  3 ˆj  kˆ (4) iˆ  2 jˆ  2kˆ

3. A block of mass 2 kg is placed on a smooth horizontal surface. Two forces F1 = 20 N and F2 = 5 N start
acting on the block in opposite directions as shown. If block gets displaced by 5 m in the direction of net
force then work done by F2 is
F1 F2

(1) –75 J (2) 75 J

(3) –25 J (4) 25 J
4. A position dependent force F acting on a particle and its force-position curve is shown in the figure. Work done
on the particle, when its displacement 0 to 5 m is
F (N)
+10

x (m)
1 2 3 4 5
–10
(1) 35 J (2) 25 J
(3) 15 J (4) 5J
g
5. A man of mass 50 kg is standing in an elevator. If elevator is moving up with an acceleration
then work
3
done by normal reaction of floor of elevator on man when elevator moves by a distance 12 m is
(g = 10 m/s2)
(1) 2000 J (2) 4000 J
(3) 6000 J (4) 8000 J
6. A particle moves along x-axis under the action of a position dependent force F = (5x2 – 2x) N. Work done by
forces on the particle when it moves from origin to x = 3 m is
(1) 45 J (2) 36 J
(3) 32 J (4) 42 J
7. The angles between the force and the displacement for maximum and minimum work respectively be
(1) 90° and 0° (2) 0° and 90°
(3) 0° and 180° (4) 180° and 0°

8. A body constrained to move along the z-axis, under a constant force F  iˆ  2 ˆj  3kˆ N . Work done by this
force in moving the body a distance 4 m along the z-axis is
(1) 12 J (2) 4J
(3) 2J (4) 6J

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
172 Work, Energy and Power NEET

POTENTIAL ENERGY

Potential energy is associated with the configuration of particles provided internal forces present between them
are conservative. Every configuration of a system of particles is characterized by an internal potential energy
U, and the work done by all the internal forces while the configuration changes is equal to the decrease in
the potential energy of the system.
The potential energy of a system of particles is the work the system of bodies can do by virtue of the relative
position of its parts, that is, by virtue of its configuration.
In mechanics two types of the potential energy are of particular importance : Gravitational Potential Energy
and Elastic Potential Energy.

z Gravitational Potential Energy

An object of mass m at a height of h above the earth’s surface (earth is taken as the reference at which
the potential energy is taken as zero) is said to have a potential energy given by

mgh h
U  mgh [If h  Re , then 1  1]
 h  Re
1  R 
 e 

When the object moves near earth relative to the earth, the
2 U = m gh1
change in potential energy of the object (precisely speaking
object-Earth system) is given by m h1
U = mg h m
U = mg h. 1 1
h m h2
z When the particle moves upwards, h is positive, 2 U = –m gh2
gravitational potential energy increases.
z When the particle moves downward, h is negative, Earth's surface
gravitational potential energy decreases.

z Elastic Potential Energy of a Spring

For a spring that obeys Hooke’s law, F  kx, the elastic potential energy is given by
U
1
U  k ( xf2  xi2 ) 1 kx2
2 2
O
xi = Initial extension
xf = Final extension
–x x x
If initial extension is zero and final extension is x compression extension
U = 1/2 kx2
where k is the force constant of the spring and x is either its compression or extension, measured relative
to its natural length.

CONSERVATIVE AND NON-CONSERVATIVE FORCES

z Conservative force

The special type of internal force of a system, the work done against which is stored in the system as its
potential energy, which can be recovered later is called conservative force.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 173
z Non conservative force

The internal force of a system the work done against which is not stored in the system as its potential energy,
is called non conservative force.

Conservative forces Non-conservative force

1. The work done by these forces is reversible. 1. The work done by these forces is not reversible.
2. The work done by these forces independent of 2. The work done by these forces depends on path
path followed, depends only on the starting and followed.
ending points.
3. Work done in a round trip is zero. 3. The work done in a round trip is not zero.
4. It can always be expressed as negative of the 4. It has no relation with potential energy.
gradient of potential energy
dU
F 
dr
 Gravitational force, coulomb force and spring  Frictional force, viscous force are
force (with in elastic limit) are conservative. non-conservative.

z Potential energy function U(x) and associated conservative force

If we know the potential energy function U(x) for a system in which a one dimensional force F(x) acts, we can find
the force as

dU ( x )  dU dU ˆ dU ˆ 
F(x) =  , for one dimension  In three dimension F  iˆ  j k
dx  dx dy dz 
z The expression says,
(i) The conservative force acts in the direction of decreasing potential energy.
(ii) The force is equal to the rate of decrease of Potential Energy.

EQUILIBRIUM
In translational equilibrium net force is to be zero
dU
Fx    0 (for equilibrium) (Assuming only conservative forces)
dx
z Stable Equilibrium
The equilibrium is stable at a point if the potential energy at that point is minimum.
For minimum potential energy at equilibrium position x0

d 2U
0
dx 2 x  x0

z Unstable Equilibrium
At unstable equilibrium position potential energy is maximum.

d 2U
0
dx 2
z Neutral Equilibrium
If potential energy does not vary with position the equilibrium is said to be neutral.

d 2U
0
dx 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
174 Work, Energy and Power NEET

z To check the stability slightly disturb the body from equilibrium position. If on disturbing potential energy
increases then equilibrium will be stable, if potential energy decreases equilibrium will be unstable, and if no
change in potential energy then equilibrium will be neutral.

MECHANICAL ENERGY AND ITS CONSERVATION

The mechanical energy E of a system is the sum of its kinetic energy K and its potential energy U.
E = K + U.
K + U = constant
 K + U = 0.
There are physical situations where one or more non-conservative force act on the system but net work done
by them is zero, then also the mechanical energy of the system remains constant.
If Wncf = 0, Mechanical Energy E = Constant.
z Work Done by Non-conservative Force
Net work done by non-conservative forces acting on the system equals change in mechanical energy of the
system,
Wncf = E = K + U.
We know that Wext + Wint = K
Wint = –U
So Wext = K + U = E

VERTICAL CIRCULAR MOTION

z Tangential acceleration at point P

aT = gsin
z Centripetal acceleration at point P

Tp  mg cos  v p2
aC  
m l
z Speed at point P vH H

v p2  v L2  2gl (1  cos ) TH
mg
z Tension in string at point P M M
O TP vP
mv p2 
l P
Tp   mg cos  TL mg cos
l
vL mg sin
z Tension at lowest point L
mg
mv L2
TL  mg 
l
z Tension at highest point

mv H2
TH   mg 
l
z TL – TH = 6 mg
z When v L  5gl , it completes vertical circle (Also vH > gl )

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 175

z v L  2gl , it oscillates between M and M 

z 2gl  v L  5gl , it will leave the circular path somewhere between M and H.

Tmax TL
z If T   n (where n > 1)
min TH

6mg 6mgn
TH  , TL 
n 1 n 1

gl (5  n ) gl (5n  1)
vH  , vL 
n 1 n 1
v H  gl
Critical Condition TH  0

In critical condition tension at highest point is 0

Critical speed at highest point

u  gL v m  3 gl
Tm  3 mg
z If instead of string mass is attached with a light (mass-less) rigid
rod, then minimum speed at lowest point to complete vertical circle
vL  5 gl
u  4 gl
TL  6 mg

Example 6 : A block of mass 8 kg is released from the top of an inclined smooth surface as shown in figure.
If spring constant of spring is 200 N/m and block comes to rest after compressing spring by
1 m then find the distance travelled by block before it comes to rest.
8k
g

30°

Solution : Consider d is the distance travelled by block along the plane and height it come in downward
direction h = dsin30°
Now, when block will come to rest, The decrease in
its potential energy will store in spring

1 2 8k
 mgh  ky [ y is compression in spring] g
2
1 2
 mg d sin30  ky
2
d 1
 8  10    200  12
2 2
30°
 40 d = 100
 d = 2.5 m

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
176 Work, Energy and Power NEET

Example 7 : A simple pendulum of mass m and length l is held in position at an angle  with vertical. If it is
released from this position, find the speed with which it will pass the lowest position.
Solution : During motion of pendulum from A to B, its potential energy will convert into kinetic energy.
S

 L

A
C
v
B
The height pendulum comes in downward direction is BC
and BC = SB – SC = L – L cos
By law of conservation of mechanical energy,
1
mgh  mv 2
2
1
 mg [L  L cos ]  mv 2
2
 v  2gL[1  cos ]

Example 8 : A bob of mass m suspended by a massless inextensible string is rotated in a vertical circle of
radius r as shown in the figure. Obtain an expression for speeds and kinetic energies at A, B
and C. Comment on the nature of trajectory of the bob after it reaches the point C.

C
mg
TC
B

TA

A
mg

Solution : Let horizontal velocity at lowest point A be VA such that string becomes slack only on reaching
highest point C. Taking the potential energy of the system to be zero at A, the total mechanical
energy, E
At A :

1
E mv A2 …(i) (E = KE + PE = KE as PE = 0)
2

mv A2
TA  mg  …(ii) (Using Newton’s IInd Law)
r
Where TA is the tension in the string at A.
At the highest point C, the string slackens, so TC = 0

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 177
At C :

1
E mvC2  2mgr …(iii) (Where vC is the velocity at C.)
2
mvC2
mg  …(iv) (Newton’s IInd law)
r
1 1
From equation (iv), mvC2  mgr
2 2
Put this value in eq. (iii)

1
E mgr  2mgr
2
5
E mgr …(v) (This is also KE at A as PEA = 0)
2
From equations (i) & (v)

1 5
mv A2  mgr
2 2
v A  5gr …(vi)

Velocity at A  5gr

5
Kinetic energy at A  mgr …(vii)
2

From equation (iv), v c  gr …(viii)

1
Kinetic energy at C = mgr …(ix)
2

At B :

1
E mv B2  mgr …(x) (Where vB is the velocity at B)
2
This should be same as the energy at A.

1 1 5
So, mv B2  mgr  mv A2  mgr (Using equation (vii))
2 2 2

1 3
mv B2  mgr
2 2

 v B  3gr …(xi)

3
Kinetic energy at B  mgr …(xii)
2
At C, the string becomes slack and velocity of bob is horizontal and to the left, Bob continues
on its circular path and completes the revolution.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
178 Work, Energy and Power NEET

POWER
Power is defined as the rate of doing work with respect to time.

W
z Average Power Pav 
t

dW F  dr
z Instantaneous power Pi    F v
dt dt

v is instantaneous velocity when the force is F .
SI unit of power is watt.

z Power of a Water Drawing Pump

z Power of pump required to just lift the water

 dm 
P  gh  
 dt 

output power
z Efficiency of pump    100%
input power

Example 9 : An engine pumps 400 kg of water through height of 10 m in 40 s. Find the power of the engine
if its efficiency is 80% (g = 10 ms–2).
Solution : Work done by engine against gravity
W = mgh
= 400  10  10
= 40 kJ

W
Power used by engine =
t

40  103
= W  1kW
40
If power of the engine is P, then

80
P  1kW
100
1000  100
 P W
80
100
or kW  1.25 kW
80

Example 10 : A particle is moving along x-axis under the action of a force, F which varies with its position (x)
1
as F  . Find the variation of power due to this force with x.
4
x
Solution : F  x–1/4
 a  x–1/4

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 179
 a = kx–1/4 (where k is a proportionality constant)
dv dx dv
a   kx 1/4
dt dt dx
vdv
 kx 1/ 4
dx
vdv = kx–1/4dx
1/ 4
 vdv  k  x dx

v2 x 3/4
k
2 3/4
v2  x3/4
v  x3/8
 P = Fv

x 3/8
P
x1/4
P  x1/8

Example 11 : An elevator that can carry a maximum load of 1500 kg (elevator + passengers) is moving up with
a constant speed of 2 ms–1. The frictional force opposing the motion is 3000 N. Find the minimum
power delivered by the motor to the elevator in watts as well as in horse power (g = 10 ms–2)
Solution : The downward force on the elevator is
F = mg + Ff = (1500  10) + 3000 = 18000 N
The motor must supply enough power to balance this force.
36000
Hence, P  F . v  18000  2  36000 W   48.3 hp
746

z Some Important Concept

(1) Consider a car and bus of mass M1 and M2 respectively.
(a) If they are moving with same velocity, then the ratio of their stopping distance, by the application of
same retarding force is
1
Mv 2  F .x
2
x1 M1

x2 M 2
(b) If they are moving with same kinetic energy, then ratio of their stopping distance, by the application
of same retarding force is
1
Mv 2  F .x
2
x1 = x2
(c) If they are moving with same momentum, then ratio of their stopping distance, by the application of
same retarding force
P2
 F .x
2m
x1 m2
 
x2 m1

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
180 Work, Energy and Power NEET

(2) If a body moving with speed v is stopped in time ‘t’ by delivering constant braking power
1
P.t = mv 2
2
t  v2

1
(3) If th part of the chain is hanging at the edge of table
n

1  1  l
 
 n

l /n

mgl
Work done against gravity to pull the hanging part on the table =
2n 2
(4) Two springs having spring constants k1 and k2
(a) are pulled by same force  F = k1x1 = k2x2

1 1 1
U1  k1x12  Fx1 , U2  Fx2
2 2 2

U1 x k
  1  2
U2 x2 k1
(b) are pulled by same distance ‘x’

F1 k1
F1 = k1x F2 = k2x  F k
2 2

1 1
U1  k1x 2 U2  k2 x 2
2 2

U1 k1 F1
 U k F
2 2 2

(5) If a block of mass m is connected with a spring of force constant k as

shown in figure, then the maximum extension in the spring is given by
k
2mg
x
k m

mg
Extension in equilibrium x 
k

(6) If a body starts with speed v on a rough surface, then the distance
moved before it stops is given by v=0
m
v
v2
x
2g µ
x
The stopping distance does not depend on the mass of body.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 181

EXERCISE
9. A cubical vessel of height 1 m is full of water. The minimum work done in taking water-out from vessel will be
(1) 5000 J (2) 10000 J
(3) 5J (4) 10 J
10. A man pulls a bucket full of water from h metre deep well. If the mass of rope is m and mass of bucket full
of water is M, then work done by the man is

M  M m
(1)  2  m  gh (2)  2  gh
   

 m
(3)  M  2  gh (4) (M + m) gh
 
11. Force constants K1 and K2 of two springs are in the ratio 5 : 4. They are stretched by same length. If potential
energy stored in one spring is 25 J then potential energy stored in second spring is
(1) 25 J (2) 16 J
(3) 100 J (4) 20 J
12. Two springs have their force constants in the ratio of 3 : 4. Both the springs are stretched by applying equal
force F. If elongation in first spring is x then elongation in second spring is
(1) 3x (2) 4x
4 3
(3) x (4) x
3 4
13. A block of mass m is released on the top of a smooth inclined plane
m
of length x and inclination  as shown in figure. Horizontal surface is
rough. If block comes to rest after moving a distance d on the
horizontal surface, then coefficient of friction between block and
surface is x
x sin  x cos  
(1) (2)
2d 2d
d
x sin  x cos 
(3) (4)
d d
14. A particle of mass 3 kg is moving along x-axis and its position at time t is given by equation x = (2t2 + 5) m.
Work done by all the forces acting on it in time interval t = 0 to t = 3 s is
(1) 144 J (2) 72 J
(3) 108 J (4) 216 J

15. A force F  (2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ ) N is acting on a particle moving with constant velocity v  (iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ ) m/s. Power
delivered by force is
(1) 4 watt (2) 5 watt
(3) 6 watt (4) 8 watt
16. Potential energy of a particle at position x is given by U = x2 – 5x. Which of the following is equilibrium position
of the particle?
(1) x=0 (2) x=5
(3) x = 2.5 (4) x = 7.5
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
182 Work, Energy and Power NEET

17. A block of mass 4 kg is pulled along a smooth inclined plane of inclination 30° with constant velocity 3 m/s
as shown, power delivered by the force is
4 kg F

30°

(1) 40 watt (2) 20 watt

(3) 60 watt (4) 30 watt
18. A stone is tied to one end of a light inextensible string of length l and made to rotate on a vertical circle
 
keeping other end of the string at the centre. If speed of stone at the highest point is v v  gl then its speed
at the lowest point is

(1) 4gl (2) v 2  2gl

(3) v 2  gl (4) v 2  4gl

19. Water from a stream is falling on the blades of a turbine at the rate of 100 kg/s. If the height of the stream
is 100 m, then power delivered to turbine is
(1) 100 kW (2) 0.1 kW
(3) 10 kW (4) 1 kW
20. A body is being moved from rest along a straight line by a machine delivering constant power. The distance
covered by body in time t is proportional to

(1) t (2) t3/2

(3) t3/4 (4) t2

COLLISION

Two bodies are said be collide if they physically strike to each other, or path of one change due to influence
of other
Elastic
Collision
Inelastic
z Elastic Collision
(1) Momentum of system remains conserved
(2) Kinetic energy of system before collision is equal to Kinetic energy of system after collisions, not during
the collision.
(3) Total energy of system remains constant
(4) Time of collision is negligible
z Collisions of atomic and subatomic particles are assumed to be perfectely elastic.
z Elastic Collision in One Dimension

m1 m2 m1 m1

u1 u2 v1 v2

u1 > u2  t 0 v2 > v1

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 183
Assume right direction as positive

m1u1  m2u2  m1v1  m2v 2 ...(1)

1 1 1 1
m1u12  m2u22  m1v12  m2v 22 ...(2)
2 2 2 2
(v 2  v1 )  (u1  u2 ) ...(3)
(Relative velocity of separation = relative velocity of approach)
On solving (1) and (3)
m1  m2 2m2u2
v1  u1 
m1  m2 m1  m2

m2  m1 2m1u1
v2  u2 
m1  m2 m1  m2
z Special Cases
(1) m1 = m2, v1 = u2 and v2 = u1 i.e., velocity will interchange
(2) m1 << m2, v1 = – u1 + 2u2 and v2 u2
(3) m1 >> m2, v1 u1 and v2 = 2u1 – u2
z Maximum exchange of Kinetic energy in elastic Collision when m1 = m2
z Maximum exchange of speed in elastic Collision when m1 >> m2
z Elastic Collision in 2-D or Oblique elastic Collision

v2

m1 m2
2 b
u1 u2

1
u1 > u2
v1

b = Impact parameter (perpendicular distance between velocity vectors)

Conservation of momentum along x-direction
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1cos1 + m2v2cos2 ...(1)
Conservation of momentum along y-direction
0 + 0 = m2v2sin2 – m1v1sin1 ...(2)
Conservation of Kinetic energy

1 1 1 1
m1u12  m2u22  m1v12  m2v 22 ...(3)
2 2 2 2

Special Case
If m1 = m2 and u2 = 0
equation (1), (2) and (3) will be
v1cos1 + v2cos2 = u1 ...(4)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
184 Work, Energy and Power NEET

v2sin2 – v1sin1 = 0 ...(5)

v12  v 22  u12 ...(6)

On squaring and adding (4) and (5)

1  2  ...(7)
2
z Perfectly Inelastic Collision
If in a collision, two bodies stick together or moves with same velocity after the collision, the collision is said
to be perfectly inelastic.
In such collision momentum of system remains constant, but some kinetic energy will be lost.
z Inelastic Collision
In inelastic collision, some kinetic energy is lost, but momentum of system remains constant. All real collisions
belong to this category.
z Coefficient of Restitution (e)

Relative velocity of separation v 2  v1

e 
Relative velocity of approach u1  u2

(i) For perfect elastic collision e = 1

(ii) For perfect inelastic collision e = 0
(iii) For inelastic or general collision 0 < e < 1
z Some Important Point about Inelastic Collision
If a body of mass m is dropped from a height h on earth. Since the earth is massive, so the initial and final
velocity of earth assumed to be zero

(i) Velocity of ball after nth collision | v n |  en 2gh
(ii) Height attained after nth collision hn = e2n h
(iii) Total distance travelled by ball before

1  e2 
Coming to rest S  h  
1  e2 

2h 1  e 
(iv) Total time after which body comes to rest T 
g  1  e 

1  e  1  e 
(v) Momentum transfered to earth = P   mu 
 1  e   1  e 
(vi) Average force exerted by the ball = mg
(vii) If both the masses m1 and m2 have initial velocities u1 and u2, then loss of kinetic energy in Collision
1 m1m2
K  (u1  u2 )2 (1  e 2 )
2 (m1  m2 )
z Inelastic Collision in two dimension
If Coefficient of restitution is e
m
According to conservation of momentum u

u sin   v sin  ...(1)  

v
eu cos   v cos  ...(2)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 185
From (1) and (2)

v  u sin2   e 2 cos2 
tan 
tan  
e

Example 12 : An object of mass m moving with speed u collides one dimensionally with another identical object
at rest. Find their velocities after collision, if coefficient of restitution of collisions is e.
Solution : Let v1 and v2 be the final velocities of 1st and 2nd object respectively

u v1 v2
m m m m
rest
Before collision After collision

By law of conservation of momentum mu + m × 0 = mv1 + mv2

 v1 + v2 = u …(i)
Now,

v 2  v1
e
u1  u2

v 2  v1
 e
u

 v2 – v1 = eu …(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii)
2v2 = u + eu

1  e 
 v2   u
 2 

Subtracting (ii) from (i)

2v1 = (1 – e)u

 1– e 
 v1   u
 2 

Example 13 : A particle of mass m moving with speed v in positive x-direction collides perfectly inelastically with
another identical particle moving with same speed in positive y-direction. Find final velocity of the
combination.

Solution : Given, v1  viˆ and v 2  vjˆ .

Let final velocity is v ' . Therefore by law of momentum conservation

mv1  mv 2  2mv '

 mviˆ  mvjˆ  2mv '
v
 v '  [iˆ  jˆ]
2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
186 Work, Energy and Power NEET

Example 14 : A particle of mass m moving with speed u collides perfectly inelastically with another particle of
mass 2m at rest. Find loss of kinetic energy of system in the collision.
Solution : Let velocity of system of particles after collision is v.
By law of momentum conservation,
u
mu = 3mv  v
3
Now, loss of kinetic energy = Ki – Kf
2
1 1 u 
 K  mu 2  3m  
2 2 3
1 1
 K  mu 2  mu 2
2 6
1
 K  mu 2
3

EXERCISE
21. In perfectly elastic collision between two masses m1 and m2 in one dimension energy transfer is a maximum,
when
(1) m1 = 2m2 (2) m1 << m2
(3) m1 >> m2 (4) m1 = m2
22. A ball of mass m is released from the top of an inclined plane of inclination  as shown. It strikes a rigid surface
3l
at a distances from top elastically. Impulse imparted to ball by the rigid surface is
4

l
th
moo h
S

3
(1) m gh (2) m 3gh
2

(3) 2m 3gh (4) m 6gh

23. Two identical balls each of mass 4 kg are moving towards each other with speeds 2 m/s and 3 m/s
respectively. They undergo head on perfectly elastic collision. Then impulse imparted by one ball on other is
(1) 12 Ns (2) 8 Ns
(3) 20 Ns (4) 40 Ns
24. A ball of mass 4 kg moving on a smooth horizontal surface makes an elastic collision with another ball of mass
m at rest in the line of motion of first ball. If after collision first ball moves in the same direction with one fourth
of its velocity before collision, then mass of second ball is
(1) 4 kg (2) 4.4 kg
(3) 2.4 kg (4) 2 kg

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 187
25. A heavy vehicle moving with velocity 15 m/s strikes an object of very small mass at rest head on elastically.
Velocity of object after collision is
(1) 15 m/s (2) 25 m/s
(3) 20 m/s (4) 30 m/s
26. Two balls of equal masses m each undergo oblique collision. If collision is perfectly elastic, then angle between
their velocities after collision is
 
(1) (2)
4 3
 
(3) (4)
6 2
27. A ball falls from a height such that it strikes the floor of lift at 10 m/s. If lift is moving in the upward direction
with a velocity 1 m/s, then velocity with which the ball rebounds after elastic collision will be
(1) 11 m/s (2) 12 m/s
(3) 13 m/s (4) 9 m/s
28. A block of 10 g slides on smooth horizontal surface with 20 m/s towards a spring of spring constant
100 N/m placed horizontally (as shown in figure). The maximum compression in spring is
v = 20 m/s

10 g

(1) 2m (2) 0.2 m

4
(3) 20 m (4) m
3
29. Two steel balls A and B of mass 10 kg and 10 g rolls towards each other with 5 m/s and 1 m/s respectively
on a smooth floor. After collision; with what speed B moves [perfectly elastic collision]?
(1) 8 m/s (2) 10 m/s
(3) 11 m/s (4) Zero
30. Two ivory balls are placed together at rest. A third identical ball moving with velocity u in line of first two balls;
as shown in figure collide head on elastically then
u
3 2 1

(1) Third ball comes to rest with second ball while first ball moves with speed u
u
(2) Third ball comes to rest and other two move together with speed
2
u
(3) All three ball move together with speed
3
(4) All three ball move in such a manner each makes angle 120° to each other
31. A ball is dropped from height h on a horizontal floor. If it loses 60% of its energy on hitting the floor then height
upto which it will rise after first rebounce is

h 2h
(1) (2)
5 5

3h 4h
(3) (4)
5 5

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
188 Work, Energy and Power NEET

32. Two cars of same mass are moving with velocities v1 and v2 respectively. If they are stopped by supplying same
v1
breaking power in time t1 and t2 respectively then v is
2

t1 t12
(1) (2)
t2 t 22

t1 t1
(3) m. (4)
t2 t2
33. A ball of mass m is dropped from height h on a horizontal floor which collides with it with speed u. If coefficient
of restitution in floor is e, then impulse imparted to ball by the floor on its second rebounce is
(1) meu (2) meu (e + 1)
(3) me2u (e + 1) (4) me2u (e – 1)
34. Two identical balls moving in opposite directions with speeds 20 m/s and 25 m/s undergo head on perfectly
inelastic collision. The speed of combined mass after collision is
(1) 20 m/s (2) 22.5 m/s
(3) 25 m/s (4) 2.5 m/s
35. A ball of mass 5 kg moving with speed 8 m/s collides head on with another stationary ball of mass 15 kg. If
collision is perfectly inelastic, then loss in kinetic energy is
(1) 160 J (2) 80 J
(3) 40 J (4) 120 J
3h
36. A ball dropped from height h on a horizontal floor goes up to the height after hitting the floor. Fraction of
4
energy of ball lost in the impact is

3 1
(1) (2)
4 2

3 1
(3) (4)
5 4
37. Two identical balls each moving with speed v at right angle to each other collide perfectly inelastically. Their
speed after collision is
(1) v (2) 2v
v v
(3) (4)
2 2
h
38. A ball is dropped on a horizontal surface from height h. If it rebounds upto height after first collision then
2
coefficient of restitution between ball and surface is
1 1
(1) (2)
2 2
1 1
(3) (4)
4 2 2

‰‰‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment

Assignment
(1) 84 J (2) 24 J
SECTION - A
(3) 48 J (4) 100 J
NCERT Based MCQs
4. A bullet having mass 10 g is fired towards a fixed
1. If the magnitude of two vectors are 8 unit and wooden block with velocity of 30 m/s. If it comes
5 unit and their scalar product is zero, the angle out of the block with velocity of 20 m/s, then the
between the two vectors is [NCERT Pg. 114] total work done by the resistive forces is
(1) Zero (2) 30° [NCERT Pg. 125]
(3) 60° (4) 90° (1) –4.5 J (2) 2 J
2. In which of the following figures the work done by
(3) –2.5 J (4) Zero
force F in displacing an object through distance d
is positive? ( is the angle between F and d) 5. A force F  (3iˆ  4 jˆ  5kˆ ) N acts on an object and

[NCERT Pg. 116] displaces it through d  5kˆ m. The total work
F done by the force in this process is
[NCERT Pg. 117]
(1) (1) 25 J (2) 60 J
(3) 15 J (4) 20 J
d
6. A body of mass m is raised to height h from
Object
ground along three different paths viz I, II and III
F against gravity as shown below. If WI, WII and WIII
are the work done along the respective paths of I,
(2) II and III, then the correct option is (there is no non-
conservative force) [NCERT Pg. 124]

d Path III
Object
F
Path II
(3) h

d
Object
Path I
(4) (1) WIII > WII > WI (2) WI > WII > WIII
F d
Object (3) WII > WI > WIII (4) WI = WII = WIII
3. The figure given below shows the force F versus 7. Two balls, one of mass m and other of mass 2 m
displacement x graph. The net work done by the are moving towards each other with respective
force when an object is displaced from x = 0 to speeds of 10 m/s and 20 m/s on a smooth
x = 16 m is NCERT Pg. 118] horizontal floor. If after collision they stick to each
F(N) other and move as combined mass (perfectly
inelastic collision), then the speed of combined
mass will be [NCERT Pg. 129]
4 (1) 20 m/s (2) 10 m/s
0 x(m) (3) 30 m/s (4) 50 m/s
4 12 16
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
190 Work, Energy and Power NEET

8. An object of mass m moves on a circular track of 14. The power required by engine of car of mass
radius R with constant speed u. The work done by 1000 kg to accelerate it from rest to a speed of
centripetal force after it completes one circle is 72 km/h in 20 s is [NCERT Pg. 128]
[NCERT Pg. 116] (1) 10 kW (2) 1 kW
(1) 2mu2 (2) mu2 (3) 100 kW (4) 1000 kW
(3) 2mu2 (4) Zero 15. A bullet of mass 100 g hits a block of thickness
9. A ball is dropped from 100 m and it rebounds to a 5 cm with a speed of 200 m/s. It emerges with
height of 70 m. The percentage loss of energy is 10% of its initial kinetic energy. Then, its emergent
speed will be [NCERT Pg. 125]
[NCERT Pg. 125]
(1) 30% (2) 70% (1) 20 10 m/s (2) 20 3 m/s
(3) 60% (4) 10%
(3) 20 m/s (4) 10 10 m/s
10. A moving body has kinetic energy twice its
momentum. The speed of the body is 16. A stone of mass 2 kg tie with the help of thread of
[NCERT Pg. 119] length 2 m and moves in vertical circular motion.
The difference between tension in the thread at lowest
(1) 2 m/s (2) 2 m/s point and at the highest point is (Take g = 10 m/s2)
[NCERT Pg. 122]
(3) 4 m/s (4) 3 m/s
(1) 60 N (2) 120 N
11. A body of mass 1 kg is moving with velocity of
(3) 30 N (4) 240 N
(3iˆ  4 ˆj ) m/s. The kinetic energy possessed by it
will be [NCERT Pg. 119] 17. A body is released from position A as shown in
figure. The speed of body at position B is
(1) 125 J (2) 25 J
[NCERT Pg. 121]
(3) 10.8 J (4) 12.5 J
12. The figure below shows a fixed smooth incline A
plane having slope length l, height h and base
length b. It is attached to a smooth horizontal
ground. 50 m
B
A block of mass m is released from top of a plane. 10 m
On reaching the bottom of incline plane, the kinetic
energy possessed by it is [NCERT Pg. 121]
(1) 10 m/s (2) 10 2 m/s
m
l (3) 20 m/s (4) 20 2 m/s
h 18. A ball of 4 kg mass moving with velocity 40 m/s in
east direction collides with another ball of 6 kg
mass moving with velocity 20 m/s in east direction.
Smooth
horizontal plane b After collision two balls stick together, then loss of
kinetic energy is [NCERT Pg. 129]
(1) mgl (2) mgb
(1) 360 J (2) 240 J
(3) mgh (4) mg(l + h)
(3) 480 J (4) 600 J
13. If symbols have their usual meanings, then which
of the following relations is true for equilibrium of a 19. Which quantity remains conserved in all types of
particle? [NCERT Pg. 120] collisions? [NCERT Pg. 129]
(1) Linear momentum
dU dU
(1) 0 (2) 0
dr dr (2) Kinetic energy

dU dU (3) Potential energy

(3) 0 (4)  k , (k  0)
dr dr (4) Both (1) & (2)
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 191
20. A chain of mass 2 kg is placed on a smooth table
SECTION - B
1
with th of its length hanging over the edge.
4 Objective Type Questions
If the length of chain is 4 m then the work done in 1. The work done in extending a spring by l0 is w0.
pulling the hanging portion of the chain back to the The work done in further extenstion l0 will be
surface of the table is [NCERT Pg. 118]
(1) 3w0 (2) 2w0
(1) 5 J (2) 2.5 J
(3) 2 J (4) 4 J w0 w0
(3) (4)
2 4
21. If momentum of a body is decreased by 50%, then
kinetic energy will be decreased by 2. A body is subjected to a constant force given by

[NCERT Pg. 119] F (N )  iˆ  2 jˆ  3kˆ . What is the work done by
(1) 25% (2) 50% this force in moving the body through a distance of
4m along the z-axis and then 3m along the y-axis?
(3) 75% (4) 125%
(1) 18 J (2) 12 J
22. Internal force cannot change [NCERT Pg. 121]
(3) 16 J (4) Zero
(1) Kinetic energy
3. The distance X moved by a body of mass 0.5 kg
(2) Total momentum of system
under the action of a force varies with time t as
(3) Total energy of system x(m) = 3t2 + 4t + 5 (here t is expresed in second).
(4) All of these What is the work done by the force in first
2 seconds?
23. Select correct statement regarding stable
equilibrium. [NCERT Pg. 121] (1) 20 J (2) 40 J

(1) Potential energy of body is minimum in stable (3) 50 J (4) 60 J

equilibrium 4. A particle of mass 0.5 kg is subjected to a force
(2) Slope of potential energy versus position graph which varies with distance as shown in graph
is zero at stable equilibrium
F (N)
(3) A restoring force acts on the body when it is
slightly displaced from its stable equilibrium
10
position
X (m)
(4) All of these 4 8 12
24. In a conservative field, the potential energy U as a If the speed of the particle at x = 0 is 4 m/s, then
function of position x is given by U = x2. Then the its speed at X = 8 m is
corresponding conservative force is given by (1) 8 m/s (2) 16 m/s
[NCERT Pg. 121]
(3) 32 m/s (4) 4 m/s
(1) x (2) 2x
x 
(3) –x (4) –2x 5. The force exerted on an object is F  f0   1 .
a 
25. If a mass m collides elastically with another Find the work done in moving the object from
identical mass at rest in oblique manner, then x = 0 to x = 3a.
after collision both the masses move at an
3
angle of [NCERT Pg. 131] (1) f0 a
2
(1) 30°
1
(2) 45° (2) f0 a
2
(3) 60° (3) f0 a
(4) 90° (4) Zero
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
192 Work, Energy and Power NEET

6. The work done in moving a particle from a point 12. An elastic ball at rest with coefficient of
(1, 1) to (2, 3) in a plane in force field with
1
potential U = k(x + y) is restitution is dropped from a height h on a
2
(1) 3k (2) –3k smooth floor. The total distance covered by the ball
(3) k (4) Zero is
7. A ball (100 gm) thrown from ground with speed 5
(1) h (2) 5h
20 m/s comes back to the ground with speed 3
10 m/s. Find the work done by air resistance.
4
(1) 15 J (2) 20 J (3) 3h (4) h
3
(3) 30 J (4) 40 J 13. A block of mass m moving at a speed v
8. In a certain field, the potential energy is U = ax2 – compresses a spring through a distance x before
bx3, where a and b constants. The particle is in its speed is halved. Find the spring constant of the
stable equilibrium at x equal to spring.

a mv 2 3mv 2
(1) Zero (2) (1) 2 (2)
3b 4x x2
2a 2a 4mv 2 3mv 2
(3) (4) (3) 2 (4)
3b b 3x 4x2
9. A ball of mass m moving at a speed v makes a 14. A particle is thrown with kinetic energy k straight
head on collision with an identical ball at rest. The up a rough inclined plane of inclination  and
kinetic energy of the ball after the collision is 4% coefficient of friction . The work done against
of the original. Find the coefficient of restitution. friction before the particle comes to rest is
3 2 k sin  k cos 
(1) (2) (1) (2)
5 5 cos    sin  cos    sin 
1 1 k sin  k cos 
(3) (4)
5 3 (3)
sin    cos 
(4)
sin    cos 
10. In head on elastic collision of two bodies of equal
15. A ball of mass m is thrown from ground with speed
masses
u at an angle  with horizontal. Find the power
(1) The velocities are interchanged when the ball is at maximum height of the
(2) The speeds are interchanged trajectory
(3) The momenta are interchanged mgu
(1) (2) mgucos
(4) All of these cos 
11. A pendulum bob of mass M is raised to a height (3) mgusin (4) Zero
h and then released. At the bottom of its swing, it
16. The ball of mass m is thrown with speed v 0.
picks up a mass m. To what height will the
The ball strikes the block of mass 2m and sticks
combined mass rise?
to it. Find the maximum compression of spring.
m2 h
(1)
 m  M 2
V0 k
M 2h m 2m
(2)
 m  M 2 Smooth

mMh m m
(3)   M
m (1) v 0 (2) v 0
3k 2k
mMh
2m 3m
(4)
 m  M 2 (3) v 0 (4) v 0
k k
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 193
17. A ball is thrown from the ground with velocity u at 22. A particle of mass m moves on a straight line with
an angle  with horizontal. The horizontal range of its velocity varying with the distance travelled. If the
the ball on the ground is R. If the coefficient of relation between velocity and distance is v = Kx (K
restitution is e, then the horizontal range after the is constant), then find the work done by the forces
collision is during a displacement x = 0 to x = d.
(1) e3 R (2) e2 R
mkd 2 mk 2d 2
R (1) (2)
(3) eR (4) 2 2
e
18. A particle of mass m strikes another particle of mk 3 d 2 md 3 k 3
(3) (4)
same mass at rest elastically. After collision if 2 2
velocity of one of the particle is 3iˆ – 2 jˆ m/s , then 23. A body is initially at rest. It undergoes one
the other must have a velocity equals to dimensional motion with constant acceleration. The
power delivered to it at time t is proportional to
(1) iˆ  jˆ (2) 2iˆ  3 jˆ
1
(3) 2iˆ – jˆ (4) iˆ  3 jˆ (1) t 2 (2) t
19. A particle of mass m moving with horizontal speed
3
6 m/s collides elastically with another particle of mass
(3) t 2 (4) t2
M (m << M) moving in the same direction with speed
4 m/s. Find the speed of lighter particle after collision. 24. The force acting on a particle moving along x-axis
varies with position on x-axis as shown in figure
(1) 2 m/s in original direction
(2) 2 m/s opposite to the original direction F
(3) 4 m/s opposite to the original direction
(4) 4 m/s in original direction
20. A particle is released from rest at origin. It moves
under the influence of potential field U = x2 – 3x. x
–x1 O x2
Its kinetic energy at x = 2 is
(1) 2 J
(2) 1.5 J
The particle is in stable equilibrium at
(3) 1 J
(1) x = – x1 (2) x = x2
(4) Zero
(3) x = 0 (4) Both (1) & (2)
21. The graph of force versus displacement is shown
25. For head-on collision between two colliding balls of
in figure. A body of mass 2 kg has a velocity of
equal radii r, the impact parameter is equal to
20 m/s at x = 0. Find the kinetic energy of body at
x = 10 m. (1) 2r (2) Zero
(3) More than 2r (4) Less than 2r
F (N)
C D 26. A car of mass m is moving along a circular track of
10 N
radius r with a speed which increases linearly with time
0 4 10 X (m)
t as v = kt where k is a constant. The instantaneous
power delivered by agent applying the force is
–12 N A
(1) mkt

(1) 436 J mt
(2)
k
(2) 460 J
(3) mk 2 t
(3) 484 J
(4) mt 2 k
(4) 282 J
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
194 Work, Energy and Power NEET

 
27. A force F  k yiˆ  xjˆ (where k is constant) acts
31. A bullet of mass 10 g travelling at a speed of
500 ms–1 strikes a block of mass 2 kg, which is
on a particle moving in the xy plane. Starting from suspended by a string of length 5 m. The centre
origin the particle is taken along y-axis to the point of gravity of the block is found to rise a vertical
(0, a). The work done by agent applying the force
distance of 0.2 m. What is the speed of the bullet
F on the particle is after it emerges from the block?
(1) k2(x2 + y2) (1) 100 m/s
(2) Zero
(2) 150 m/s
(3) ky
(3) 50 m/s
(4) kx
(4) 250 m/s
28. A ball of mass m hits a floor with a speed v
making an angle  with the normal N. The 32. A block of mass 4.5 kg is free to move along the
coefficient of restitution is e. The angle made by x-axis. It is at rest at t = 0. If the force on the
reflected ball with floor is particle varies with time, then its kinetic energy at
t = 4.5 s is
v N

F (N)


(1) cot 1  e cot   (2) tan1  e cot  

–1  tan   1  e 
(3) tan   (4) cot   4.5 s
 e   tan   0 3s t (s)
29. Potential energy of a particle along x-axis varies as
shown in the figure. If the particle is released from
rest at a point on x-axis.
(1) 2.25 J
U
(2) 1.25 J
(3) 5 J
o
x (4) Zero
33. A body of mass m starts from rest with a constant
power. If velocity of the body at displacements
s is v, then the correct relation is
(1) It will move in negative x-direction
(1) s  v
(2) It will move with constant acceleration
(2) s  v2
(3) (v - x) graph for a particle is parabolic
(3) s  v3
(4) All of these
(4) s  v4
30. A sand bag of mass M is suspended by rope. A
34. A particle moves under an attractive force
bullet of mass m is fired at it with speed v and the
bullet gets embedded in it. The loss of kinetic k
F  in a circle of radius r. The total energy
energy in the collision is r2
of revolving particle is
Mmv  Mv 
(1)
2  M  m
(2)
2  M  m k k
(1)  (2)
r r
m 2v  1
(3)
2  M  m
(4) M  m v 2 (3) 
k
(4)
k
2 2r 2r

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 195
35. A tennis ball bounces down a flight of stairs, 3. A mass m is attached to a thin wire and whirled
striking each step in turn and rebounding to the in a vertical circle. The wire is most likely to break
height of the step above. If the height of each step when: [NEET-2019]
is d, the coefficient of restitution is
(1) The mass is at the highest point
(2) The wire is horizontal
d (3) The mass is at the lowest point
d u v (4) Inclined at an angle of 60° from vertical
4. Body A of mass 4m moving with speed u collides
with another body B of mass 2m, at rest. The
collision is head on and elastic in nature. After the
1 1 collision the fraction of energy lost by the colliding
(1) (2) body A is : [NEET-2019]
2 2
1 1 8
(1) (2)
(3)
4
(4) 1 9 9
4 5
SECTION - C (3) (4)
9 9
Previous Years Questions 5. A force F = 20 + 10y acts on a particle in
1. A particle of mass 5m at rest suddenly breaks on y-direction where F is in newton and y in meter.
its own into three fragments. Two fragments of Work done by this force to move the particle from
mass m each move along mutually perpendicular y = 0 to y = 1 m is [NEET-2019]
direction with speed v each. The energy released (1) 30 J (2) 5 J
during the process is [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
(3) 25 J (4) 20 J
4 3
(1) mv 2 (2) mv 2 6. A body initially at rest and sliding along a
3 5 frictionless track from a height h (as shown in the
figure) just completes a vertical circle of diameter
5 3 AB = D. The height h is equal to [NEET-2018]
(3) mv 2 (4) mv 2
3 2
2. An object of mass 500 g, initially at rest, is acted
upon by a variable force whose X-component varies h
with x in the manner shown. The velocities of the B
object at the points x = 8 m and x = 12 m, would
have the respective values of (nearly) A
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
3
F(N) (1) D (2) D
2
20
5 7
10 (3) D (4) D
4 5
x (m) 7. A moving block having mass m, collides with
4 5 8 10 12 another stationary block having mass 4m. The
–10 lighter block comes to rest after collision. When
–20 the initial velocity of the lighter block is v, then the
–25 value of coefficient of restitution (e) will be
[NEET-2018]
(1) 18 m/s and 20.6 m/s (1) 0.5
(2) 18 m/s and 24.4 m/s (2) 0.25
(3) 23 m/s and 24.4 m/s (3) 0.4
(4) 23 m/s and 20.6 m/s (4) 0.8

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
196 Work, Energy and Power NEET

8. Consider a drop of rain water having mass 1 g 12. A bullet of mass 10 g moving horizontally with a
falling from a height of 1 km. It hits the ground with velocity of 400 ms–1 strikes a wood block of mass
a speed of 50 m/s. Take g constant with a value 2 kg which is suspended by light inextensible
10 m/s2. The work done by the (i) gravitational string of length 5 m. As a result, the centre of
force and the (ii) resistive force of air is gravity of the block found to rise a vertical distance
[NEET-2017] of 10 cm. The speed of the bullet after it emerges
out horizontally from the block will be
(1) (i) – 10 J (ii) –8.25 J
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
(2) (i) 1.25 J (ii) –8.25 J
(1) 100 ms–1 (2) 80 ms–1
(3) (i) 100 J (ii) 8.75 J
(3) 120 ms–1 (4) 160 ms–1
(4) (i) 10 J (ii) –8.75 J
13. Two identical balls A and B having velocities of
9. A spring of force constant k is cut into lengths of 0.5 m/s and –0.3 m/s respectively collide
ratio 1 : 2 : 3. They are connected in series and elastically in one dimension. The velocities of B
the new force constant is k. Then they are and A after the collision respectively will be
connected in parallel and force constant is k. [NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
Then k : k is [NEET-2017]
(1) –0.5 m/s and 0.3 m/s
(1) 1 : 6 (2) 1 : 9
(2) 0.5 m/s and –0.3 m/s
(3) 1 : 11 (4) 1 : 14
(3) –0.3 m/s and 0.5 m/s
10. Two blocks A and B of masses 3m and m
respectively are connected by a massless and (4) 0.3 m/s and 0.5 m/s
inextensible string. The whole system is 14. What is the minimum velocity with which a body
suspended by a massless spring as shown in of mass m must enter a vertical loop of radius R
figure. The magnitudes of acceleration of A and B so that it can complete the loop? [NEET-2016]
immediately after the string is cut, are respectively
[NEET-2017] (1) 5gR (2) gR

(3) 2gR (4) 3gR

15. A body of mass 1 kg begins to move under the

action of a time dependent force F  (2tiˆ  3t 2 jˆ)N ,
A 3m
where iˆ and ĵ are unit vectors along x and y
B m axis. What power will be developed by the force at
g g the time t? [NEET-2016]
(1) g, (2) ,g
3 3 (1) (2t3 + 3t5) W (2) (2t2 + 3t2) W
g g (3) (2t2 + 4t4) W (4) (2t3 + 3t4) W
(3) g, g (4) ,
3 3

16. If vectors A  cos t iˆ  sin t jˆ and
11. A particle moves from a point ( 2iˆ  5 ˆj ) to
t t ˆ
(4 ˆj  3kˆ ) when a force of (4iˆ  3 jˆ) N is applied. B  cos iˆ  sin j are functions of time, then
How much work has been done by the force? 2 2
the value of t at which they are orthogonal to each
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
other is [Re-AIPMT-2015]
(1) 8 J

(2) 11 J (1) t = 0 (2) t 
4
(3) 5 J  
(3) t  (4) t 
(4) 2 J 2 
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 197
17. A ball is thrown vertically downwards from a height 21. Two similar springs P and Q have spring constants
of 20 m with an initial velocity v0. It collides with KP and KQ such that KP > KQ. They stretched first
the ground, loses 50 percent of its energy in by the same amount (case a), then by the same
collision and rebounds to the same height. The force (case b). The work done by the springs WP
initial velocity v0 is (Take g = 10 ms–2) and WQ are related as in case (a) and case (b),
[Re-AIPMT-2015] respectively [AIPMT-2015]
(1) 10 ms–1 (2) 14 ms–1 (1) WP < WQ ; WQ < WP
(3) 20 ms–1 (4) 28 ms–1 (2) WP = WQ ; WP > WQ
18. On a frictionless surface, a block of mass M (3) WP = WQ ; WP = WQ
moving at speed v collides elastically with another
block of same mass M which is initially at rest. (4) WP > WQ ; WQ > WP
After collision the first block moves at an angle  22. A particle of mass m is driven by a machine that
v delivers a constant power k watts. If the particle
to its initial direction and has a speed .
3 starts from rest+ the force on the particle at time
The second blocks speed after the collision is t is [AIPMT-2015]
[Re-AIPMT-2015]
1 1
mk 21
3 (1) mk t 2 (2) t
(1) v 2 2
2
1 1
2 2
(2) v (3) mk t 2 (4) 2mk t 2
3
3 23. A block of mass 10 kg moving in x direction with
(3) v a constant speed of 10 ms–1, is subjected to a
4
retarding force F = 0.1x J/m during its travel from
3 x = 20 m to 30 m. Its final KE will be
(4) v
2 [AIPMT-2015]
19. The heart of a man pumps 5 litres of blood (1) 250 J (2) 475 J
through the arteries per minute at a pressure of (3) 450 J (4) 275 J
150 mm of mercury. If the density of mercury be
13.6 × 103 kg/m3 and g = 10 m/s2 then the power 24. A body of mass (4m) is lying in x-y plane at rest. It
of heart in watt is [Re-AIPMT-2015] suddenly explodes into three pieces. Two pieces,
each of mass (m) move perpendicular to each other
(1) 1.50
with equal speeds (v). The total kinetic energy
(2) 1.70 generated due to explosion is [AIPMT-2014]
(3) 2.35
3
(4) 3.0 (1) mv 2 (2) mv 2
2
20. Two particles of masses m1, m2 move with initial
velocities u 1 and u 2. On collision, one of the (3) 2mv 2 (4) 4mv 2
particles get excited to higher level, after absorbing
energy . If final velocities of particles be v1 and v2 25. A uniform force of (3iˆ  jˆ) newton acts on a particle
then we must have [AIPMT-2015] of mass 2 kg. Hence the particle is displaced from

1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 position (2iˆ  kˆ ) metre to position (4iˆ  3 jˆ – kˆ )

(1) m1 u1  m2 u2    m12v12  m22v 22
2 2 2 2 metre. The work done by the force on the particle
is [NEET-2013]
(2) m12u 1  m22u2    m12v 1  m22v 2
(1) 6 J
1 1 1 1
(3) m1u12  m2u22  m1v12  m2v 22   (2) 13 J
2 2 2 2
(3) 15 J
1 1 1 1
(4) m1u12  m2u22    m1v12  m2v 22 (4) 9 J
2 2 2 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
198 Work, Energy and Power NEET

26. The potential energy of a particle in a force field is 30. The potential energy of a system increases if work
is done [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
A B
U 2
 , where A and B are positive
r r (1) Upon the system by a conservative force
constants and r is the distance of particle from the (2) Upon the system by a nonconservative force
centre of the field. For stable equilibrium, the
(3) By the system against a conservative force
distance of the particle is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
(4) By the system against a non conservative force
A B
(1) (2) 31. Force F on a particle moving in a straight line
B A varies with distance d as shown in the figure. The
work done on the particle during its displacement
B 2A of 12 m is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
(3) (4)
2A B
F (N)
27. Two spheres A and B of masses m 1 and m 2
respectively collide. A is at rest initially and B is 2
moving with velocity v along x-axis. After collision
v
B has a velocity in a direction perpendicular to
2 d (m)
the original direction. The mass A moves after 0 3 7 12
collision in the direction [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012] (1) 13 J (2) 18 J
(3) 21 J (4) 26 J
 1
(1)  = tan–1   to the x-axis
2 32. A body projected vertically form the earth reaches
a height equal to earth's radius before returning to
the earth. The power exerted by the gravitational
 1
(2)  = tan–1    to the y-axis force is greatest [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
 2
(1) At the instant just after the body is projected
(3) Same as that of B (2) At the highest position of the body
(4) Opposite to that of B (3) At the instant just before the body hits the earth
28. A stone is dropped from a height h. It hits the ground (4) It remains constant all through
with a certain momentum P. If the same stone is
dropped from a height 100% more than the previous 33. An engine pumps water through a hose pipe.
height, the momentum when it hits the ground will Water passes through the pipe and leaves it with
change by [AIPMT (Mains)-2012] a velocity of 2 m/s. The mass per unit length of
water in the pipe is 100 kg/m. What is the power
(1) 68% (2) 41%
of the engine? [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
(3) 200% (4) 100%
(1) 800 W (2) 400 W
29. A car of mass m starts from rest and accelerates
(3) 200 W (4) 100 W
so that the instantaneous power delivered to the
car has a constant magnitude P 0 . The 34. A particle of mass M starting from rest undergoes
instantaneous velocity of this car is proportional to uniform acceleration. If the speed acquired in time
[AIPMT (Mains)-2012] T is V, the power delivered to the particle is
(1) t2P0 [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]

(2) t1/2 MV 2 1 MV 2
(1) (2)
(3) t –1/2 T 2 T2

1 MV 2 1 MV 2
(4) (3) (4)
m T2 2 T
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 199
35. An engine pumps water continuously through a 40. A vertical spring with force constant K is fixed on
hose. Water leaves the hose with a velocity v and a table. A ball of mass m at a height h above the
m is the mass per unit length of the water jet. free upper end of the spring falls vertically on the
What is the rate at which kinetic energy is spring so that the spring is compressed by a
imparted water? [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] distance d. The net work done in the process is
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
1
(1) mv2 (2) mv2 1
2 (1) mg(h – d) + Kd2
2
1 2 2 1 1
(3) mv (4) mv3 (2) mg(h + d) + Kd2
2 2 2

36. A body of mass 1 kg is thrown upwards with a 1

(3) mg(h + d) – Kd2
velocity 20 m/s. It momentarily comes to rest after 2
attaining a height of 18 m. How much energy is 1
lost due to air friction? (g = 10 m/s2) (4) mg(h – d) – Kd2
2
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
41. The potential energy of a long spring when
(1) 30 J (2) 40 J stretched by 2 cm is U. If the spring is stretched
by 8 cm the potential energy stored in it is :
(3) 10 J (4) 20 J
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
37. A block of mass M is attached to the lower end of (1) 4U (2) 8U
a vertical spring. The spring is hung from a ceiling
and has force constant value k. The mass is U
released from rest with the spring initially (3) 16U (4)
4
unstretched. The maximum extension produced in
the length of the spring will be: 42. A body of mass 3 kg is under a constant force
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] which causes a displacement s in metres in it,
1 2
2Mg 4Mg given by the relation s = t , where t is in s.
(1) (2) 3
k k
Workdone by the force in 2 s is
Mg Mg [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
(3) (4)
2k k
5 3
38. Water falls from a height of 60 m at the rate of (1) J (2) J
19 8
15 kg/s to operate a turbine. The losses due to
frictional forces are 10% of energy. How much 8 19
power is generated by the turbine? (g = 10 m/s2) (3) J (4) J
3 5
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]
43. 300 J of work is done in sliding a 2 kg block up
(1) 7.0 kW (2) 8.1 kW an inclined plane of height 10 m. Taking g = 10 m/s2,
(3) 10.2 kW (4) 12.3 kW work done against friction is
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
39. A shell of mass 200 gm is ejected from a gun of
(1) 200 J (2) 100 J
mass 4 kg by an explosion that generates 1.05 kJ
of energy. The initial velocity of the shell is (3) Zero (4) 1000 J
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008] 44. A bomb of mass 30 kg at rest explodes into two
pieces of masses 18 kg and 12 kg. The velocity of
(1) 120 ms–1
18 kg mass is 6 ms–1. The kinetic energy of the
(2) 100 ms–1 other mass is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]

(3) 80 ms–1 (1) 256 J (2) 486 J

(4) 40 ms–1 (3) 524 J (4) 324 J

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
200 Work, Energy and Power NEET

45. A force F acting on an object varies with distance 51. When a body moves with a constant speed along
x as shown here. The force is in N and x in m. a circle
The work done by the force in moving the object
(1) No work is done on it
from x = 0 to x = 6 m is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
(2) No acceleration is produced in it
(3) Its velocity remains constant
3
F in (N)

2 (4) No force acts on it

1
52. A position dependent force, F = (7 – 2x + 3x2) N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 acts on a small body of mass 2 kg and displaces
x in(m)
it from x = 0 to x = 5 m. The work done in joules
(1) 4.5 J (2) 13.5 J is

(3) 9.0 J (4) 18.0 J (1) 135 (2) 270

Questions asked Prior to Medical Ent. Exams. 2005 (3) 35 (4) 70

46. The angle between the two vectors 53. A body, constrained to move in y-direction, is
subjected to a force given by
A  3iˆ  4 jˆ  5kˆ and B  3iˆ  4 jˆ  5kˆ will be
 
F   2iˆ  15 ˆj  6kˆ N . The work done by this
(1) 90° (2) 180° force in moving the body through a distance of 10
(3) Zero (4) 45° m along positive y-axis, is
(1) 150 J (2) 20 J
47. Vectors A, B and C are such that A  B  0 and
(3) 190 J (4) 160 J
A  C  0 . Then the vector parallel to A is
54. A body moves a distance of 10 m along a straight
line under the action of a 5 N force. If the work
(1) B and C (2) A  B
done is 25 J, then angle between the force and

(3) B  C (4) B  C direction of motion of the body is
(1) 60° (2) 75°
48. If a unit vector is represented by 0.5iˆ  0.8 jˆ  ckˆ
(3) 30° (4) 45°
then the value of c is
55. A force acts on a 3 g particle in such a way that
(1) 0.01 (2) 0.11 the position of the particle as a function of time is
given by x = 3t – 4t2 + t3, where x is in metres
(3) 1 (4) 0.39 and t is in seconds. The work done during the first
4 second is
49. If a vector 2iˆ  3 ˆj  8kˆ is perpendicular to the (1) 490 mJ (2) 450 mJ
vector 4 ˆj  4iˆ  kˆ , then the value of  is (3) 576 mJ (4) 528 mJ

1 1 56. Two bodies of masses m and 4m are moving with

(1) (2)  equal K.E. The ratio of their linear momenta is
2 2
(3) 1 (4) –1 (1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 4

50. The work done by an applied variable force (3) 4 : 1 (4) 1 : 1

F = x + x3 from x = 0 m to x = 2 m, where x is 57. One kilowatt hour is equal to
displacement, is
(1) 36 × 10–5 J
(1) 6 J
(2) 36 × 105 J
(2) 8 J
(3) 36 × 107 J
(3) 10 J
(4) 36 × 103 J
(4) 12 J
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 201
58. Two bodies with kinetic energies in the ratio of 64. A ball whose kinetic energy is E is thrown at an
4 : 1 are moving with equal linear momentum. The angle of 45° with the horizontal. Its K.E. at the
ratio of their masses is highest point of its flight will be
(1) 4 : 1 (2) 1 : 1 E
(1) (2) Zero
(3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 4 2
59. A 1 kg stationary bomb is exploded in three parts E
having masses in ratio 1 : 1 : 3 respectively. Parts (3) E (4)
2
having same mass move in perpendicular direction
65. A body dropped from a height h with initial velocity
with velocity 30 m/s, then the velocity of bigger
zero, strikes the ground with a velocity 3 m/s.
part will be
Another body of same mass is thrown from the
same height h with an initial velocity of 4 m/s. Find
10
(1) 10 2 m/s (2) m/s the final velocity of second mass, with which it
2 strikes the ground.
(1) 5 m/s (2) 12 m/s
15
(3) 15 2 m/s (4) m/s
2 (3) 3 m/s (4) 4 m/s
66. A particle with total energy E is moving in a
60. If kinetic energy of a body is increased by 300%
potential energy region U(x). Motion of the particle
then percentage change in momentum will be
is restricted to the region when
(1) 100% (2) 150%
(1) U(x) > E (2) U(x) < E
(3) 265% (4) 73.2%
(3) U(x) = 0 (4) U( x )  E
61. A stationary particle explodes into two particles of
masses m 1 and m 2 which move in opposite 67. The kinetic energy acquired by a mass m in
directions with velocities v1 and v2. The ratio of travelling distance d, starting from rest, under the
action of a constant force is directly proportional to
E1
their kinetic energies is
E2 (1) m (2) m0

m2 m1 1
(3) m (4)
(1) m (2) m m
1 2
68. A simple pendulum with a bob of mass m
m1v 2 oscillates from A to C and back to A such that
(3) 1 (4) m v
2 1 PB is H. If the acceleration due to gravity is g,
62. A particle of mass m1 is moving with a velocity v1 then the velocity of the bob as it passes through
and another particle of mass m2 is moving with a B is
velocity v 2 . Both of them have the same O
momentum but their different kinetic energies are
E1 and E2 respectively. If m1 > m2, then

E1 m1
(1) E1 < E2 (2) E  m
2 2 P
A C
H
(3) E1 > E2 (4) E1 = E2
B
63. A bomb of mass 30 kg at rest explodes into two
pieces of masses 18 kg and 12 kg. The velocity of (1) mgH
18 kg mass is 6 ms–1. The kinetic energy of the
other mass is (2) 2gH

(1) 324 J (2) 486 J (3) Zero

(3) 256 J (4) 524 J (4) 2gH
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
202 Work, Energy and Power NEET

69. A car moving with a speed of 40 km/h can be 76. As shown in figure, a particle of mass m is
stopped by applying brakes after at least 2 m. If performing vertical circular motion. The velocity of
the same car is moving with a speed of 80 km/h, the particle is increased, then at which point will
what is the minimum stopping distance? the string break?
(1) 4 m (2) 6 m D
(3) 8 m (4) 2 m
A C
70. A child is sitting on a swing. Its minimum and O
maximum heights from the ground are 0.75 m and
2 m respectively, its maximum speed will be B

(1) 10 m/s (2) 5 m/s (1) A (2) B

(3) 8 m/s (4) 15 m/s (3) C (4) D

71. When a long spring is stretched by 2 cm, its 77. The bob of simple pendulum having length /, is
potential energy is U. If the spring is stretched by displaced from mean position to an angular
10 cm, the potential energy stored in it will position  with respect to vertical. If it is released,
then velocity of bob at equilibrium position
U
(1) (2) 5U
5 (1) 2gl (1  cos ) (2) 2gl (1  cos )
(3) 10U (4) 25U
72. A ball of mass 2 kg and another of mass 4 kg are (3) 2gl cos  (4) 2gl
dropped together from a 60 feet tall building. After
a fall of 30 feet each towards earth, their respective 78. A stone is tied to a string of length ‘l’ and is
kinetic energies will be in the ratio of whirled in a vertical circle with the other end of the
string as the centre. At a certain instant of time,
(1) 2 :1 (2) 1 : 4 the stone is at its lowest position and has a
speed ‘u’. The magnitude of the change in velocity
(3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 2 as it reaches a position where the string is
73. A mass of 0.5 kg moving with a speed of 1.5 m/s horizontal (g being acceleration due to gravity) is
on a horizontal smooth surface, collides with a
nearly weightless spring of force constant k = 50 (1) 2(u 2  gl ) (2) u 2  gl
N/m. The maximum compression of the spring
would be
(3) u  u 2  2gl (4) 2gl

79. The potential energy between two atoms, in a

a b
(1) 0.15 m (2) 0.12 m molecule, is given by U ( x )  
; where a
12
x x6
(3) 1.5 m (4) 0.5 m and b are positive constants and x is the distance
74. One coolie takes 1 minute to raise a suitcase between the atoms. The atom is in stable
through a height of 2 m but the second coolie equilibrium, when
takes 30 s to raise the same suitcase to the same
1/ 6
height. The powers of two coolies are in the ratio  2a 
(1) x   
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 3  b 

(3) 2 : 1 (4) 3 : 1 1/ 6
 11a 
(2) x   
75. If a force of 9 N is acting on a body, then find  5b 
instantaneous power supplied to the body when its
(3) x = 0
velocity is 5 m/s in the direction of force
1/ 6
(1) 195 watt (2) 45 watt  a 
(4) x   
(3) 75 watt (4) 100 watt  2b 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 203
80. The coefficient of restitution, e, for a perfectly 87. Two springs A and B having spring constant KA
elastic collision is and KB (KA = 2KB) are stretched by applying force
of equal magnitude. If energy stored in spring A is
(1) Zero (2) –1
EA then energy stored in B will be
(3) 1 (4) 
EA
81. A particle of mass m1 moves with velocity v1 and (1) 2EA (2)
collides with another particle at rest of equal mass. 4
The velocity of the second particle after the elastic EA
collision is (3) (4) 4EA
2
(1) 2v1 (2) v1
SECTION - D
(3) –v1 (4) Zero
NEET Booster Questions
82. Two identical balls A and B collide head-on
elastically. If velocities of A and B, before the 1. A point mass 1 kg collides elastically with a
collision, are + 0.5 m/s and - 0.3 m/s respectively stationary point mass of 5 kg. After their collision,
then their velocities, after the collision, are the 1 kg mass reverses its direction and moves
respectively with a speed of 2 m/s. For the system of these
(1) – 0.5 m/s and + 0.3 m/s two masses the KE of the centre of mass is

(2) + 0.5 m/s and + 0.3 m/s (1) 0.75 J (2) 0.5 J
(3) + 0.3 m/s and – 0.5 m/s (3) 1 J (4) 1.5 J
(4) – 0.3 m/s and + 0.5 m/s 2. A conservative force in a region is given by

83. A moving body of mass m and velocity 3 km/h  A 
collides with a rest body of mass 2m and sticks F   3  i . An expression for the potential energy
x 
to it. Now the combined mass starts to move.
What will be the combined velocity? in the region, assuming the potential at infinity to
be zero, is
(1) 3 km/h (2) 4 km/h
(3) 1 km/h (4) 2 km/h A 2x 2
(1) (2)
2x 3 A
84. A rubber ball is dropped from a height of 5 m on
a plane, where the acceleration due to gravity is A A
(3) (4)
not known. On bouncing, it rises to 1.8 m. The ball 2x 2x 2
loses its velocity on bouncing by a factor of
Rg
3 2 3. A particle of mass m is projected with speed
(1) (2) 4
5 5
from top of a smooth hemisphere as shown in
figure. If the particle starts slipping from the highest
16 9
(3) (4) point, then the horizontal distance between the
25 25 point where it leaves contact with sphere and the
85. A ball moving with velocity 2 m/s collides head on point at which the particle was placed is
with another stationary ball of double the mass. If
the coefficient of restitution is 0.5 then their
velocities (in m/s) after collision will be R
(1) 0, 2 (2) 0, 1
(3) 1, 1 (4) 1, 0.5
86. A metal ball of mass 2 kg moving with speed of 36
km/h has a head on collision with a stationary ball
R 7 R 7
of mass 3 kg. If after collision, both the balls move (1) (2)
together, then the loss in K.E. due to collision is 4 16

(1) 100 J (2) 140 J R 3 R 5

(3) (4)
(3) 40 J (4) 60 J 8 3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
204 Work, Energy and Power NEET

4. A particle of mass 0.1 kg is subjected to a force

 l2  gl 2
F which varies with distance x as shown. If it starts (1) g L   (2)
 L
its journey from rest at x = 0, then its speed at   L
x = 12 m is
 L l2   l2 
g  2g  L 
(3)  2 2L  (4)  L

F(N)    
9. A block of mass m moving with velocity v0 collides
with another stationary block of mass M as
10
shown. The maximum compression in the spring is
[Assume all surfaces to be smooth and spring
constant is K]

v0 K
x (m) m M
0 x=4 x=8 x = 12

mM mM
(1) 10 2 m/s (2) 20 3 m/s (1)  v0 (2) v0
2K (M  m ) K (M  m )
(3) 40 m/s (4) 2 5 m/s
2 mM 2 mM
5. A pump is required to lift 1000 kg of water per (3)  v0 (4)  v0
K (M  m ) K (M  m )
minute from a well 20 m deep and ejects at a
speed of 20 m/s. The power of engine is 10. A body of mass 2 kg is acted upon by two forces
   
(1) 6.6 kW (2) 6 kW 2 N and 5 N in the direction of i  j and j  k
(3) 2 kW (4) 1.1 kW respectively. If the body is displaced from
(3, –2, 1) to (–1, 2, 3) (Positions are in m), then
6. Engine of a car supplies constant power to the car work done is
which accelerates from rest. Car moves along a
straight road. If velocity and displacement of car at (1) 10 J (2) 5 2 J
any time t be v and s respectively then
(3) 15 J (4) 20 J
(1) v  t3/2 (2) s  t2/3
11. A 5 kg body is fired vertically up with a speed of
(3) s  t3/2 (4) Both (1) & (2) 200 m/s. Just before it hits the ground, its speed
is 150 m/s. Over the entire trip, the work done by
7. A conservative force acts on a 4 kg particle in x
gravity is
direction. The potential energy U(x) is given by
U(x) = 40 + (x – 6)2, where x is in metre. If it is (1) 45000 J (2) – 43750 J
given that at x = 8 m, KE is 30 J, then find the (3) 42000 (4) Zero
maximum KE of the particle.
12. A ball is thrown onto a floor at an angle. If its
(1) 10 J (2) 17 J  
velocity vector is 4 i  3 j  m s  and restitution
(3) 24 J (4) 34 J
2
coefficient is then, the velocity by which it
8. A chain of mass m and length L is held at rest on 3
smooth horizontal surface such that a part l of the rebounds is
chain is hanging vertically from the table. If the y-axis
chain is let go, what is its speed as its end just v
leaves the horizontal surface?

x-axis
O
   
l (1) 4 i  2 j (2) 4 i  2 j
   
(3) 4 i  2 j (4) 4 i  3 j

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 205
13. A body of mass 1 kg travels in a straight line with 17. The potential energy function for a conservative force
velocity v = x3/2 where  = 5 m–1/2s–1. The work is given by U = (2x + 4y). The work done by the
done by the net force during displacement from conservative force in displacing a particle from point
x = 0 to x = 3 m is P(1, 2) to Q(3, 5) is equal to

(1) 437.5 J (2) 238.4 J (1) – 10  (2) – 26 

(3) 337.5 J (4) 427.5 J (3) – 16  (4) + 10 

14. Four identical ball bearings in contact with each 18. A car is moving on straight line on a frictionless
other and resting on a frictionless surface are hit surface. If engine is delivering constant power, then
head-on by other two identical ball bearings as displacement x of car varies with time t as
shown. Then the possible outcome(s) may be (1) x  t (2) x  t1/2
v0 (3) x  t2/3 (4) x  t3/2
19. Potential energy U of a body varies with position x
as shown in figure. The force F acting on the body
2v0 varies with position as
(I)
U
v0
(II)

v0
2
(III) 0 x
x1 x2 x3

(1) Only (I) (2) Only (II) F

(3) Only (III) (4) All of these

x1
15. Power given to a particle varies with time as (1) (0 0) x
x2 x3
P = (3t2 + 2t + 6) watt. The change in KE of the
particle in first 3 seconds of its motion is (assume
that particle is moving on horizontal smooth
surface) F

(1) 27 J (2) 36 J
x2 x3
(3) 49 J (4) 54 J (2) (0 0) x
x1
16. A particle is acted upon by some force so that its
kinetic energy varies with position x as shown in
the figure. Select correct statement.
F
KE

x1 x2 x3
(3) (0 0) x

x
(1) Acceleration of particle varies linearly with time F
(2) Acceleration of particle varies parabolically with
time x2 x3
(4) (0 0) x
(3) Acceleration of particle remains constant with x1
time
(4) Force on particle decreases with time

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
206 Work, Energy and Power NEET

20. A body is released from rest at a point A. The 23. A body of mass m is allowed to fall with the help of
separation (horizontal) between points B and C, is g
string with downward acceleration to a distance x.
6
The work done by the string is
A
mgx mgx
(1) (2) –
60 m 6 6
B
40 m 5mgx 5mgx
(3) (4) –
6 6
C 24. A particle of mass m is projected with speed u
at angle  with horizontal from ground. The
(1) 40 m work done by gravity on it during its upward motion is
40 mu 2 sin2  mu 2 cos2 
(2) m (1) (2)
2 2 2
(3) 40 2 m mu 2 sin2 
(3) (4) Zero
(4) 20 m 2
21. A block starts from rest from top of inclined plane 25. If net force on a system is zero, then
(1) Its momentum is conserved
1
whose last rd part is rough. If block comes to
3 (2) Its kinetic energy may increase
rest at bottom, then value of coefficient of friction (3) The acceleration of its a constituent particle
between block and inclined plane is may be non-zero

Rest (4) All of these

26. Internal forces acting within a system of particles
can alter
h
oot
(1) The linear momentum as well as the kinetic
Sm energy of the system
Rest
(2) The linear momentum of the system, but not the

kinetic energy of the system
1 (3) The kinetic energy of the system, but not the
(1)  = tan (2)   tan  linear momentum of the system
3
(4) Neither linear momentum nor kinetic energy of
1 the system
(3)   tan  (4)  = 3 tan
2 27. A chain is on a frictionless table with one fifth of its
length hanging over the edge. If the chain has length
22. A force F  (3i  4 j ) N acts on a particle moving in L and mass M, the work required to be done to pull
x-y plane. Starting from origin, the particle first goes the hanging part back onto the table is
along x-axis to the point (4, 0) m and then parallel
MgL MgL
to the y-axis to the point (4, 3) m. The total work (1) (2)
5 50
done by the force on the particle is
MgL MgL
y (4, 3) m
(3)
18
(4)
10
28. A bullet of mass 20 g leaves a riffle at an initial
speed 100 m/s and strikes a target at the same
x level with speed 50 m/s. The amount of work done
(0, 0) (4, 0) m by the resistance of air will be
(1) + 12 J (2) – 6 J (1) 100 J (2) 25 J
(3) + 24 J (4) – 12 J (3) 75 J (4) 50 J
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 207

 
29. A stone with weight w is thrown vertically upward
into the air from ground level with initial speed v0. If a (1) 2 m/s (2) 2 – 1 m/s
constant force f due to air drag acts on the stone
throughout its flight, the maximum height attained
by the stone is
(3) 2 m/s (4)  
2  1 m/s

34. A particle of mass m starts moving from origin

v 02 v 02 along x-axis and its velocity varies with position
(1) h  (2) h 
 f   f 
2g 1   2g 1   (x) as v  k x . The work done by force acting on
 w  w  it during first "t" seconds is

v 02 v 02 mk 4 t 2 mk 2t
(3) h  (4) h  (1) (2)
 w  w 4 2
2g 1   2g 1  
 f   f 
mk 4 t 2 mk 2t 2
30. Figure shows the variation of a force F acting on a (3) (4)
8 4
particle along x-axis. If the particle begins at rest at
x = 0, what is the particle’s coordinate when it again 35. The kinetic energy K of a particle moving along
has zero speed? x-axis varies with its position (x) as shown in figure

F (N) K (J)
20 20
10
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x (m)
O x (m)
–10 2 4 6 8 10
–20
The magnitude of force acting on particle at
x = 9 m is
(1) x = 3 (2) x = 6
(1) Zero (2) 5 N
(3) x = 5 (4) x = 7
(3) 20 N (4) 7.5 N
31. A spring of force constant K is first stretched by
distance a from its natural length and then further by 36. The rate of doing work by force acting on a particle
distance b. The work done in stretching the part b is moving along x-axis depends on position x of
particle and is equal to 2x. The velocity of particle
1 1 is given by expression
(1) Ka(a  b ) (2) Ka(a  b )
2 2 1/3 1/3
 3x 2   3x2 
(1)   (2)  
1
Kb(a  b )
1
Kb (2a  b )  m   2m 
(3) (4)
2 2
1/2 1/2
 2mx   mx 2 
32. A knife of mass m is at a height x from a large wooden (3)   (4)  
block. The knife is allowed to fall freely, strikes the  9   3 
block and comes to rest after penetrating distance 37. If F = 2x 2 – 3x – 2, then select the correct
y. The work done by the wooden block to stop the statement.
knife is
1
(1) mgx (2) – mgy (1) x  – is the position of stable equilibrium
2
(3) – mg (x + y) (4) mg (x – y)
(2) x = 2 is the position of stable equilibrium
33. A man is running on horizontal road has half the
kinetic energy of a boy of half of his mass. When 1
man speeds up by 1 m/s, then his KE becomes (3) x  – is the position of unstable equilibrium
2
equal to KE of the boy, the original speed of the
man is (4) x = 2 is the position of neutral equilibrium

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
208 Work, Energy and Power NEET

38. When a conservative force does positive work on a 42. In the figure shown, a particle is released from the
body, then the position A on a smooth track. When the particle
reaches at B, then normal reaction on it by the track
(1) Potential energy of body increases
is
(2) Potential energy of body decreases
A
(3) Total mechanical energy of body increases
B
(4) Total mechanical energy of body decreases
3h h
39. The variation of force F acting on a body moving
along x-axis varies with its position (x) as shown
in figure.
(1) mg (2) 2mg
F
2 m 2g
(3) mg (4)
3 h
R

43. A particle is moving along a vertical circle of

radius R. At P, what will be the velocity of particle
x (assume critical condition at C)?
P O Q

The body is in stable equilibrium state at C

P
(1) P (2) Q 60°
(3) R (4) Both P & Q D B
40. A particle located in one dimensional potential field R
a b A
has potential energy function U ( x )   ,
x2 x3
where a and b are positive constants. The position (1) gR (2) 2gR
of equilibrium corresponds to x =
3
3a 2b (3) 3gR (4) gR
(1) (2) 2
2b 3a
44. A particle of mass m attached to the end of string
2a 3b of length l is released from the horizontal position.
(3) (4) The particle rotates in a circle about O as shown.
3b 2a
When it is vertically below O, the string makes
41. A block of mass 2 kg is released from the top contact with a nail N placed directly below O at a
distance h and rotates around it. For the particle
of an inclined smooth surface as shown in figure.
to swing completely around the nail in a circle,
If spring constant of spring is 100 N/m and block
comes to rest after compressing the spring by m O
1 m, then the distance travelled by block before it
comes to rest is

2 kg h

3 3
45° (1) h  l (2) h  l
5 5

(1) 1 m (2) 1.25 m 2 2

(3) h  l (4) h  l
5 5
(3) 2.5 m (4) 5 m
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Work, Energy and Power 209
45. The PE of a 2 kg particle, free to move along
1 m 1
(1)  m1  m2  2 u 2 (2)  m1  m2  u 2
 x3 x2  2 m1 2
x-axis is given by V ( x )     J . The total
 3 2 

1  m  1
mechanical energy of the particle is 4 J. Maximum (3) m1u 2  1  1  (4)  m2  m1  u 2
speed (in ms–1) is 2  m2  2

1 51. A small ball of mass m moving with speed v

(1) (2) 2
2 ( 2gL ) undergoes an elastic head-on collision
3 5 with a stationary bob of identical mass of a simple
(3) (4) pendulum of length L. The maximum height h, from
2 6
the equilibrium position, to which the bob rises after
46. A particle is moving in a circular path of radius r collision is
under the action of a force F. If at an instant
velocity of particle is v, and speed of particle is
increasing, then
L

(1) F .v  0 (2) F .v  0 m
v m
(3) F .v  0 (4) F .v  0
v2 v2
47. The force required to row a boat at constant (1) (2)
velocity is proportional to square of its speed. If a 2g 4g
speed of v km/h requires 4 kW, how much power
v2 3v 2
does a speed of 2v km/h require? (3) (4)
8g 8g
(1) 8 kW (2) 16 kW
52. Two balls of masses m each are moving at right angle
(3) 24 kW (4) 32 kW to each other with velocities 6 m/s and 8 m/s
48. A body of mass m is projected from ground with respectively. If collision between them is perfectly
speed u at an angle  with horizontal. The power inelastic, the velocity of combined mass is
delivered by gravity to it at half of maximum height (1) 15 m/s (2) 10 m/s
from ground is
(3) 5 m/s (4) 2.5 m/s
mgu cos  mgu sin  53. A sphere of mass m moving with a constant
(1) (2)
2 2 velocity u hits another stationary sphere of the
same mass. If e is the coefficient of restitution,
mgu cos(90  ) then ratio of velocities of the two spheres after
(3) (4) Both (2) & (3) collision will be
2
1 e 2e
49. A particle of mass m moves in a circular path of (1) (2)
radius r, under the action of force which delivers it 1 e 2e
constant power p and increases its speed. The 2 2
 1 e   1 e 
angular acceleration of particle at time (t) is (3)   (4)  
proportional to  1 e   1 e 
54. A neutron travelling with a velocity collides
1 elastically, head-on, with a nucleus of an atom of
(1) (2) t
t mass number A at rest. The fraction of total energy
retained by neutron is
(3) t0 (4) t3/2
2 2
A  1  A  1
50. A shell at rest on a smooth horizontal surface (1)   (2)  
explodes into two fragments of masses m1 and   1
A  A  1
m2. If just after explosion m1 moves with speed 2 2
 A  1  A  1
u, then work done by internal forces during (3)   (4)  
explosion is  A   A 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
210 Work, Energy and Power NEET

55. In the figure shown, a small ball hits obliquely a (1) The momentum of system is conserved only in
smooth and horizontal surface with speed u whose direction PQ
x and y components are indicated. If the coefficient (2) Momentum of M1 is conserved in direction
1 perpendicular to SR
of restitution is , then its x and y components vx
2
and vy just after collision are respectively (3) Momentum of M 2 will change in direction
normal to CR
2 m/s v v
y
y (4) All of these
4 m/s u x 58. A ball of mass m moving with speed u collides with
vx a smooth horizontal surface at angle  with it as
shown in figure. The magnitude of impulse imparted
e = 12 to surface by ball is [Coefficient of restitution of
(1) 4 m/s, 1 m/s (2) 2 m/s, 1 m/s collision is e]

(3) 2 m/s, 2 m/s (4) 4 m/s, 2 m/s

56. Velocity of the ball A after collision with the ball B as
shown in the figure is (Assume perfectly inelastic 
and head-on collision)

A 5 m/s 2 m/s B (1) mu(1 + e)cos (2) mu(1 – e)sin

(3) mu(1– e)cos (4) mu(1 + e)sin
2 kg 5 kg
59. A body of mass m falls from height h on ground.
3 If e be the coefficient of restitution of collision
(1) m/s between the body and ground, then the distance
7
travelled by body before it comes to rest is
5
(2) m/s
7 1  e2   1  e2 
(1) h  2
(2) h  2
1  1  e  1  e 
(3) m/s
7
(4) Zero 2eh 2eh
(3) 2 (4)
57. An object of mass M1 moving horizontally with 1 e 1  e2
speed u collides elastically with another object of 60. A bullet of mass m moving with velocity v strikes
mass M2 at rest. Select correct statement. a suspended wooden block of mass M. If the block
rises to height h, then the initial velocity v of the
S
M1 bullet must have been
u
M m
M2 (1) 2gh (2) 2gh
m
P Q
C
m M m
(3) 2gh (4) 2gh
R M m M

‰‰‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
Chapter 7

Systems of Particles and

Rotational Motion
Chapter Contents
z Vector product of two vectors VECTOR PRODUCT OF TWO VECTORS

z Position of centre of mass The vector product of two vectors is equal to the product of magnitude
of vectors and sine of smaller angle between them, and in a direction
z Motion of centre of mass perpendicular to the plane of vectors.
z Torque and angular
A  B  AB sin nˆ
momentum

n̂ is the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of vector A and B
z Equilibrium of a rigid body
B

z Moment of inertia AB
nˆ 
| AB | 
z Theorems on moment of A
inertia Multiplication of any two unit vectors in anticlockwise direction gives the
third unit vector with positive sign.
z Comparison between linear
motion variables and lˆ  ˆj  kˆ, ˆj  kˆ  iˆ, kˆ  iˆ  ˆj
rotational motion variables y
Multiplication of any two unit vectors in clockwise
z Combined rotational and direction gives the third unit vector with negative ĵ
translational motion sign. x
iˆ
z Rolling motion iˆ  kˆ   ˆj , kˆ  ˆj  iˆ, ˆj  iˆ  kˆ k̂
z
z Rolling on a horizontal z Determinant Method of Cross Product
plane
The cross product of two vector A and B
z Rolling on an inclined plane
A  Ax iˆ  Ay jˆ  Az kˆ
z Angular momentum in
combined translation and B  Bx iˆ  By ˆj  Bz kˆ
rotation
iˆ jˆ kˆ

A  B  Ax Ay Az
Bx By Bz

 iˆ( Ay Bz  Az By )  ˆj ( Ax Bz  Az Bx )  kˆ( Ax By  Ay Bx )

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
212 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

z Properties of Vector Product

(1) The vector product of two vectors is anticommutative

AB  B A

A  B  B  A
(2) Vector product is distributive i.e.,

A  (B  C )  A  B  A  C
(3) Cross product of two parallel vectors is a null vector.

A  B  AB sin0nˆ  0

iˆ  iˆ  jˆ  jˆ  kˆ  kˆ  0

(4) If two vectors A and B represents the two adjacent sides of a
S R
parallelogram then the magnitude of cross product gives the
area of parallelogram.
B

Area of parallelogram PQRS = | A  B |
P Q
1 A
Area of triangle PQS  | AB |
2

Example 1 : Calculate area of a parallelogram, when the adjacent sides are given by A  iˆ  2 jˆ  3kˆ and

B  2iˆ  3 jˆ  kˆ.

Solution : Area of parallelogram = | A  B |

iˆ jˆ kˆ

AB  1 2 3
2 3 1

 iˆ(2  9)  ˆj (1  6)  kˆ( 3  4)

 11iˆ  5 ˆj  7kˆ

| A  B |  121  25  49  195 unit

Example 2 : Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors iˆ  2 ˆj – 3kˆ and iˆ – 2 ˆj  kˆ .

Solution : Let A = iˆ  2 jˆ – 3kˆ

B = iˆ – 2 ˆj  kˆ

and let C is the vector given by the cross product of A , B and C is perpendicular to the plane

containing A and B

C = A × B
Using Determinant method,

iˆ ˆj kˆ
1 2 –3  iˆ  2 – 6   ˆj  – 3 – 1  kˆ  – 2 – 2 
1 –2 1

 – 4iˆ – 4 ˆj – 4kˆ
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 213


C = – 4 iˆ  ˆj  kˆ 

unit vector n̂ in the direction of C is given by

C
n̂ =
C

=

– 4 iˆ  jˆ  kˆ 
 – 4 2
  – 4   – 4
2 2

=

– 4 iˆ  jˆ  kˆ 
4 3

n̂ = 3

–1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
i  j k 

POSITION OF CENTRE OF MASS

The centre of mass of a body or a system, is the point that moves as though all of the mass were concentrated
there, and resultant external force were applied there.

z Centre of Mass for a System of Particles

For a system of n particles having masses m 1 , m 2 --- m n etc. whose position coordinates are
(x1, y1, z1), ......(xn, yn, zn) respectively, as shown in figure, the position of centre of mass is given by

m1x1  m2 x2  ....  mn xn mi xi

xcm  or xcm 
m1  m2  ....  mn M
y
m1y1  m2 y 2  ....  mn y n mi y i (x2, y2, z2)
y cm  or y cm 
m1  m2  ....  mn M (x1, y1, z1) m2
m1
m1z1  m2 z2  ....  mn zn mi zi c.m. (x3, y3, z3)
zcm  or zcm  m3
m1  m2  ....  mn M
M is the total mass of system
x
O
rcm  xcm iˆ  y cm jˆ  zcm kˆ

z Centre of Mass of Continuous Mass Distribution

The different coordinates of centre of mass of a continuous body is calculated by using the following integrals:

xcm 
 xdm ; y cm 
 ydm ; zcm 
 zdm
 dm  dm  dm
Note :
(i) The centre of mass of a system of particles lies to the region where majority of mass of the system
lies (or centre of mass lies towards heavier side).
(ii) The centre of mass of a body may lie outside the body or on the body. e.g., The centre of mass
of a ring lies at its centre (where there is no mass).
(iii) For a symmetrical body of uniform density, the centre of mass lies at its geometrical centre.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
214 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

(iv) For a two particle system, the centre of mass lies on the line joining them and closer to the greater
mass.
d c.m.

m1 m2
r2 r2
m2d m1d
r1  and r2 
m1  m2 m1  m2
(v) The location of centre of mass of a body does not depend on the choice of axes. For different
coordinate system we’ll get different coordinates but not different location.
(vi) The centre of mass of a rod of non uniform density whose mass per unit length () varies as  =
Ax, where A is a constant, lies at a distance 2L/3 from x = 0.
2L/3 c.m.
x
x=0 x=L
(vii) While locating the position of centre of mass, be wise in choosing the origin and the coordinate
axes. If the system has a distribution of particles, choose one of the particles as origin, then choose
the axes in such a way that the majority of particles lie on the axes. In case of a continuous body,
axes should be chosen along the line (or plane) of symmetry.
y y
y
m2 m2 m2 m3 m 2 m3

x
O
m1 m4 m1 m4 m1 m4
x x
O O
Given above are the three ways of choosing coordinate axes in order to locate the position of centre
of mass of a four particle system forming a square. First way will lead you to lesser calculations.
(viii) Internal forces can not change the position of centre of mass of system.

Illustration-1
A small square is removed from a uniform square plate of side a, as shown in the figure. Where is the centre
of mass of remaining plate relative to the original centre?
a/2

For solving this type of problem where the bodies involved are of uniform density and two dimensional, we
can use areas in place of their masses. The remaining body can be assumed to be a superposition of two
masses, one mass is the original mass and the other is the negative mass of the body which has been
removed.
Original
square – Removed
square
+

Here, the area of removed square will be taken

negative and that of original square positive.
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 215
In this way, by taking the mass (or area) of removed square as negative, the coordinates of centre of mass
of the remaining portion are
A1x1  A2 x2 A1y1  A2 y 2
xcm  and y cm 
A1  A2 A1  A2
Here, A1 = a2 = area of first body (original square)
A2 = –a2/4 = area of second body (removed portion)
Further, the remaining body has a line of symmetry, so its centre of mass must lie on this line. Choose the
line of symmetry as x-axis with origin at the centre of original square. Here we do not need to calculate the
y-coordinate of centre of mass, which is clearly zero (why?). Now, the x and y coordinates of the two bodies
are as shown in figure.
Removed
y x y square x
Line of –
+ symmetry
Original (a/(22), 0)
square
(0, 0) (0, 0)

Body 1 Body 2
 a2   a 
(a2 )  (0)       
xcm
A x  A2 x2
 1 1   4  2 2
A1  A2  a2 
(a2 )    
 4 
a a
 xcm   ; the centre of mass of remaining body lies on negative x-axis at a distance of from
6 2 6 2
origin.

Example 3 : Three point masses m1 = 2 kg, m2 = 4 kg and m3 = 6 kg are kept at the three corners of an
equilateral triangle of side 1 m. Find the location of their centre of mass.
Solution : Assume m1 to be at the origin and x-axis along the line joining m1 to m2, as shown in figure
y m3

1m 1m

x
m1 1m m2
From the figure it is clear that the x-y co-ordinates of m1 is (x1,y1) = (0,0), that of m2 is (x2,y2)
1 3
= (1,0) and that of m3 is (x3,y3) =  ,  .
2 2 
1
2  0  4  1 6 
xCM  2 7m
2 46 12
3
2 0  4  0  6
y CM  2 3 3  3m
2 46 12 4
 7 3
 CM is at  , 
 12 4 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
216 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

Example 4 : The object shown in figure is constructed of uniform rods of same material. Find the position
of centre of mass w.r.t. its corner O.

O 2L
Solution : As rods are uniform, therefore centre of mass of both rods will be at their geometrical centres.
 L
The co-ordinates of CM of first rod C1 are (L, 0) and second rod C2 are  0, 
 2
 The co-ordinates of CM of system are given by y
L.2M  0.M 2L
xCM  
2M  M 3
 L C M
L  0,  2
0.2M  M  2
2 L CM
y CM  
2M  M 6 2M
x
O
 2L L  C (L, 0)
1
Hence coordinates of CM are  , 
 3 6

MOTION OF CENTRE OF MASS

z Velocity of Centre of Mass
The instantaneous velocity of centre of mass is given by

m1v 1  m2 v 2  ....mn v n P system
v cm  ; or v cm 
M M

Where P system is the total linear momentum of centre of mass. The velocity of centre of mass is
calculated by dividing total momentum of system by the total mass of system.

z Acceleration of Centre of Mass

Differentiating v cm w.r.t. time we get acm as

m1a1  m2a2  .... mn an F ext
acm  ; or acm 
M M

Where Fext is the vector sum of forces acting on the particles of system.

Example 5 : Two particles of mass 1 kg and 2 kg are moving along the same line with speeds 2 m/s and
4 m/s respectively. Calculate the speed of the centre of mass of the system if both the particles
are moving in the same direction.

m1v1  m2v 2
Solution : v cm 
m1  m2
Substituting the value, we get

1  2  2  4 2  8 10
v cm    m/s
3 3 3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 217
Illustration-2
A man (of mass m) stands at the left end of a uniform sled of length L and mass M, which lies on frictionless
ice. The man then walks to the other end of the sled. By what distance the sled slides on the ice?
Solution
The net external force on the system (man + sled) is zero (their weights are balanced by the normal reaction
on the sled and the ice is frictionless). The centre of mass of the system is to be at the same position while
man moves to right. Obviously, the sled will shift towards left.
m
Let the displacement of sled relative to ground = x
c.m. Frictionless ice
The displacement of man relative to ground = L – x L M
As the centre of mass remains stationary,
Left shift = Right shift L–x
m
 Mx = m (L – x) x c.m.
M L
mL
 x
mM
z Some Important Points :
1. The centre of mass is a point such that the mass of the system M multiplied by the acceleration
(d2Rcm/dt2) of the centre of mass of the system gives the resultant of all forces acting on the system.
2. The centre of mass of a system of two particles lies in between them on the line joining the particles.
3. The location of centre of mass of a rigid body remains unchanged in pure rotatory motion. But it changes
in translatory motion.
4. If we take the centre of mass as the origin, then the sum of the moments of the masses of the system

 mi ri is zero.
5. During translatory motion, the position of the centre of mass changes with time.
6. During pure rotatory motion, the axis of rotation passes through the centre of mass.
7. The position of centre of mass of a system with respect to the system is independent of the co-ordinate system
or the location of the origin.
8. In the absence of an external force, the velocity of the centre of mass of a body remains constant.
9. For applying the laws of kinematics and dynamics, whole of the mass of a body can be assumed to be
concentrated at the centre of mass.
10. The location of the centre of mass depends on the shape and nature of distribution of mass of the body.

EXERCISE
1. A uniform square plate abcd has a mass of 1 kg. If two point masses each of 20 g are placed at the corners
b and c as shown, then the centre of mass shifts on the line

a X b

W Y
O

d c
Z
(1) OW (2) OX
(3) OY (4) OZ
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
218 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

2. In carbon monoxide molecules, the carbon and the oxygen atoms are separated by distance 1.2 Å. The distance
of the centre of mass, from the carbon atom is
(1) 0.48 Å (2) 0.51 Å
(3) 0.56 Å (4) 0.69 Å
3. Consider
a system of two identical particles. One of the particles is at rest and the other has an acceleration
f . The centre of mass has an acceleration

(1) Zero (2) f

f
(3) (4) 2f
2
4. Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 2 kg are connected by a spring of negligible mass and placed on a frictionless
horizontal surface. An impulse provides a velocity of 7 m/s to the heavier block in the direction of the lighter
block. The velocity of the centre of mass is
(1) 4 m/s (2) 5 m/s
(3) 2 m/s (4) 3 m/s
5. A body falling vertically downwards under gravity breaks in two parts of unequal masses. The centre of mass
of the two parts taken together
(1) Shifts horizontally towards heavier piece (2) Shifts horizontally towards lighter piece
(3) Doesn’t shift horizontally (4) Shifts horizontally if initial speed is zero
6. A body at rest explodes into two pieces of unequal mass. The parts will move
(1) Arbitrarily (2) In the same direction
(3) In opposite directions with equal speeds (4) In opposite directions with unequal speeds
7. A point object of mass m is kept at (a, 0) along x-axis. What mass should be kept at (–3a, 0), so that centre
of mass lies at origin?
(1) m (2) 2m

m
(3) (4) 3m
3
8. Locate the centre of mass of arrangement shown in figure. The three rods are identical in mass and length
y-axis

x-axis
L

L L L 
(1)  2, 2  (2)  3 , 0
   
L L  L
(3)  3, 2 (4)  0, 3 
   

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 219
9. A particle of mass m is thrown horizontally from the top of a tower and another particle of mass 2m is thrown
vertically upward. The acceleration of centre of mass is

9g
(1) g (2)
3
2g g
(3) (4)
3 2
10. A child is standing at one end of a long trolley moving with a speed v on a smooth horizontal track. If the
child starts running towards the other end of the trolley with a speed u, the centre of mass of the system
(trolley + child) will move with a speed
(1) Zero (2) (v + u)
(3) v (4) (v – u)
11. In a clockwise system

(1) kˆ  iˆ  jˆ (2) ˆj .iˆ  1

(3) iˆ  iˆ  1 (4) ˆj . jˆ  0

12. The angle between vectors (M  N ) and (N  M ) is

(1) 0° (2) 60°

(3) 90° (4) 180°

13. A vector A points towards North and vector B points upwards then A  B points towards
(1) East (2) West
(3) North (4) South

14. If A  B  C  0 then A  B is

(1) C  B (2) B C

(3) A  C (4) Zero

15. If the angle between the vectors C and D is  then the value of the product (C  D ).D is equal to
(1) Zero (2) CD2 sin 
(3)CD2 cos  (4) CD2 sin cos 

16. Let A  2iˆ  3 ˆj  4kˆ and B  4iˆ  jˆ  2kˆ then | A  B | is equal to

(1) 440 (2) 2 110

(3) 220 (4) 4 65
17. A disc rotating about its axis from rest, acquires the angular speed 100 rev/s in 4 second. The angle rotated
by it during these four seconds (in radian) is
(1) 100 (2) 200
(3) 300 (4) 400
18. A body rotating with uniform angular acceleration covers 100(radian) in the first 5 s after the start. Its angular
speed at the end of 5 s (in radian/s) is
(1) 40 (2) 30
(3) 20 (4) 10

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
220 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

19. A wheel starting from rest is uniformly accelerated at 2 rad/s2 for 20 seconds. It is allowed to rotate uniformly
for the next 10 seconds and is finally brought to rest in next 20 seconds. The total angle rotated by the wheel
(in radian) is
(1) 600 (2) 1200
(3) 1800 (4) 300
20. A body rotates about a fixed axis with an angular acceleration of 3 rad/s2. The angle rotated by it during the
time when its angular velocity increases from 10 rad/s to 20 rad/s (in radian) is
(1) 50 (2) 100
(3) 150 (4) 200

TORQUE AND ANGULAR MOMENTUM

1. Moment of force (Torque) : We have learnt that the motion of a rigid body in general is a combination of
rotation and translation. If the body is fixed at a point or along a line then, it has only rotational
motion. In our previous chapters we have discussed that force is needed to change the state of a body i.e.,
to produce linear acceleration. But what is the analogue of force in the case of rotational motion?
To look into the question, let us take the example of pushing a door to open it. The force of your push (F)
causes the door to rotate about its hinges (joints). How hard you need to push depends on the
distance you are from the hinges (joints). The closer you are to the hinges, the harder it is to push. This is
what happens when you try to push a door on the wrong side to open it.
So, we conclude that the rotational analogue of force is moment of force i.e. torque. When an external force
acting on a body has a tendency to rotate the body about a fixed point or about a fixed axis, it is said to
exert a torque on the body. The moment of a force or the torque due to the force gives us the turning effect
of the force about the fixed point/axis. It is measured by the product of magnitude of force and perpendicular
distance of the line of action of force from the axis of rotation. As shown in the figure given below, it is
represented by a greek letter .
Thus, torque about point O is

  r  F  (r F sin ) nˆ

z

P
r

y
r

x

Fig.   r  F ,  is perpendicular to the plane containing r and F ,
and its direction is given by the right handed screw rule

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 221

where  is smaller angle between r and F , n̂ is the vector along  . The direction of  is perpendicular to

the plane containing r and F and is given by right hand screw rule by rotating the right hand screw from

r to F .
The SI unit of torque is N-m, and dimensions of torque are [M1L2T–2] which are same as those of work
and energy.

Its component along an axis (say z) is given by

z  (r  F )  kˆ , where k̂ is unit vector along that axis

Note : 1.  = 0, if r = 0, F = 0 or  = 0° or 180°. Thus, the moment of a force vanishes if either the
magnitude of the force or perpendicular distance from the axis is zero, or the angle between
them is 0° or 180°.

2. As   r  F is a vector product, so properties of a vector product of two vectors apply. If the

direction of F is reversed, the direction of the moment of force is reversed.

If directions of both r and F are reversed, the direction of  remains the same.

The force applied on a rigid body may rotate it in three dimensions. In that case we shall have three
components of torque, which can be obtained by using

r F

   x iˆ   y ˆj   z kˆ

r  xiˆ  yjˆ  zkˆ

F  Fx iˆ  Fy jˆ  Fz kˆ

Using determinant method,

iˆ ˆj kˆ
  iˆ  
x y
ˆj   kˆ
z  = x y z
Fx Fy Fz

   
= yFz – zFy iˆ   zFx – xFz  ˆj  xFy – yFx kˆ

Equating the three rectangular components on two sides,

 x  yFz – zFy ...(i)

We get  y  zFx – xFz ...(ii)
 z  xFy – yFx ... (iii)

From the above three equations, we can see that if the object is moving in the y – z plane x  0
and y = z = 0.

Similarly, if it is moving in x – z plane y  0 and x = z = 0 and if it is moving in x – y plane

z  0 and x = y = 0.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
222 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

Example 6 : A force (iˆ – 2 jˆ  3kˆ ) acts on a particle of position vector (3iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ ) . Calculate the torque
acting on the particle.

Solution :  r F
Using Determinant method,
iˆ ˆj kˆ

 = 3 2 1
1 –2 3

=  6  2  iˆ –  9 – 1 ˆj   – 6 – 2 kˆ
= 8iˆ – 8 jˆ – 8kˆ

  = 8(iˆ – jˆ – kˆ ) Nm .

2. Angular Momentum of a Particle : The angular momentum L of the particle with respect to the origin O is

defined as the cross product of r and P is

L= r  P

L = | r | | P | sin

where | P | is the magnitude of P and  is the angle between r and P . Angular momentum is zero if the

linear momentum vanishes (P  0) , if the particle is at the origin (r  0) or if the angle between r and P
is zero or 180°.

Example 7 : A car of mass 300 kg is travelling on a circular track of radius 100 m with a constant speed of
60 m/s. Calculate the angular momentum about the centre of circle.

Solution : L = r P

P = mv
= 300 × 60
= 18000 kg m/s (directed along the tangent to the circle)

| L | = rP sin,  = 90°

| L | = rP
= 100 × 18000
= 18 × 105 kg m2 s–1

3. Angular Momentum for a System of Particles

The total angular momentum of a system of particles about a given point is,
n
L  L1  L2  L3  ...  Ln   Li
l 1

The angular momentum of the i th particle is given by Li  ri  pi , where r is the position vector of i th particle

w.r.t. a given origin and pi = (mi v i ) is the linear momentum of the i th particle. So, the total angular momentum

of a system of particles is L   Li   ri  Pi .
i i

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 223
In pure rotation

L   ri mi v i
i

i n
L   mi ri 2
L 1

L = I

EQUILIBRIUM OF A RIGID BODY

A rigid body is said to be in mechanical equilibrium, if its linear momentum and angular momentum
are not changing with time i.e., the body has neither linear acceleration nor angular acceleration. This means
(i) The total forces, i.e. the vector sum of the forces acting on the rigid body is zero,

n
F 1  F 2  ...  F n = F
i 1
i  0.

(ii) If the total torque acting on the rigid body vanishes i.e. the vector sum of the torques on the rigid body
is zero,
n
1   2  ... n    = 0.
i 1

z Principle of Moments
The lever is a system in mechanical equilibrium. A see-saw on the children's playground is a typical example
of a lever. An ideal lever is essentially a light (i.e., of negligible mass) rod pivoted at a point along its length.
This point is called the fulcrum. Let us consider the example of see-saw. See the figure given below, F1 and
F2 are the two parallel forces acting perpendicular to the lever at distances d1 and d2 from the fulcrum.

R
d1 d2
A B

F1 F2

Let R be the reaction of the support at the fulcrum; R is directed opposite to the forces F 1 and F 2 .
For translational equilibrium (sum of all the forces must be zero)
i.e., R – F1 – F2 = 0 ...(i)

For rotational equilibrium (sum of all the torques must be zero). There the sum of moments of forces F 1 and

F 2 must be equal to zero.

Moment of force | 1 | of force F 1 = d1F1 (acting anticlockwise)

Moment of force | 2 | of force F 2 = d2F2 (acting in the clockwise direction) and for rotational equilibrium

1  2 = 0  d1F1 – d2F2 = 0 ...(ii)

i.e. d1F1  d 2 F2

F1
The above equation expresses the principle of moments for a lever and the ratio of is called the Mechanical
F2
Advantage (M.A.).
F1 d 2
M.A.  
F2 d1

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
224 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

If the effort arm d2 is larger than the load arm, the mechanical advantage is greater than one. Mechanical
advantage greater than one means that a small effort can be used to lift a large load.

Note: The principle of moments holds even when the parallel forces F1 and F2 are not perpendicular, but
act at some angle, to the lever.

Example 8 : If the Mechanical Advantage of a lever is 100, when a force of 10 N acts at a distance of 20 cm
from the point of fulcrum. Calculate the force acting on the other side of the fulcrum and the
distance of that force from the fulcrum.
d 2 F1
Solution : MA = 
d1 F2
10
 100 =
F2
10 1
 F2 = = N
100 10
d2
and d1 MA
 d2 = MA × d1
= 100 × 20
= 2000 cm

z Centre of Gravity
In our previous sections, we have discussed the centre of mass, which is the point where the whole mass of
the body is supposed to be concentrated. Now in this section we will discuss the centre of gravity.

The centre of gravity is that point of the body, where the whole weight of the body is supposed to be
concentrated. Consider a rigid body as shown in the figure given below. If r i is the position vector of the i th
particle of an extended body with respect to the centre of gravity of the body, then the torque about the centre
of gravity, due to the force of gravity on the particle is given by

1 = r i  mi g

The total torque about the centre of gravity is zero,

   r  m g  0
i i i ...(i)

Therefore, we may define the centre of gravity of a body as that point where the total gravitational torque acting
on the body is zero.
R

C.G.
m2g m1g

mg

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 225
Thus, we conclude that the centre of gravity coincides with the centre of mass because the body being small,

g does not vary from one point of the body to the other. If the body is so extended that g varies from part
to part of the body, then the centre of gravity and centre of mass will not coincides.

Note : Centre of mass has nothing to do with gravity, it depends only on the distribution of mass
of the body.

Example 9 : A metal rod of length 50 cm having mass 2 kg is supported on two edges placed 10 cm from
each end. A 3 kg load is suspended at 20 cm from one end. Find the reactions at the edges.
(take g = 10 m/s2)

Solution : AB is the rod, C is the centre of gravity and W is the weight of the rod acting downward and
W1 is the weight of the load suspended at point D. Rod is supported at two edges E and F as
shown in the figure. R1 and R2 are the reaction force at E and F respectively.

As the rod is uniform and homogeneous, R1 R2

therefore G is at the centre DC

A F B
AB = 50 cm, AC = 25 cm, AD = 20 cm, E

CD = 5 cm , AE = BF = 10 cm, ED = 10 cm,
w1 w
EC = FC = 15 cm 50 cm

W = mg = 2 × 10 = 20 N

W1 = 3 × 10 = 30 N

For translational equilibrium, F i
i 0

R1 + R2 – W – W1 = 0

{W1 and W act in the downward direction and R1 and R2 act in the vertically upward direction}

R1 + R2 – 20 –30 = 0

 R1 + R2 = 50 ...(i)

For rotational equilibrium, 
i
i 0

 – R1 (EC) + W1(CD) + R2(FC) = 0

 – R1(15) + 30(5) + R2(15) = 0

 R1 – R2 = 10 ...(ii)

Adding (i) & (ii), we get

2R1 = 60, R1 = 30 N

and R2 = 50 – 30 = 20 N

R1  30 N , R2  20 N

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
226 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

EXERCISE

21. The torque of a force F  2iˆ  2 ˆj  3kˆ acting on a point r  iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ about origin will be
(1) 8iˆ  5 ˆj  2kˆ (2) 8iˆ  5 ˆj  2kˆ
(3) 8iˆ  5 ˆj  2kˆ (4) 8iˆ  5 ˆj  2kˆ
22. Moment of a force of magnitude 20 N acting along positive x direction at point (3m, 0, 0) about the point (0, 2, 0)
(in Nm) is
(1) 20 (2) 60
(3) 40 (4) 30
23. A flywheel of moment of inertia 2 kg-m2 is rotated at a speed of 30 rad/s. A tangential force at the rim stops
the wheel in 15 second. Average torque of the force is
(1) 4 Nm (2) 2 Nm
(3) 8 Nm (4) 1 Nm
24. A torque T acts on a body of moment of inertia I rotating with angular speed . It will be stopped just after
time
IT I
(1) (2)
 T
T
(3) (4) IT
I

25. A disc is rotating with angular velocity  . A force F acts at a point whose position vector with respect to

the axis of rotation is r . The power associated with torque due to the force is given by

(1) (r  F ). (2) (r  F )  

(3) r  (F . ) (4) r . (F  )
26. A particle is rotating in a circle with uniform speed as shown. The angular momentum of the particle w.r.t.
origin is
y

Origin x

(1) Constant in magnitude as well as direction (2) Constant in magnitude only

(3) Constant in direction only (4) Variable in magnitude as well as direction
27. When torque applied on a system is zero, which of the following will be constant?
(1) Moment of inertia (2) Angular velocity
(3) Kinetic energy (4) Moment of linear momentum
28. A particle is moving along a straight line parallel to x-axis with constant velocity. Find angular momentum about
the origin in vector form
y
P (m)
v
B
r
b
A
x
a
(1) + mv2b k̂ (2)  mv b kˆ
(3)  2mv b kˆ (4)  mv b ˆj

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 227
29. A particle is moving along a straight line with increasing speed. Its angular momentum about a fixed point on
this line
(1) Goes on increasing
(2) Goes on decreasing
(3) May be increasing or decreasing depending on direction of motion
(4) Remains zero
30. When a body is spinning on its axis in absence of any external torque, then choose the wrong statement

(1)  can be changed by keeping L same (2) L can be changed by keeping  same

(3) I can be changed by keeping L same (4) I and  both can be changed by keeping L same

MOMENT OF INERTIA
It is a measure of rotational inertia of a rigid body. It depends on how the mass is distributed relative to the
axis of rotation.

z Moment of inertia of point masses.

I  m1r12  m2r22  m3r32  ...

i n
I   mi r12
i 1

z Moment of inertia bodies having continuous mass distribution.

I   (dm )r 2

z Moment of inertia of a body depends on

(i) Shape and size of body

(ii) Distribution of mass in the body

(iii) Position of axis of rotation

THEOREMS ON MOMENT OF INERTIA

z Parallel Axes Theorem
I = Icm + md 2 d

Icm = Moment of inertia of the body about its centre of mass

I = Moment of inertia of the body about a parallel axis passing
through its centre of mass cm
m = Total mass of the body
d = Perpendicular distance between two parallel axes.

Example 10 : Calculate the moment of inertia of a rod of mass M, and length l about an axis perpendicular to
it passing through one of its ends.
Solution : For the rod of mass M and length l the moment of inertia of the rod about an axis AB passing
Ml 2
through its centre of mass is given IAB =
12

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
228 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

A C

l
2
l
B D
According to the parallel axes theorem
2
l Ml 2 Ml 2 Ml 2  3Ml 2 4Ml 2 Ml 2
ICD = I AB  M   =    
 2 12 4 12 12 3
Ml 2
ICD =
3

z Perpendicular Axes Theorem

This theorem is applicable to laminar bodies.

Moment of inertia of a laminar body about an axis perpendicular to the plane of lamina. (Iz) is equal to
the sum of moment of inertia of body about two mutually perpendicular axes x & y (in the plane of lamina)
passing through the point of intersection of z axis with plane of the lamina.
z

y
O

x
Iz = Ix + Iy

Where Ix, Iy and Iz are the respective moment of inertia of the body about x, y and z-axes.

z The point O need not be the centre of mass of the body.

Example 11 : What is the moment of inertia of a uniform circular ring about its diameters?

Solution : The moment of inertia of a uniform ring about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular
to it is given by, I = MR2

According to the theorem of perpendicular axis, Iz = Ix + Iy z

y
Now x and y axes are along the diameter of the disc, and by symmetry

Ix = I y x

 Iz = 2Ix

Iz = MR2
MR 2
 Ix =
2
MR 2
Thus the moment of inertia of the ring about any of its diameter is .
2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 229
z Moment of Inertia of Few Regular Shaped Bodies

S.No. Body Axis Figure l

(1) Thin circular ring, radius R Perpendicular to plane, at MR2

centre

2
(2) Thin circular ring, radius R Diameter MR
2

2
(3) Thin rod, length L Perpendicular to rod, at ML
mid point 12

(4) Circular disc, radius R Perpendicular to disc at MR2

centre 2

2
(5) Circular disc, radius R Diameter
MR
4

2
(6) Hollow cylinder, radius R Axis of cylinder MR

MR2
(7) Solid Cylinder radius R Axis of cylinder
2

2
2MR
(8) Solid sphere, radius R Diameter 5

2
2MR
(9) Hollow sphere, radius R Diameter 3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
230 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

COMPARISON BETWEEN LINEAR MOTION VARIABLES AND ROTATIONAL MOTION

VARIABLES

S. No. Translational Motion Rotational motion about a fixed axis

1. Displacement x Angular displacement 

dx d
2. Velocity v = Angular velocity  =
dt dt
dv d
3. Acceleration a = Angular acceleration  =
dt dt

4. Mass M Moment of inertia I

5. Force F = Ma Torque  = I

6. Work dW = Fds Work dw = d

Mv 2 I 2
7. Kinetic energy K = Kinetic energy K =
2 2

8. Power P = Fv Power P = 

9. Linear momentum P = Mv Angular momentum L = I

10. Equations of translatory motion Equations of rotational motion

v = u + at  = 0 + t

1 2 1 2
s = ut + at  = 0t + t
2 2
2 2
v – u = 2as  2 – 02 = 2
where the symbols have their where the symbols have their usual
usual meaning meaning.
11. Linear momentum is conserved if Angular momentum is conserved if no
no external force acts on the external torque acts on the system.
system. dL
dP 
dt
F
dt If   0
If F  0 dL
0
dP dt
 0 or P  constant
dt L  constant

Example 12 : The angular speed of a motor wheel is increased from 600 rpm to 1200 rpm in 4 seconds.
Calculate how many revolutions does the engine make during this time.
Solution : Using  = 0 + t
 – 0
 =
t
2  600
0 = 600 rpm = = 20 rad s–1
60

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 231
2  1200
 = 1200 rpm = = 40 rad s–1
60

20
 = = 5 rad s–2
4

Again using,

1 2
 = 0t  t
2
1
 = 20 × 4 + × 5 × 16
2
 = 80 + 40 = 120

 120
Number of revolutions = = = 60 revolutions
2 2

COMBINED ROTATIONAL AND TRANSLATIONAL MOTION

A rigid body may be rotating about an axis which itself is moving. That is, in the frame of the axis of the
rotation, the motion is pure rotational. But it is neither pure translational nor pure rotational when seen from
the lab. In the frame of the lab, the motion of the body will be obtained by adding the motion of the axis of
rotation with respect to the lab to the motion of the body with respect to the axis of rotation.

(i) If the axis of rotation is non-inertial (having acceleration a ) generally, ext  I  does not hold because

the pseudo force ( ma ) on each particle will produce a pseudo torque. In this case,

ext  pseudo  I 

(ii) There is an interesting and very useful case when the axis of rotation passes through the centre of

mass of the body. In this case ext  I  does hold even if the axis is non-inertial because in this case
the net torque of the pseudo forces about the axis of rotation becomes zero.
If we take origin at the centre of mass,

pseudo = ri  ( mi  a )

= (mi  ri )  a

 (mi  ri ) 
= M  a
 M 

= MRcm  a

= 0 , [because Rcm  0 ].

ext
Hence  cm   cm / I cm

Fext
and a cm 
M
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
232 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

Example 13 : Figure shows a pulley of mass m and radius r with two blocks of masses m1 and m2 attached
with a light and unstretchable string. Find the acceleration of the blocks, tensions in the string
and the force exerted by the pulley on the ceiling from which it is hanging. Assume no slipping
between the string and the wheel.

T1
T2
m1 a
m2
Solution : From the free-body diagram of the mass m1, [Fig. (a)]
T1 – m1g = m1a …(i)
From the free-body diagram of the mass m2, [Fig. (b)] T1
m2g – T2 = m2a …(ii)
Considering the rotational motion of the pulley, the torque on it is
m1 a
a
T2r – T1r = I [Fig. (c)]
r
a
or, T2 – T1 = I 2 …(iii) m1g
r
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get (a)

 
 m2  m1  T2
a g
m m  I  …(iv)
 1 2 
r2
a
and hence from (i)
 I 
m1  2m2  2  g
 r 
T1 
I …(v) m2g
m1  m2  2
r (b)
and from (ii),
 I 
m2  2m1  2  g r r
 r 
T2 
I …(vi)
m1  m2  2
r T1
I m
For a pulley, take I  1 mr 2 or 2  T2
2 r 2 (c)

Note :
 m  m1 
If we neglect the mass of the pulley, I = 0 and hence a   2
 m  m g;
(1)
 1 2 
 2m1m2 
T1  T2   g
 m1  m2 
a
(2) The angular acceleration of the pulley is   .
r

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 233

Example 14 : Figure shows a solid cylinder of mass m suspended through two strings wrapped around it. Find
its acceleration, the tension T in the string and the speed of the cylinder as it falls through a
distance h.

T T

mg
Solution : For the linear motion of the centre of mass.
Net force = mg – 2T = ma,
[where a is the acceleration of the CM] …(i)
a
For the rotational motion about the CM, Net torque = 2Tr = I cm 
r
a
or 2T  Icm …(ii)
r2
From (i) and (ii), we get

mg
a
I
m  cm …(A)
r2

 
 
I
From (ii), T  cm  mg  …(B)
2r 2  m  I cm 
 
 r2 

1 2 mg
Putting I cm  mr 2 , we get a g and T 
2 3 6

2  4gh
v2 = 2ah = 2 g  h or v
3  3

Example 15 : Two boys are holding a horizontal rod of length L and weight W through its two ends. If now one
of the boys suddenly leaves the rod, what is the instantaneous reaction force experienced by the
other boy?

Solution : Let us suppose the reaction force by the boy at the end be R and the instantaneous angular
acceleration of the rod be  . Note that  remains same about any axis perpendicular to plane
whether the axis passes through the centre or through the end.
O C

 
R W
Apply   I  about C, we get

L ML2 ML2
R   …(i) (M : Mass of the rod and I about centre for thin rod is )
2 12 12
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
234 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

Now apply   I  about O

L ML2 ML2
W   …(ii) (I of thin rod about the end is )
2 3 3
Dividing (i) by (ii) we get,

W
R
4

ROLLING MOTION

It is a special case of combined (translational and rotational) motion of a rigid body when the point of contact
between the body and the surface is stationary with respect to the surface.

Rolling (Translation + Rotation)

R R
vcm R vcm + R
vcm R vcm
  R 
R vcm vcm
vcm 
vcm O O  vcm O vcm
  R
 R vcm
vcm 180 – 
Mass = m vcm R R vcm R
R
Pure translation Pure rotation Rolling
Case - I : Forward slipping
vcm > R

vcm


friction vcm – R
Case - II : Backward slipping
vcm < R

 vcm

R – vcm friction
Case - III : Pure Rolling
vcm = R
/2

2 R
s
co





2R
2R

R R
/
sin




2R
2R


I v=0 I v=0
(instantaneous centre of rotation) (instantaneous centre of rotation)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 235
z Rotational Kinetic Energy
Consider a rigid body rotating about an axis with angular velocity ‘’. Various particles
of the body are all rotating on a circle with radius r1, r2 ........ with angular velocity 
‘’. The total kinetic energy

1 1 1 m1
K.E. = m1v12  m2v 22  m3v 32 ....
2 2 2 r1

1 1 1 r2
= m1(r1)2  m2 (r2)2  m3 (r3 )2  ... m2
2 2 2 r3
m3
1 2 2 2
= [m1r1  m2r2  ....] 
2

1 2
K.E. = I
2
1 2
The value I = m1r12 + m2r22 + .... is called moment of inertia and I = kinetic energy of rotation.
2
z For a body having continuously distributed mass, moment of inertia I   dmr 2 .

z Kinetic energy of the body during pure rolling (E)

E = Translational KE + Rotational KE
= ET + ER
1 1
= mv 2  I 2
2 2

1 I  1  K2 
=  m  2  v 2  mv 2  1  2 
2 R  2  R 

 K2 
E  ET  1  2 
 R 

 R2 
Similarly, E  ER  1  2 
 K 

Fraction of total energy Fraction of total energy

2  1 1 Y
Type of body K  K  R2 
translational X   1  2  rotational Y   1  2  X
 R   K 
1. Ring or hollow 1 1
R  0.5  50%  0.5  50% 1: 1
cylinder 2 2
2 3 2
2. Spherical Shell R  0.6  60%  0.4  40% 2:3
3 5 5
3. Disc or solid R 2 1
 0.666  66.67%  0.333  33.33% 1: 2
cylinder 2 3 3
2 5 2
4. Solid sphere R  0.714  71.4%  0.286  28.6% 2:5
5 7 7

Note : Above values X and Y are independent of mass and radius of the body. They only depends on
the type of body.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
236 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

ROLLING ON A HORIZONTAL PLANE

z Acceleration of centre of mass
F
 r  r
1
F R 
C
aC    ...(1)
M IC 
 1
 MR 2 

 I  MrR 
z Force of friction f  F  C 2
...(2) Rough surface
 IC  MR 

z If force acts through C,

r=0
from equation (1) and (2)

F  1  F
aC 
M IC 
1  
 MR 2 

 1  f
f F 2 
friction acts in backward direction.
1  MR 
 IC 

z Force acts above C i.e., r is positive.

(i) From equation (1) and (2) the body moves forward

(ii) Rotation about centre of mass clockwise

(iii) The frictional force may acts forward, backward and zero

IC
Forward if r 
MR

IC
Backward if r 
MR

IC
Zero if r 
MR

ROLLING ON AN INCLINED PLANE

z Transformation of energy in pure rolling

1 2 1 2
mgh  I  mv cm
2 2
(Total energy ) ( Rotatory ) (Translatory )

I K2
z   1 2
= 1 2
MR R
and I = MK2

K  radius of gyration

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 237
z Acceleration of centre of mass
R
g sin  g sin 
acm  =
 K2 f )
1 2 ing
R 
sin

slipp h
mg (no
ugh 
vcm ro os
c
 mg
z Velocity of centre of mass at bottom

2gh K2
v cm  = 2gh 1 
 R2
z Time taken by body to reach bottom

1 2h
Time  . 
sin  g

i.e., t  
mg sin 
z Force of friction f 
R2
1 2
K
  R2  
Maximum angle of inclination for pure rolling, max  tan    1  2  
1
z
  K 
 
Ring : max = tan–1 (2), Spherical Shell : max = tan–1(2.5 ), Disc : max = tan–1 (3), Solid sphere :
max = tan–1(3.5 ).

z Condition for pure rolling

tan 
min 
mR 2
1
I
z If min  actual, then rolling occurs.
z If min > actual then pure rolling is not possible.
z If a body rolls up an inclined plane, the direction of force of friction is also in upward direction.
z The acceleration of the bodies rolling on inclined plane depends on radius of gyration (K)
For example, two uniform solid sphere made of different material, unequal mass, unequal radius are
released on same inclined plane, and if they roll, they will have same acceleration.

Example 16 : A solid sphere is rolling down an inclined plane without slipping of height 20 m. Calculate the
maximum velocity with which it will reach the bottom of the plane. (g = 10 m/s2)
Solution : When the sphere rolls down, its potential energy changes to K.E. of rotation. Therefore, K.E. = P.E.

20 m

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
238 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

1  k2 
mv 2  1  2   mgh
2  k 

2gh
v
 k2 
 1 
k 2 

2
Moment of inertia of solid sphere = MR 2
5
2 2
 k2 = R
5

2gh
Hence, v =
 2
1  5 
 

2gh  5
=
7

2  10  20  5
=
7

= 285.714
= 16.90 m/s

Example 17 : A solid sphere is rolling without slipping on a level surface at a constant speed of 2.0 ms–1. How
far can it roll up a 30° ramp before it stops?

2
Solution : The moment of inertia of the sphere about its axis of rotation is I  mr 2 .
5

Suppose it rises to height h before stopping. Using the conservation of energy, we get

1 1 1 12  =0
mgh  mv 2  I2  mv 2   mr 2 2 ,v
2 2 2 25  0
=
1 1 7
= mv 2  mv 2  mv 2
2 5 10  s h
v
7v 2 
or h
10g

 The distance rolled up on the ramp is

h 7v 2 7(2ms 1 )2
s  
sin  10g sin  1
10(9.8 ms 2 ) 
2

4
 metre ~
 57 cm
7

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 239
ANGULAR MOMENTUM IN COMBINED TRANSLATION AND ROTATION

L  M (rcm  v cm )  Icm .
y
Case - I : M
vcm
| LO |  MVcm h h
O x
Case - II :

Lc = Ic y

LO = LA = Ic + mvcmR C
 vcm
R R
Ic = Moment of inertia about ‘C ’ x
O A

Case - III :

Lc = Ic C
 vcm
LA = IC + MvcmR R
r
A
LO = Ic + Mvcmr
O

Case - IV :

Pure rotational motion put vcm = 0

Note : In an isolated system (no external torque) the angular momentum of the system is conserved.

dL
ext 
dt

dL
If ext  O , O  L  constant
dt

Examples :
1. Two point masses each m falls on a disk at two diametrically opposite ends and stick to it
Before After
 

R m R m

Disc (Picks two particles at

(moment of inertia I) diametrically opposite points)
2
L1 = I L2 = (I + 2mR )
L1 = L2
I
 
I  2mR 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
240 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

2. Before After
 
m
R
R

v
Moment of inertia of platform I If man is walking along the edge with speed v
m = mass of man m at rest in same sense w.r.t. the platform then new
at edge w.r.t. platform angular velocity of the platform is

  mvR 2

I + mR

L1 = L2

(I + mR2) = (I + mR2) + mvR

mvR
   –
I  mR 2
z A rod of mass M and length L is resting on a smooth horizontal table. A point mass m moving with
speed u hits the rod perpendicular to its length after collision, the rod rotates as well as translates.

O
m a L
u

Particle stop after collision

By conservation of linear momentum mu = Mvcm …(1)
By conservation of angular momentum mua = I …(2)

 ML2 
 where I  
 12 

z The rod is hinged at A and can rotate freely in a vertical plane, and a body of mass m collide at
perpendicular distance a and stick to rod.
A (M)

a
u
m L

Only conservation of angular momentum can be applied as the rod is fixed at A.

 ML2 
mua    ma2  
 3 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 241
z The rod is released from unstable equilibrium position

L 1  ML2  2
(i) When at B, Mg (1  cos )   
2 2  3 

6g  u=0
 cos
L 2
L
(ii) at C,  = 0°

6g O P

l
L 
3g B
(iii) at P,  = 90°,  
l
C

EXERCISE
31. Two discs having masses in the ratio 1 : 2 and radii in the ratio 1 : 8 roll down without slipping one by one
from an inclined plane of height h. The ratio of their linear velocities on reaching the ground is

(1) 1 : 16

(2) 1 : 128

(3) 1:8 2

(4) 1:1

32. Which of the following (if mass and radius are assumed to be same) have maximum percentage of total K.E.
in rotational form while pure rolling?

(1) Disc

(2) Sphere

(3) Ring

(4) Hollow sphere

33. A solid cylinder of mass M and radius R rolls down an inclined plane of height h. The angular velocity of the
cylinder when it reaches the bottom of the plane will be

1 2
(1) gh (2) gh
2R R

2 gh 2 gh
(3) (4)
R 3 R 2

34. If radius of earth becomes n times its present value, without change in mass, then duration of day becomes

24
(1) (2) 24n2
n2

 1
(3) 24  1  2  (4) 24(1 – n2)
 n 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
242 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

35. Due to global warming, ice on polar caps is likely to melt in larger quantity. Due to this effect

(1) Moment of inertia of earth shall decrease

(2) Length of the day shall decrease

(3) Angular velocity of earth shall decrease

(4) Angular momentum of earth shall decrease

‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment

Assignment
6. A hollow sphere of mass m and radius R rolls on
SECTION - A
a horizontal surface without slipping such that
NCERT Based MCQs velocity of its centre of mass is v. The total kinetic
energy of the sphere is [NCERT Pg. 174]
1. The centre of mass of a body.
[NCERT Pg. 144] 7 1
(1) mv 2 (2) mv 2
10 2
(1) Always lies at the geometrical centre
5 1
(2) Always lies inside the body (3) mv 2 (4) mv 2
6 4
(3) May lies outside the body
7. If the moment of inertia of a disc about an axis
(4) Always lie outside the body which is along its diameter is I then the moment
2. A child sitting at the center of a rotating stool has of inertia about the axis passing through its centre
his arms stretched. If he fold his arms, his angular and perpendicular to plane is [NCERT Pg. 165]
speed about the axis of rotation [NCERT Pg. 173] (1) I (2) I/2
(1) Increases (3) 2I (4) I/4
(2) Decreases 8. A ring of mass M and radius R is rolling without
(3) Remain unchanged slipping, the velocity of point A as shown in the
figure is [NCERT Pg. 173]
(4) May be increases or decreases
3. The position vector of three particles of masses 
m 1 = 1 kg, m 2 = 2 kg and m3 = 4 kg are vcm

r1  (iˆ  jˆ) m, r2  (2iˆ  5 ˆj ) m and r3  (2iˆ – ˆj ) m R
respectively. The position vector of their centre of
A
mass is [NCERT Pg. 145]
(1) vcm (2) 2vcm
 13iˆ  17 ˆj  2 vcm
(1) (7iˆ – 13 jˆ) m (2)   m
(3) Zero (4)
 7  9. Three particles each of mass 2 kg are placed at
 13iˆ  7 ˆj  corners of an equilateral triangle of side 2 m as
(3)   m (4) (13iˆ  17 ˆj ) m shown in figure. y - co-ordinate of the centre of
 7  mass of the system of three particles is
4. A wheel of moment of inertia 103 kgm2 is rotating
with angular speed of 5 rad/s. The torque required [NCERT Pg. 144]
to stop it in 2 s is [NCERT Pg. 154] y
2 kg
(1) 1250 Nm (2) 5000 Nm
(3) 2000 Nm (4) 2500 Nm
5. A particle of mass m is moving with a constant
velocity parallel to the y-axis. If at t = 0 particle is
at point A(2m, 0) then the angular momentum with x
2 kg 2 kg
respect to the origin on passing time
[NCERT Pg. 157] (1) 3m (2) 1 m

(1) Is zero (2) Remains constant 1

(3) m (4) 0.5 m
(3) Goes on increasing (4) Goes on decreasing 3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
244 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

10. Starting from rest, a fan takes five seconds to attain 16. In the figure given below, a bullet of mass m moving
20 with speed u strikes a rod AB of mass M and
the maximum angular speed of rad/s . The length L at the end B and gets embedded into it.
3
If initially the rod is vertical and hinged at end A,
angular acceleration of the fan is[NCERT Pg. 170]
then angular speed of the system just after
8 4 collision will be [NCERT Pg. 173]
(1) rad/s2 (2) rad/s2 A
3 3

8 4
(3) rad/s2 (4) rad/s2
3 3
11. An automobile engine develops 100 kW power
when rotating with angular speed of 250 rad/s. The
torque developed by it will be about v
m B
[NCERT Pg. 170]
mv
(1) 680 Nm (2) 480 Nm (1)
L(3m  M )
(3) 580 Nm (4) 400 Nm Mv
(2)
12. The moment of inertia of hollow cylinder of mass L(3m  M )
M and radius R about its axis of rotation is MR2. 3mv
The radius of gyration of the cylinder about this (3)
L(3m  M )
axis is [NCERT Pg. 164]
3Mv
(4)
R L(3m  M )
(1) (2) 2R
2 17. A rigid body rotates about a fixed axis with variable
angular speed (in rad/s)  = 3 – 5t at any time t
R (in second). The angle through which it rotates
(3) R (4)
2 before it comes to rest is [NCERT Pg. 170]
13. If no external torque acts on the system, then total 9 10
angular momentum of the system (1) rad (2) rad
10 9
[NCERT Pg. 173] (3) 2 rad (4) 10 rad
(1) Must be constant (2) Must be zero 1
18. If suddenly earth’s radius reduces to times
(3) Must be variable (4) May be variable n
to its initial value while its mass remains the
14. The velocity of the centre of mass of a solid sphere same, then new duration of one day becomes
of radius R rotating with angular velocity  about (in hours) [NCERT Pg. 173]
an axis passing through its centre of mass is
[NCERT Pg. 148] 24 24
(1) (2)
n n2
R
(1) R (2) (3) 24 n (4) 24 n2
2

(3) 2 R (4) Zero 19. If A and B are the two vectors in a plane of

15. The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length L different magnitudes other than zero and 1, then

about an axis passing through its centre of mass unit vector perpendicular to both A and B is
and perpendicular to its length is[NCERT Pg. 164]
[NCERT Pg. 151]
L L
A B A
(1)
12
(2)
2 (1) (2)
| A || B | | A || B |

L L A B B
(3) (4) (3) (4)
3 2 |AB| | A || B |
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 245
20. In the figure given below, a child of mass 4 kg is 23. A particle of mass 1 kg is moving along the line
standing on a wooden plank of mass 40 kg which y = x + 3 (x and y are in meter) with speed 3 m/s.
is kept at rest on a horizontal smooth ground. The magnitude of angular momentum of the particle
If child walks on the plank with a velocity of about origin is [NCERT Pg. 157]
10 m/s with respect to plank, then the velocity of
3 9
the plank w.r.t. ground will be [NCERT Pg. 148]
(1) kg m2s1 (2) kg m2s1
v = 10 m/s 2 2

3 9
(3) kg m2s1 (4) kg m2s1
2 2

SMOOTH HORIZONTAL SURFACE 24. A person is standing with his arms folded at the
centre of a platform which is rotating about its axis
11 10
(1) m/s (2) m/s with kinetic energy of 10 J. Standing at the same
10 11
place if he stretches his arms outwards such that
(3) 10 m/s (4) 1 m/s the moment of inertia of the system gets doubled.
21. Three rings each of mass m and radius r are so The kinetic energy of the system becomes
placed that they touch each other as shown in the [NCERT Pg. 157]
figure. The moment of inertia of the system about
(1) 20 J (2) 5 J
the axis OO is [NCERT Pg. 167]
O (3) 2.5 J (4) 40 J
25. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of mass
M and length L about an axis perpendicular to its
ML2
length is . The distance of the axis from the
10

centre of the rod is [NCERT Pg. 167]

L L
O (1) (2)
2 15 2
5
(1) 5 mr2 (2) mr 2
7 L L
(3) (4)
7 15 3
(3) 7 mr2 (4) mr 2
2
26. Two rings have their moment of inertia in the ratio
22. In the figure shown below, a meter stick of mass of 2 : 1 and their diameters in the ratio of 4 : 1.
M is supported in a horizontal position by two light The ratio of their respective masses will be
strings attached at points A and B of the rod.
The initial angular acceleration of the stick if one [NCERT Pg. 167]
of the strings is cut, is [Take g = 10 m/s2] (1) 1 : 4 (2) 4 : 1
[NCERT Pg. 178] (3) 6 : 1 (4) 1 : 8
27. A particle of mass m is projected with speed u at
an angle  with the horizontal. The magnitude of
torque on the particle about the point of projection
when the particle is at the highest point is
[NCERT Pg. 154]
A B
(1) 10 rad/s2 mu 2 sin2 
(1) mu2sincos (2)
(2) 12 rad/s2 2
(3) 15 rad/s2 mu 2 cos2 
(3) (4) mu2tan
(4) Zero 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
246 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

5. A merry-go-round rotates from rest with constant

SECTION - B
angular acceleration ‘’. Ratio of time to rotate first
Objective Type Questions 2 revolutions and next 2 revolutions is
1. A frame is formed by the uniform rods having (1) 1 : 1

 
constant linear mass density. ACB part of frame is
semicircular of radius ‘R’ and AB is straight rod. (2) 2 1 :1
Centre of mass of the system from centre O of AB
is at a distance
(3) 2 :1

C (4) 1: 2
6. Angular speed  versus time t for a rod that
rotates around one end is shown. If moment of
inertia of rod about its one end is 24 kg-m2, then
torque on the rod at t = 2 s is
A B
O rad/s
R
10
R    1 R 
(1)    1 (2)
 5
   2 R 2R
(3) (4)    2 
 10 t (s)
2. Two blocks of masses 2 kg and 3 kg are connected (1) 22 N (2) 12 N
by massless spring and are placed on smooth (3) 24 N (4) 48 N
surface. If impulse is given to 2 kg block and block
7. A string wrapped on a pulley of moment of inertia
starts moving with velocity 10 m/s in (+ve) x-
‘I’. Other end of the string is connected to block of
direction, then velocity of 2 kg block w.r.t centre of
mass ‘m’ as shown. If ‘m’ is released from rest
mass is
then kinetic energy of block when it descends by
(1) 4 m/s (+ve) x-direction ‘h’, is
(2) 6 m/s (+ve) x-direction
(3) 4 m/s (–x) direction
(4) 6 m/s (–x) direction
3. Radius of gyration of a thin circular ring of mass ‘m’
m
and radius ‘R’ about a tangent in the plane of ring
is (1) mgh (2) Greater than mgh

1 mgh
R 3 (3) Less than mgh (4)
(1) (2) R 2
2 2
8. A solid sphere of radius ‘R’ and mass ‘m’ rolls
3 purely on rough horizontal surface. If it strikes the
(3) R (4) 3R
2 wall elastically then angular momentum of sphere
4. A rod of length ‘l’ and mass ‘m’ rotates about end just after strike is
‘A’ in vertical plane as shown. Magnitude of normal

reaction by the hinge at ‘A’ is
A l
m
vO
B

mg 2 3
(1) mV0 R (2) mV0 R
(1) mg (2)
2 5 5
7
mg mg (3) mV0 R (4) mV0R
(3) (4) 5
4 3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 247
9. Two boys ‘A’ and ‘B’ of masses 60 kg and 40 kg are 16. A ring of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ rolls down a
standing on a smooth ground at points ‘P’ and ‘Q’ of rough inclined plane of angle ‘’. Friction force on
co-ordinates (–10,0,0) and (10,0,0) m. If they move the ring is
towards each other by pulling a common string,
mg sin  mg sin 
then they will meet at (1) (2)
3 5
(1) (10,0,0) m (2) (0,0,0) m
mg sin 
(3) (–2,0,0) m (4) (2,0,0) m (3) (4) mg sin
2
10. Linear mass density of rod of length ‘l’ is directly 17. Two uniform rods of mass ‘m’ and length ‘l’ form a
proportional to x3, where ‘x’ is distance from one cross, moment of inertia of cross about an axis
end of rod. Centre of mass of rod lies at a distance parallel to CD passing through A is
4 5 C
(1) l (2) l
5 4
2 3 A B
(3) l (4) l
3 2
11. Two particles of masses ‘m’ and ‘2m’ are
connected by massless string of length 3 meter D
2
and whole system is rotating about their centre of ml 7 ml 2
mass with angular speed ‘’. The kinetic energy of (1) (2)
3 12
system is
ml 2 ml 2
1 (3) (4)
(1) m2 (2) m2 12 4
2
18. A particle of mass 2 kg is moving along ‘AB’
(3) 6 m2 (4) 3 m2 according to y = x – 4 with speed 4 m/s, then
1 angular momentum about ‘O’ is
12. Moment of inertia of a spinning object drops to y
3
of its initial value. The ratio of new rotational kinetic B
energy to initial rotational kinetic energy is
x
(1) 1 : 3 (2) 3 : 1 O
(3) 3 : 2 (4) 2 : 3 A
13. A uniform solid ball first rolls purely along a floor,
(1) 16 2 kg m/s (2) 32 2 kg m/s
then up a ramp inclined at 30°. It momentarily
stops when it has rolled 1.5 m along the ramp. Its (3) 32 kg m/s (4) 16 kg m/s
initial speed is approximately 19. A uniform sphere of mass M and radius R is
(1) 2 m/s (2) 3 m/s placed on a smooth horizontal ground. The angular
acceleration of sphere if force F is applied on it at
(3) 4 m/s (4) 5 m/s
R
14. A thin walled pipe purely rolls along the floor. Ratio of a distance 7 from ground level is
5
its rotational kinetic energy to total kinetic energy is
F F
(1) 1 : 1 (2) 1 : 2 (1) (2)
2MR MR
(3) 2 : 1 (4) 3 : 2 FR 2F
(3) (4)
15. A solid sphere of radius ‘R’ is gently placed on a M MR
rough horizontal ground with an initial angular 20. A boy is standing on a horizontal massless
speed 0 and no linear speed. Linear speed of rotating wheel with his hands stretched. Kinetic
sphere when it starts pure rolling is energy of boy is 120 J. If he now folded his hands
2 1 then M.I is reduced to 80%. Then a new K.E. of
(1) r 0 (2) r 0 boy,
7 7
(1) Increases by 30 J (2) Decreases by 30 J
5 1
(3) r 0 (4) r 0 (3) Increases by 20 J (4) Remains constant
7 3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
248 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

21. The angular momentum of two bodies, rotating 27. A uniform ring is allowed to roll down an inclined
about some fixed axis are in ratio 1 : 4. Their plane making angle 30° from horizontal. If the ring
moment of inertia about these axis are in ratio rolls without slip, then its centre will move with
1 : 3. Ratio of their kinetic energies is acceleration.
(1) 1 : 16 (2) 1 : 9 g g
(1) (2)
(3) 3 : 16 (4) 16 : 3 2 3
22. Time varying Torque 8t N m is applied on an object g
about pivot. Angular momentum of body at (3) (4) g
4
time t = 2 s is
28. A constant torque acting on a uniform circular
(1) 4 kg m/s (2) 16 kg m/s wheel changes its angular momentum from L0 to
(3) 8 kg m/s (4) 32 kg m/s 4 L0 in 4 second. The magnitude of this torque is
23. A sphere can roll on 3
(1) L0 (2) L0
(1) A smooth horizontal plane 4
(2) A rough horizontal plane
(3) 4L0 (4) 12L0
(3) A rough inclined plane
29. A rod of weight w is supported by two parallel knife
(4) All of these edges A and B and is in equilibrium in a horizontal
24. Moment of inertia of a combination of ring and position. The knives are at a distance d from each
disc of same mass M and same radius R kept in other, the CM of the rod is at distance x from A.
contact about the tangent passing through point of The normal reaction on A is
contact and in plane of both ring and disc as
shown is d  x  w d
w
(1)
d
(2)
d  x 
Ring Disc  d  x  d  x
(3)  w (4)  w
d  x d  x
30. From a uniform circular disc of radius R, a circular
R R
5 11 disc of radius and having centre at distance
(1) MR 2 (2) MR 2 6 2
4 4 from centre of the disc is removed. Center of mass
of remaining portion of disc is at
15 9
(3) MR 2 (4) MR 2 R
4 4 (1) from disc centre
70
25. A projectile of mass m is thrown with speed u at
an angle ‘’ from the horizontal. The moment of the R
(2) from disc centre
gravitational force on the projectile about point of 35
projection, t time after the projection, is
R
(1) mgut (2) mgusint (3) from disc centre
30
(3) mgutcos (4) mgutant R
(4) from disc centre
26. A sphere is moving towards (+ve) x-axis with a 40
velocity vc and rotates anticlockwise with angular
31. A cylinder of mass m and radius R is rolling on
R plane horizontal surface. Work done by force of
speed ‘’ such that vc = . Speed of bottom
3 friction, if centre is displaced by x, is
point of sphere is
mgx
4R R (1) mgx (2)
(1) (2) 3
3 3
2R 2
(3) mgx (4) Zero
(3) R (4) 3
3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 249
32. Two equal masses each of mass m are initially 36. Three identical rods, each of mass m and length
situated at 2R separation. If they start to move l, form an equilateral triangle. Moment of inertia
due to mutual gravitation force then their velocity, about one of the sides is
when the separation is R, is A

Gm Gm
(1) (2)
2R 4R
B C
Gm 2
(3) (4) Zero ml ml 2
R (1) (2)
4 2
33. Four particles, each of mass m, are arranged at
3ml 2 2 2
the corners of a massless square of side a. The (3) (4) ml
M.I. of system about an axis, which is 4 3
perpendicular to plane of square and passes 37. A sphere of radius 2m rolls on a floor the
through one corner is acceleration of the centre of mass of sphere is 4 m/s2.
Angular acceleration  about its centre of mass is
(1) ma2 (2) 4ma2

ma2
(3) (4) 2ma2
4 4 m/s2 2m
34. A cylinder is placed on a rough inclined surface of 
inclination ‘’. Minimum value of coefficient of static
friction between cylinder and surface so that
cylinder undergoes pure rolling is (1) 2 rad/s2 (2) 4 rad/s2
1 1 (3) 3 rad/s2 (4) 1 rad/s2
(1) tan  (2) sin 
3 3
38. A uniform thin rod of length l and mass m is hinged
2 2 at one end O and released from horizontal position
(3) tan  (4) sin 
3 3 as shown in figure. The angular velocity of the rod
35. Two identical uniform rod each of mass m and as it passes the vertical position is
length l joined perpendicular to each other. An axis O
passes through junction and in the plane of rods.
Then M.I. of system about the axis is l, m

m, l 2g 3g
(1) (2)
l l

g g
(3) 2 (4)
l l
90°
39. Four spheres each of mass M and radius r with
their centres at four corners of a square of side l,
then moment of inertia of system about an axis
along one of the sides of square is
m, l
4 2 2
1 2 (1) M  r  2l 
ml  5 
(1)
3
8 2 2
1 (2) M  r  2l 
(2) ml 2 5 
3 2
8
(3) ml 2 (3) Mr 2
5
ml 2 4 2
(4) 2
2 (4) M  r  4l 
 5 
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
250 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

40. Solid sphere is rolling on a frictionless surface, 44. Two loops P and Q are made from a uniform wire.
shown in figure with a translational velocity v m/s. The radii of P and Q are R1 and R2 respectively
If sphere climbs upto height h of a smooth inclined and their moment of inertia about axes normally
plane, then the value of v is I2
through centre are I1 and I2 respectively. If 4
I1
h R2
then find .
v R1
2 1
(1) 4 3 (2) 4 3
10
(1) gh (2) 2gh 2 1
7 – –
(3) 4 3 (4) 4 3

7 1
(3) 2gh (4) gh 45. If radius of earth suddenly contracts to of its
10 n th
present radius without any change in its mass, the
41. A cubical block of side a moving with velocity v on
duration of day will approximately become
a horizontal smooth the plane as shown in figure.
It hits a ridge at point O and starts rotating about 24
24
the edge in contact with O. The angular speed of (1) hour (2) hour
n n2
the block after it hits O is
a (3) 24 n hour (4) 24n2 hour

v 46. Two particles of masses 2 kg and 4 kg are thrown

from the top of a tower such that first is vertically
O
upward and second is at angle 45º above
horizontal. Acceleration of the centre of mass of
3v 3v two particle system is
(1) (2)
4a 2a
g
(1) g (2)
3v 6
(3) (4) Zero
2a 2g g
(3) (4)
42. An impulse J is applied on a ring of mass m along 3 3
a line passing through its centre O. The ring is 47. Two rods each of mass m and length L are placed
placed on a rough horizontal surface. The linear along X and Y axis as shown in figure.
velocity of centre of ring once it starts rolling Coordinates of the centre of mass of the
without slipping is combination is

Y
J O

J J m, L
(1) (2)
m 2m
X
J J
(3) (4) m, L
4m 3m
L L
(1)  , 
43. A force F  aiˆ  3 ˆj  6kˆ is acting at a point 2 2

r  2iˆ – 6 ˆj – 12kˆ . Find the value of a for which L L
angular momentum about origin is conserved. (2)  , 
4 2
(1) 0
L L
(2) 1 (3)  , 
2 4
(3) – 1
L L
(4) 2 (4)  , 
4 4
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 251
48. Torque () acting on a body in the interval 0 to T
SECTION - C
seconds is shown in figure. Angular impulse on the
body in this interval is Previous Years Questions

1. An object flying in air with velocity
(20iˆ + 25 ˆj – 12kˆ ) suddenly breaks into two pieces
0
whose masses are in the ratio 1 : 5. The smaller
mass flies off with a velocity (100iˆ + 35 ˆj + 8kˆ ) .
t The velocity of the larger piece will be
0 T [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
(1) 0T
(2) 20T (1) –20iˆ – 15 ˆj – 80kˆ (2) 4iˆ + 23 ˆj – 16kˆ

0T (3) –100iˆ – 35 ˆj – 8kˆ (4) 20iˆ +15 ˆj – 80kˆ

(3)
2
2. A particle starting from rest, moves in a circle of
radius ‘r’. It attains a velocity of V0 m/s in the nth
0T
(4) round. Its angular acceleration will be
4
[NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
49. A body of mass m is moving in a plane along a
V02 V0
circle of radius r. Its angular momentum about the (1) rad / s2 (2) rad / s2
axis of rotation is L. The centripetal force acting on 4nr n
the particle is V02 V02
2 (3) rad / s2 (4) rad / s2
L 2nr 2
4nr 2
(1)
mr2
L
(2) 3. A solid cylinder of mass 2 kg and radius
mr 3
50 cm rolls up an inclined plane of angle of
L2 m inclination 30°. The centre of mass of the cylinder
(3)
r has speed of 4 m/s. The distance travelled by the
cylinder on the inclined surface will be, [take g =
L2 10 m/s2] [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
(4)
mr 2 (1) 2.4 m (2) 2.2 m
50. A particle of mass 2 kg located at position iˆ  jˆ   (3) 1.6 m (4) 1.2 m


units has velocity 2 iˆ – jˆ  kˆ  units. Its angular 4. A disc of radius 2 m and mass 100 kg rolls on a
horizontal floor. Its centre of mass has speed of
momentum about origin is
20 cm/s. How much work is needed to stop it?
(1) Zero
[NEET-2019]
(2) 8kˆ
(1) 3 J (2) 30 kJ
(3) 12kˆ
(3) 2 J (4) 1 J

(4) 4 iˆ – ˆj – 2kˆ  5. A solid cylinder of mass 2 kg and radius 4 cm is
51. A thin rod AB of length l is kept vertical on a rotating about its axis at the rate of 3 rpm.
horizontal floor such that end A is in contact with The torque required to stop after 2 revolutions is
floor. If the rod is allowed to fall without slipping at [NEET-2019]
end A, then velocity of the end just before hitting
the ground is (1) 2 × 10–6 N m
(2) 2 × 10–3 N m
(1) 3gl (2) 2 gl
(3) 12 × 10–4 N m
(3) gl (4) 2gl (4) 2 × 106 N m

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
252 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

6. A solid sphere is rotating freely about its symmetry (c) A couple on a body produce both translational
axis in free space. The radius of the sphere is and rotational motion in a body.
increased keeping its mass same. Which of the (d) Mechanical advantage greater than one means
following physical quantities would remain constant that small effort can be used to lift a large
for the sphere? [NEET-2018] load. [NEET-2017]
(1) Angular velocity (1) (b) and (d)

(2) Moment of inertia (2) (a) and (b)

(3) (b) and (c)
(3) Angular momentum
(4) (c) and (d)
(4) Rotational kinetic energy
12. Two discs of same moment of inertia rotating about
7. A solid sphere is in rolling motion. In rolling motion their regular axis passing through centre and
a body possesses translational kinetic energy (Kt) perpendicular to the plane of disc with angular
as well as rotational kinetic energy (K r ) velocities 1 and 2. They are brought into contact
simultaneously. The ratio Kt : (Kt + Kr) for the face to face coinciding the axis of rotation. The
sphere is [NEET-2018] expression for loss of energy during this process is
[NEET-2017]
(1) 7 : 10 (2) 5 : 7
1 1
(3) 2 : 5 (4) 10 : 7 (1) I (1  2 )2 (2) I (1  2 )2
2 4
8. Three objects, A : (a solid sphere), B : (a thin
I
circular disk) and C : (a circular ring), each have (3) I(1 – 2)2 (4) (1  2 )2
8
the same mass M and radius R. They all spin with
the same angular speed  about their own 13. Two rotating bodies A and B of masses m and 2m
symmetry axes. The amounts of work (W) required with moments of inertia IA and IB (IB > IA) have
equal kinetic energy of rotation. If LA and LB be their
to bring them to rest, would satisfy the relation
angular momenta respectively, then
[NEET-2018] [NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
(1) WC > WB > WA (2) WA > WB > WC
LB
(1) LA  (2) LA = 2LB
(3) WA > WC > WB (4) WB > WA > WC 2
(3) LB > LA (4) LA > LB
9. The moment of the force, F  4iˆ  5 jˆ  6kˆ at
(2, 0, –3), about the point (2, –2, –2), is given by 14. A solid sphere of mass m and radius R is rotating
about its diameter. A solid cylinder of the same
[NEET-2018] mass and same radius is also rotating about its
geometrical axis with an angular speed twice that
(1) 8iˆ  4 jˆ  7kˆ (2) 4iˆ  ˆj  8kˆ of the sphere. The ratio of their kinetic energies of
rotation (Esphere / Ecylinder) will be
(3) 7iˆ  4 jˆ  8kˆ (4) 7iˆ  8 jˆ  4kˆ
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
10. A rope is wound around a hollow cylinder of mass
3 kg and radius 40 cm. What is the angular (1) 2 : 3 (2) 1 : 5
acceleration of the cylinder if the rope is pulled with (3) 1 : 4 (4) 3 : 1
a force of 30 N? [NEET-2017]
15. A light rod of length l has two masses m1 and m2
(1) 25 m/s2 (2) 0.25 rad/s2 attached to its two ends. The moment of inertia of
(3) 25 rad/s2 (4) 5 m/s2 the system about an axis perpendicular to the rod
and passing through the centre of mass is
11. Which of the following statements are correct?
[NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
(a) Centre of mass of a body always coincides
with the centre of gravity of the body. m1m2 2 m1  m2 2
(1) l (2) l
(b) Centre of mass of a body is the point at which m1  m2 m1m2
the total gravitational torque on the body is
zero (3) (m1 + m2)l2 (4) m1m2 l 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 253
16. From a disc of radius R and mass M, a circular
20. A force F  iˆ  3 jˆ  6kˆ is acting at a point
hole of diameter R, whose rim passes through the

centre is cut. What is the moment of inertia of the r  2iˆ  6 jˆ  12kˆ. The value of  for which angular
remaining part of the disc about a perpendicular momentum about origin is conserved is
axis, passing through the centre? [NEET-2016]
[Re-AIPMT-2015]
9MR 2 15MR 2
(1) (2) (1) 1
32 32
(2) –1
13MR 2 11MR 2
(3) (4)
32 32 (3) 2

17. A disk and a sphere of same radius but different (4) Zero
masses roll off on two inclined planes of the same
21. A rod of weight W is supported by two parallel knife
altitude and length. Which one of the two objects
gets to the bottom of the plane first? [NEET-2016] edges A and B and is in equilibrium in a horizontal
position. The knives are at a distance d from each
(1) Depends on their masses other. The centre of mass of the rod is at distance
(2) Disk x from A. The normal reaction on A is

(3) Sphere [AIPMT-2015]

(4) Both reach at the same time W d – x 

(1)
d
18. An automobile moves on a road with a speed of
54 km h–1. The radius of its wheels is 0.45 m and Wx
(2)
the moment of inertia of the wheel about its axis d
of rotation is 3 kg m2. If the vehicle is brought to Wd
rest in 15 s, the magnitude of average torque (3)
x
transmitted by its brakes to the wheel is
W d – x 
[Re-AIPMT-2015] (4)
x
(1) 2.86 kg m2s–2 (2) 6.66 kg m2s–2 22. A mass m moves in a circle on a smooth
(3) 8.58 kg m2s–2 (4) 10.86 kg m2s–2 horizontal plane with velocity v0 at a radius R0. The
mass is attached to a string which passes through
19. Point masses m 1 and m 2 are placed at the a smooth hole in the plane as shown.
opposite ends of a rigid rod of length L, and
negligible mass. The rod is to be set rotating about v0
an axis perpendicular to it. The position of point P m
on this rod through which the axis should pass so R0
that the work required to set the rod rotating with
angular velocity 0 is minimum, is given by
[Re-AIPMT-2015] The tension in the string is increased gradually and
R0
0 finally m moves in a circle of radius . The final
2
value of the kinetic energy is [AIPMT-2015]
m1 P m2
x (L – x) 1
(1) mv 02
2
(2) mv 02
m2L m1L
(1) x  (2) x 
m1  m2 m1  m2 1
(3) mv 02
4
m1 m2
(3) x  L (4) x  L
m2 m1 (4) 2mv 02

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
254 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

23. Three identical spherical shells, each of mass m 28. A rod PQ of mass M and length L is hinged at end P.
and radius r are placed as shown in figure. The rod is kept horizontal by a massless string tied
Consider an axis XX' which is touching to two to point Q as shown in figure. When string is cut,
shells and passing through diameter to third shell. the initial angular acceleration of the rod is:

Moment of inertia of the system consisting of

these three spherical shells about XX' axis is
X
P Q
L
[NEET-2013]
g 2g
(1) (2)
X [AIPMT-2015] L L
2g 3g
11 (3) (4)
(1) 4mr2 (2) mr 2 3L 2L
5
29. ABC is an equilateral triangle with O as its centre
16
(3) 3mr2 (4) mr 2 F1 , F2 and F3 . represent three forces acting along
5
the sides AB, BC and AC respectively. If the total

24. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5M and radii torque about O is zero then the magnitude of F3 is
R and 2R are released in free space with initial
A
separation between their centres equal to 12 R. If
they attract each other due to gravitational force
only, then the distance covered by the smaller body F3
before collision is [AIPMT-2015] O
(1) 1.5R (2) 2.5R
B
(3) 4.5R (4) 7.5R C F
2

25. A solid cylinder of mass 50 kg and radius 0.5 m is F1

free to rotate about the horizontal axis. A massless [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
string is wound round the cylinder with one end F1  F2
attached to it and other hanging freely. Tension in (1) (2) 2(F1 + F2)
2
the string required to produce an angular acceleration
(3) F1 + F2 (4) F1 – F2
of 2 rev/s2 is [AIPMT-2014]
30. When a mass is rotating in a plane about a fixed
(1) 25 N (2) 50 N
point, its angular momentum is directed along
(3) 78.5 N (4) 157 N [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
26. The ratio of the accelerations for a solid sphere (mass (1) The radius
m and radius R) rolling down an incline of angle 
without slipping and slipping down the incline without (2) The tangent to the orbit
rolling is [AIPMT-2014] (3) A line perpendicular to the plane of rotation
(1) 5 : 7 (2) 2 : 3 (4) The line making an angle of 45º to the plane of
rotation
(3) 2 : 5 (4) 7 : 5
31. Two persons of masses 55 kg and 65 kg
27. A small object of uniform density rolls up a curved respectively, are at the opposite ends of a boat. The
surface with an initial velocity v. It reaches upto a length of the boat is 3.0 m and weighs 100 kg. The
3v 2 55 kg man walks up to the 65 kg man and sits with
maximum height of with respect to the initial
4g him. If the boat is in still water the center of mass
position. The object is: [NEET-2013] of the system shifts by [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
(1) Solid sphere (2) Hollow sphere (1) Zero (2) 0.75 m
(3) Disc (4) Ring (3) 3.0 m (4) 2.3 m

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 255
32. A circular platform is mounted on a frictionless 37. The instantaneous angular position of a point on a
vertical axle. Its radius R = 2 m and its moment of rotating wheel is given by the equation,
inertia about the axle is 200 kg m2. It is initially at (t) = 2t3 – 6t2. The torque on the wheel becomes
rest. A 50 kg man stands on the edge of the zero at [AIPMT (Prelims)-2011]
platform and begins to walk along the edge at the
speed of 1 ms–1 relative to the ground. Time taken (1) t=2s (2) t=1s
by the man to complete one revolution is (3) t = 0.5 s (4) t = 0.25 s
[AIPMT (Mains)-2012] 38. A small mass attached to a string rotates on a
3 frictionless table top as shown. If the tension in the
(1)  s (2) s
2 string is increased by pulling the string causing the
 radius of the circular motion to decrease by a factor
(3) 2 s (4) s of 2, the kinetic energy of the mass will
2
33. The moment of inertia of uniform circular disc is
maximum about an axis perpendicular to the disc
and passing through [AIPMT (Mains)-2012] r

C
D
B
A
[AIPMT (Mains)-2011]

(1) B (2) C (1) Increase by a factor of 4

(3) D (4) A (2) Decrease by a factor of 2

34. Three masses are placed on the x-axis: 300 g at (3) Remain constant
origin, 500 g at x = 40 cm and 400 g at x = 70 cm.
The distance of the centre of mass from the origin (4) Increase by a factor of 2
is [AIPMT (Mains)-2012] 39. A circular disk of moment of inertia It is rotating in a
(1) 40 cm (2) 45 cm horizontal plane, about its symmetry axis, with a
(3) 50 cm (4) 30 cm constant angular speed i. Another disk of moment
of inertia Ib is dropped coaxially onto the rotating disk.
35. A mass m moving horizontally (along the x-axis)
Initially the second disk has zero angular speed.
with velocity v collides and sticks to a mass of 3m
Eventually both the disks rotate with a constant
moving vertically upward (along the y-axis) with
velocity 2v. The final velocity of the combination is angular speed f. The energy lost by the initially
rotating disc to friction is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
[AIPMT (Mains)-2012]
2 ˆ 1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ 1 Ib2 2 1 It2 2
vi  vj vi  vj (1) 2 I  I i (2) 2 I  I i
(1)
3 3
(2)
2 4  t b  t b
1 ˆ 3 ˆ 1 ˆ 2 ˆ I b  It 2 1 I b  It 2
(3) vi  vj (4) vi  vj  (4) 2  I  I  i
4 2 3 3 (3)  It  I b  i t b
36. The moment of inertia of a thin uniform rod of mass
40. Two particles which are initially at rest, move towards
M and length L about an axis passing through its each other under the action of their internal
midpoint and perpendicular to its length is I0. Its attraction. If their speeds are v and 2v at any
moment of inertia about an axis passing through one instant, then the speed of centre of mass of the
of its ends and perpendicular to its length is system will be [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2011] (1) 2v
2
ML (2) Zero
(1) I0 + ML2 (2) I0 
2
(3) 1.5v
ML2
(3) I0  (4) I0 + 2ML2 (4) v
4
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
256 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

41. A ball moving with velocity 2 m/s collides head on (c) To evaluate the gravitational field intensity due
with another stationary ball of double the mass. If to any body at an external point, the entire
the coefficient of restitution is 0.5 then their velocities mass of the body can be considered to be
(in m/s) after collision will be concentrated at its C.G.
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2010] (d) The radius of gyration of any body rotating about
(1) 0, 2 an axis is the length of the perpendicular
(2) 0, 1 dropped from the C.G. of the body to the axis

(3) 1, 1 Which one of the following pairs of statements is

correct ? [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
(4) 1, 0.5
42. A man of 50 kg mass is standing in a gravity free (1) (d) and (a) (2) (a) and (b)
space at a height of 10 m above the floor. He throws (3) (b) and (c) (4) (c) and (d)
a stone of 0.5 kg mass downwards with a speed 2
46. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius r is rotating
m/s. When the stone reaches the floor, the distance
of the man above the floor will be about its axis with constant angular velocity . Two
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2010] objects each of mass m are attached gently to the
opposite ends of a diameter of the ring. The ring now
(1) 20 m (2) 9.9 m
rotates with angular velocity given by
(3) 10.1 m (4) 10 m
[AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
43. From a circular disc of radius R and mass 9M, a
R
 M  2m   2M 
(1) (2)
small disc of mass M and radius
3
is removed 2m M  2m

concentrically. The moment of inertia of the  M  2m   M

(3) (4)
remaining disc about an axis perpendicular to the M M  2m
plane of the disc and passing through its centre is
47. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is rotating
[AIPMT (Mains)-2010]
in a horizontal plane about an axis vertical to its
40 plane with a constant angular velocity . If two
(1) MR2 (2) MR2
9 objects each of mass m be attached gently to the
opposite ends of a diameter of the ring, the ring will
4 then rotate with an angular velocity:
(3) 4MR2 (4) MR2
9
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
44. A solid cylinder and a hollow cylinder, both of the
same mass and same external diameter are M   M  2m 
released from the same height at the same time on (1) M  2m (2)
M
a inclined plane. Both roll down without slipping.
Which one will reach the bottom first? M   M  2m 
[AIPMT (Mains)-2010] (3) M  m (4)
M  2m
(1) Both together only when angle of inclination of
48. An explosion blows a rock into three parts. Two
plane is 45°
parts go off at right angles to each other. These two
(2) Both together are, 1 kg first part moving with a velocity of
(3) Hollow cylinder 12 ms–1 and 2 kg second part moving with a velocity
of 8 ms–1. If the third part files off with a velocity of
(4) Solid cylinder
4 ms–1, its mass would be [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
45. (a) Centre of gravity (C.G.) of a body is the point (1) 7 kg
at which the weight of the body acts
(2) 17 kg
(b) Centre of mass coincides with the centre of
(3) 3 kg
gravity if the earth is assumed to have infinitely
large radius (4) 5 kg
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 257
54. A wheel has angular acceleration of 3 rad/sec2 and
49. If F is the force acting on a particle having position
an initial angular speed of 2 rad/sec. In a time of
vector r and  be the torque of this force about
2 sec it has rotated through an angle (in radian) of
the origin, then: [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]

(1) r   > 0 and F   < 0 (1) 4 (2) 6
(3) 10 (4) 12
(2) r   = 0 and F   = 0
55. A particle of mass m moves in the XY plane with a
(3) r   = 0 and F    0 velocity V along the straight line AB. If the angular
momentum of the particle with respect to origin O
(4) r    0 and F   = 0
is LA when it is at A and LB when it is at B, then
50. Four identical thin rods each of mass M and length Y B
, form a square frame. Moment of inertia of this A
frame about an axis through the centre of the square
and perpendicular to its plane is:
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2009]

O X
2 13 2
(1) M2 (2) M [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]
3 3
(1) LA < LB
1 2 4 2 (2) LA > LB
(3) M (4) M
3 3 (3) LA = LB
51. Two bodies of mass 1 kg and 3 kg have position (4) The relationship between LA and LB depends
vectors iˆ  2 jˆ  kˆ and 3iˆ  2 ˆj  kˆ , respectively. upon the slope of the line AB
The centre of mass of this system has a position 56. A uniform rod AB of length l, and mass m is free to
vector [AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] rotate about point A. The rod is released from rest
in the horizontal position. Given that the moment
(1) 2iˆ  ˆj  kˆ (2) 2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ ml 2
of inertia of the rod about A is , the initial
3
(3) iˆ  ˆj  kˆ (4) 2iˆ  2kˆ angular acceleration of the rod will be

52. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a circular disc to

that of a circular ring, each of same mass and
l
radius, around their respective axes is B
A
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]

(1) 2 : 3 (2) 3 : 2 [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007]

(3) 1 : 2 (4) 2 :1 3g 2g
(1) (2)
2l 3l
53. A thin rod of length L and mass M is bent at its
1 3
midpoint into two halves so that the angle between (3) mg (4) gl
2 2
them is 90°. The moment of inertia of the bent rod
57. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc of
about an axis passing through the bending point and
radius R and mass M about an axis touching the
perpendicular to the plane defined by the two halves disc at its diameter and normal to the disc is :
of the rod is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2008]
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
2 2
2ML ML 2
(1) (2) (1) MR2 (2) MR2
24 24 5
ML2 ML2 3 1
(3) (4) (3) MR2 (4) MR2
12 6 2 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
258 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

58. A uniform rod of length l and mass m is free to rotate Questions asked Prior to Medical Ent. Exams. 2005
in a vertical plane about A. The rod initially in
63. The centre of mass of a solid cone along the line
horizontal position is released. The initial angular
from the center of the base to the vertex is at
acceleration of the rod is (Moment of inertia of rod
ml 2 (1) One-fourth of the height
about A is ) [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]
3 (2) One-third of the height

A l B (3) One-fifth of the height

(4) None of these
64. The centre of mass of a system of particles does
3g 2l not depend on
(1) (2)
2l 3g (1) Position of the particles

3g l (2) Relative distances between the particles

(3) 2 (4) mg
2l 2 (3) Masses of the particles

59. A drum of radius R and mass M, rolls down without (4) Forces acting on the particles
slipping along an inclined plane of angle . The 65. Consider a system of two particles having masses
frictional force [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005] m1 and m2. If the particle of mass m1 is pushed
(1) Converts translational energy to rotational towards m 2 through a distance d, by what
energy distance should be particle of mass m2 be moved
so as to keep the centre of mass of the system
(2) Dissipates energy as heat
of particles at the original position?
(3) Decreases the rotational motion
m1 m1
(4) Decreases the rotational and translational (1) m  m d (2) m d
1 2 2
motion
60. Two bodies have their moments of inertia I and 2I m2
(3) d (4) d
respectively about their axis of rotation. If their m1
kinetic energies of rotation are equal, their angular 66. Three identical metal balls, each of the radius r
momenta will be in the ratio are placed touching each other on a horizontal
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2005] surface such that an equilateral triangle is formed
when centres of three balls are joined. The centre
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 2 :1 of the mass of the system is located at
(3) 2 : 1 (4) 1 : 2 (1) Line joining centres of any two balls
61. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc of (2) Centre of one of the balls
radius R and mass M about an axis passing from
the edge of the disc and normal to the disc is (3) Horizontal surface

[AIPMT (Prelims)-2005] (4) Point of intersection of the medians

1 67. A rod of length 3 m has its mass per unit length

(1) MR2 (2) MR2 directly proportional to distance x from one of its
2
ends then its centre of gravity from that end will be at
7 3 (1) 1.5 m (2) 2 m
(3) MR2 (4) MR2
2 2
(3) 2.5 m (4) 3.0 m
62. A solid cylinder of mass 3 kg is rolling on a horizontal
surface with velocity 4 ms–1. It collides with a 68. The ratio of radii of gyration of a circular ring and
horizontal spring of force constant 200 Nm–1 . a circular disc, of the same mass and radius,
The maximum compression produced in the spring about an axis passing through their centres and
will be [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012] perpendicular to their planes are

(1) 0.7 m (2) 0.2 m (1) 2 :1 (2) 1: 2

(3) 0.5 m (4) 0.6 m (3) 3 : 2 (4) 2 : 1

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 259
69. The ABC is a triangular plate of uniform 73. The reduced mass of two particles having masses
thickness. The sides are in the ratio shown in the m and 2m is
figure. IAB, IBC and ICA are the moments of inertia (1) 2m (2) 3m
of the plate about AB, BC and CA respectively.
Which one of the following relations is correct? 2m m
(3) (4)
3 2
C
74. What is the torque of the force F  2iˆ  3 jˆ  4kˆ N
5
3 acting at the point r  3iˆ  2 jˆ  3kˆ m about origin?

A B (1)  6iˆ  6 jˆ  12kˆ (2)  17iˆ  6 jˆ  13kˆ

4
(1) IAB + IBC = ICA (2) ICA is maximum (3) 6iˆ  6 jˆ  12kˆ (4) 17iˆ  6 jˆ  13kˆ
75. A couple produces
(3) IAB > IBC (4) IBC > IAB
(1) Linear and rotational motion
70. Three particles, each of mass m gram, are
(2) No motion
situated at the vertices of an equilateral triangle
ABC of side l cm (as shown in the figure). The (3) Purely linear motion
moment of inertia of the system about a line AX (4) Purely rotational motion
perpendicular to AB and in the plane of ABC, in
76. The angular speed of a fly-wheel making
gcm2 units will be
120 revolutions/minute is
X mC (1) 4 rad/s (2) 42 rad/s
l l (3)  rad/s (4) 2 rad/s
77. Two discs are rotating about their axes, normal to the
B discs and passing through the centres of the discs.
Am m
l Disc D1 has 2 kg mass and 0.2 m radius and initial
angular velocity of 50 rad s–1. Disc D2 has 4kg mass,
3 2 0.1 m radius and initial angular velocity of 200 rad s–1.
(1) ml (2) 2ml2
4 The two discs are brought in contact face to face, with
their axes of rotation coincident. The final angular
5 2 3 2
(3) ml (4) ml velocity (in rad.s–1) of the system is
4 4
(1) 40 (2) 60
71. A circular disc is to be made by using iron and
aluminium so that it acquires maximum moment of (3) 100 (4) 120
inertia about geometrical axis. It is possible with 78. A wheel having moment of inertia 2 kgm2 about
(1) Aluminium at interior and iron surround to it its vertical axis, rotates at the rate of 60 rpm
about this axis. The torque which can stop the
(2) Iron at interior and aluminium surround to it wheel’s rotation in one minute would be
(3) Using iron and aluminium layers in alternate
2 
order (1) Nm (2) Nm
15 12
(4) Sheet of iron is used at both external surface
 
and aluminium sheet as internal layers (3) Nm (4) Nm
15 18
72. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a circular disc
about a tangential axis in the plane of the disc 79. What is the value of linear velocity, if

and of a circular ring of the same radius about a   3iˆ  4 jˆ  kˆ and r  5iˆ  6 ˆj  6kˆ ?
tangential axis in the plane of the ring is
(1) 2 : 3 (1) 4iˆ  13 ˆj  6kˆ

(2) 2 : 1 (2)  18iˆ  13 ˆj  2kˆ

(3) 5: 6 (3) 6iˆ  2 jˆ  3kˆ

(4) 1 : 2 (4) 6iˆ  2 jˆ  8kˆ

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
260 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

86. A hollow cylinder and a solid cylinder are rolling

80. If | A  B | 3 A .B then the value of | A  B | is
without slipping down an inclined plane, then
which of these reaches earlier?
(1) ( A 2  B 2  AB )1/ 2
(1) Solid cylinder
1/ 2 (2) Hollow cylinder
 AB 
(2)  A 2  B 2  
 (3) Both simultaneously
 3
(4) Can’t say anything
(3) A + B
87. A disc is rolling such that the velocity of its centre
2
(4) ( A  B 2
3  AB )1/ 2 of mass is vcm. Which one will be correct?
(1) The velocity of highest point is 2 vcm and point
81. If the angle between the vectors A and B is , of contact is zero

the value of the product (B  A ) · A is equal to (2) The velocity of highest point is vcm and point
of contact is vcm
(1) BA2sin (2) BA2cos
(3) The velocity of highest point is 2vcm and point
(3) BA2sin cos (4) Zero of contact is vcm
82. A round disc of moment of inertia I1 about its axis (4) The velocity of highest point is 2vcm and point
perpendicular to its plane and passing through its of contact is 2vcm
centre is placed over another disc of moment of
88. A solid sphere of radius R is placed on a smooth
inertia /2 rotating with an angular velocity  about
horizontal surface. A horizontal force F is applied at
the same axis. The final angular velocity of the
height h from the lowest point. For the maximum
combination of discs is
acceleration of centre of mass, which is correct?
I2 (1) h = R
(1) I  I (2) 
1 2
(2) h = 2R
I1 (I1  I 2 ) (3) h = 0
(3) I  I (4) I1
1 2
(4) Centre of mass has same acceleration in
83. A disc is rotating with angular speed . If a child each case
sits on it, what is conserved?
89. A point P is the contact point of a wheel on
(1) Linear momentum (2) Angular momentum ground which rolls on ground without slipping.
(3) Kinetic energy (4) Potential energy The value of displacement of the point P when
wheel completes half of rotation (If radius of
84. A solid cylinder is rolling without slipping on a wheel is 1 m)
plane having inclination  and the coefficient of
static friction s. The relation between  and s is (1) 2 m (2) 2  4 m
(1) tan  > 3 s (2) tan   3 s
(3)  m (4) 2  2 m
(3) tan  < 3 s2 (4) None of these
90. A solid cylinder of mass M and radius R rolls
85. A solid spherical ball rolls on a table. Ratio of its without slipping down an inclined plane of length
rotational kinetic energy to total kinetic energy is L and height h. What is the speed of its centre of
1 mass when the cylinder reaches its bottom?
(1)
2 (1) 2gh
1
(2)
6 3
(2) gh
4
7
(3) 4
10 (3) gh
3
2
(4)
7 (4) 4gh

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 261
91. A drum of radius R and mass M, rolls down r
without slipping along an inclined plane of angle . (1)
2
distance from O
The frictional force
r
(1) Dissipates energy as heat (2) distance from O
3
(2) Decreases the rotational motion
r
(3) Decreases the rotational and translational (3) distance from O
4
motion
(4) At O
(4) Converts translational energy to rotational
energy 2. If large number of particles are distributed on XY
92. A ball rolls without slipping. The radius of gyration plane and their centre of mass is at origin of
of the ball about an axis passing through its co-ordinates, then
centre of mass is K. If radius of the ball be R, (1) Sum of moments of masses of all the particles
then the fraction of total energy associated with its w.r.t. the origin is zero
rotational energy will be
(2) Sum of moments of masses of all particles
K 2  R2 K2 about x-axis is zero
(1) (2)
R2 R2 (3) Sum of moments of masses of all particles
2 2
K R about y-axis is zero
(3) (4)
K 2  R2 K 2  R2 (4) All of these
93. The moment of inertia of a disc of mass M and 3. A block of mass m is placed on the top of a bigger
radius R about an axis, which is tangential to the
block of mass M as shown in figure. All the
circumference of the disc and parallel to its
surfaces are frictionless. The system is released
diameter is
from rest. The shift of the centre of mass of
5 MR 2 system when m reaches the bottom is
(1)
4
2 MR 2
(2)
3 m

3 MR 2
(3)
2 M
1
(4) MR 2
2
(1) Right of the initial position parallel to base
SECTION - D (2) Left of the initial position parallel to base
NEET Booster Questions (3) Vertically shifted downward without shift in
1. A uniform solid hemisphere of radius r is joined to horizontal direction
a uniform solid right circular cone of base radius r (4) Shifted diagonally from initial position
and height 3r . If both have same density, then 4. Father (80 kg) and son (30 kg) are sitting at one
find the position of centre of mass from centre of of the ends of a 4 m long boat (40 kg) standing
hemisphere. still on water. They start to shift slowly. Father
stopped at centre of boat but son stopped at other
end. Neglecting friction with water, how far does the
r boat move on the water during the process?
O
(1) 1.87 m
3r
(2) 1.5 m
(3) 1.25 m
(4) 1.2 m
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
262 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

5. A rod is hinged at point P, vertically standing 19MR 2 29MR 2

upward. Due to slight jerk rod starts to come (1) (2)
2 2
down. The angular velocity of rod just after turning
through angle  is (hinge is smooth) 15MR 2
(3) (4) 17MR 2
2
10. Two cylinders P and Q of same mass and same
 radius start rolling down a fixed inclined plane from
L the same height at the same time. Cylinder P has
most of its mass concentrated near its surface,
while Q has most of its mass concentrated near
the axis. Choose the correct statement regarding
P X
the motion of P and Q
(1) Both P and Q reach the ground at the same
6g cos  3g 1  cos   time
(1) (2)
L L
(2) Both P and Q reach the ground with same
translational kinetic energy
6g  6g 
(3) sin (4) cos (3) P reaches the ground with larger angular speed
L 2 L 2
(4) Q reaches the ground with larger angular
6. The angular position of a particle revolving about an
speed
axis is given by (t) = t2 – 3t + 4 radian. Find the
acceleration of the point at time t = 2 s. Given 11. If v1, v2 and v3 are the velocities of points A, B and
radius of circular path is 1 m. C respectively lying on body doing pure rolling
motion, then correct order of velocities will be
(1) 2 m/s2 (2) 1 m/s2
A
(3) 5 m/s2 (4) 5 m/s2
7. Three particles A, B and C are moving as shown B
in figure. Calculate the angular momentum of the v

third particle C so that the angular momentum of R
system about point O becomes zero. C
y (1) v3 > v2 > v1
A 2 kg 10 m/s (2) v3 > v2 = v1
12 m/s (3) v3 = v2 > v1
2m C B
x (4) v1 > v2 > v3
O 2 kg
5m 12. A solid sphere is released from rest from the top
(1) 80kˆ kg m s –1 (2) –80kˆ kg m s –1 of a curved surface as shown in figure. Half portion
of surface is rough and another half is smooth. If
sphere is released from rough side, then the
(3) 40kˆ kg m s –1 (4) –40kˆ kg m s –1
maximum height attained by it on smooth side is
8. A metre stick is balanced on a knife edge at its (Rough surface has sufficient friction to roll the
centre. When two coins, each of mass 5 g are put body)
one on top of the other at the 12 cm mark, the
stick is found to be balanced at 45 cm. The mass R th
h ou oo
gh Sm
of metre stick is
(1) 70 g (2) 66 g
(3) 33 g (4) 13 g
9. Four particles each of mass M are lying 2h 5h
symmetrically on the rim of a disc of mass 6M (1) (2)
7 7
and radius R. Moment of inertia of this system
about an axis passing through one of the particles 3h
(3) (4) h
and perpendicular to plane of disc is 7
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 263
13. A particle is moving on a straight line x + y = 2. 17. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius r is
Its angular momentum about origin is L = 3t + 2 rotating about its axis with an angular speed . Two
(kg m2s–1). Find the force acting on the particle at particles having mass m each are now attached at
t = 2 s. (x and y are in metre) diametrically opposite points. The angular speed of
the ring will become
3
(1) N (2) 3 N
2 M M
(1) (2)
mM M  2m
(3) 3 2 N (4) 2N
M   M  2m 
14. A ring of mass m and radius R is acted upon by (3) (4)
a force F as shown in figure. There is sufficient m  2M M
friction between the ring and the ground. The force 18. The angular momentum of two bodies, rotating
of friction necessary for pure rolling is about some fixed axis are in the ratio 1 : 2. Their
moment of inertia about these axes are in the ratio
F 1 : 2. Ratio of their rotational kinetic energies is
R
(1) 1 : 2
(2) 1 : 4
(3) 2 : 1
(4) 4 : 1
F F 19. Moment of inertia of combination of two discs of
(1) (2)
2 3 same mass M and same radius R kept in contact
about the tangent passing through point of contact
F
(3) (4) Zero and in the plane of discs, as shown is
4
15. The moment of inertia of a flat annular ring having
mass M, inner radius a and outer radius b about
the diametric axis through the centre is

(1)
M
4
b  a (2)
M 2
4

b  a2  R R

(3)
M 2
4

b  a2  (4)
M 2
2

b  a2 
MR 2 5
(1) (2) MR 2
16. A force F is applied at the topmost point of block 4 4
of mass M. The force required to topple the block
before sliding is ( = coefficient of friction) MR 2 5
(3) (4) MR 2
2 2
F
20. A uniform rod is rotated with some angular velocity
in horizontal plane about a vertical axis passing
a through one end A. Then select incorrect option.

b
A B
Mgb
F
(1) 2a
(2) F < Mg (1) Tension at A is maximum
Mga (2) Tension at B is zero
(3) F 
2b (3) Tension at all points is same
(4) Both (1) & (2) (4) All points on the rod have same angular speed

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
264 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

21. A meter stick is held vertically with end on the floor 26. A circular ring of radius R and mass m is moving
and is allowed to fall. The angular speed of the with velocity of centre of mass v0 and angular
other end when it hits the floor is (Assume no speed  as given in the figure. The angular
slipping at the bottom) momentum of ring about origin O is

(1) 2g

3g 
(2)
2
v0
2g O
(3)
3
(1) mR2 (2) mv0R
(4) 3g
(3) mR2 + mv0R (4) mR2– mv0R
22. A uniform cylinder is allowed to roll down an
inclined plane making angle 30º from vertical. If it 27. A uniform solid cylinder is rolling on a horizontal
rolls without slip, then its centre will move with surface without slipping. If total kinetic energy is E,
acceleration then its rotational and translational kinetic energy
are respectively
g
(1) 3E E 2E
2 (1) ,E (2) ,
2 3 3
(2) 3g
2E E
(3) ,E (4) ,E
3 2
g
(3)
3 28. A disc of mass m and radius R rolls without
slipping on a horizontal plane with angular velocity
g . Its kinetic energy is
(4)
3
mR 2 2 mR 2 2
23. Two rods of same material and same cross-section (1) (2)
3 2
have the ratio of their lengths as 2 : 3. The ratio
of their moment of inertia is 3 mR 2 2
(3) mR 2 2 (4)
(1) 2 : 3 4 4
(2) 3 : 2 29. A particle of mass 1 kg located at the position
(3) 4 : 9 3iˆ m has a velocity (iˆ  jˆ  kˆ ) m/s. Its angular
(4) 8 : 27 momentum about origin in kg m2s–1 is
24. Time varying torque 4t Nm is applied on an object (1) Zero (2) 3
about pivot. Change in angular momentum of body
at time t = 3 s is (3) 3 2 (4) –3
(1) 8 kg m/s (2) 4 kg m/s
30. The linear mass density() of a rod of length L kept
(3) 18 kg m/s (4) 12 kg m/s along x-axis varies as  =  + x; where  and 
25. A solid cylinder is rolling up without sliding on a are positive constants. The centre of mass of the
rough inclined plane. The frictional force acting on rod is at
it is
(2  3L )L (3  2L )L
(1) Upward along the plane (1) (2)
2(2  L ) 3(2  L )
(2) Downward along the plane
(3) Zero (3  2L )L (3  2L )L
(3) (4)
3(2  L ) 3  2
(4) All may be correct
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 265
31. A man of mass 60 kg is standing on a boat of 36. The moment of inertia of a uniform semicircular wire
mass 140 kg, which is at rest in still water. The of mass m and radius r, about an axis passing through
man is initially at 20 m from the shore. He starts its centre of mass and perpendicular to its plane is
walking on the boat for 4 s with constant speed
1.5 m/s towards the shore. The final distance of mr 2
(1) (2) mr 2
the man from the shore is 2
(1) 15.8 m (2) 4.2 m  4   4 
(3) mr 2 1  2  (4) mr 2 1  2 
(3) 12.6 m (4) 14.1 m      
32. A bomb of mass m is projected from the ground 37. Moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc about its
with speed v at angle  with the horizontal. At the diameter is I. Its moment of inertia about an axis
maximum height from the ground it explodes into parallel to its plane and passing through a point on
two fragments of equal mass. If one fragment its rim will be
comes to rest immediately after explosion, then
(1) 3I (2) 4I
the horizontal range of centre of mass is
(3) 5I (4) 6I
v 2 sin2  v 2 sin  38. Two discs of same mass and same thickness have
(1) (2)
g g densities as 17 g/cm3 and 51 g/cm3. The ratio of
their moment of inertia about their central axes is
v 2 sin  v 2 sin 2
(3) (4) 1 2
2g g (1) (2)
3 3
33. Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 2 kg are connected
by a spring of negligible mass and placed on a 3 3
(3) (4)
frictionless horizontal surface. An impulse gives a 1 2
velocity of 7 m/s to the heavier block in the direction 39. A thin wire of length l and mass m is bent in the form
of the lighter block. The velocity of the centre of of a semicircle. The moment of inertia about an axis
mass is perpendicular to its plane and passing through the
(1) 30 m/s (2) 20 m/s end of the wire is
(3) 10 m/s (4) 5 m/s ml 2
(1) (2) 2ml2
34. A particle starts from the point (0, 8) metre and 2

moves with uniform velocity of v  3iˆ m/s . What is ml 2 2ml 2
(3) 2 (4)
the angular momentum of the particle after 5 s  2
about origin (mass of particle is 1 kg)?
40. Four rings each of mass M and radius R are arranged
as shown in the figure. The moment of inertia of the
(1) –12kˆ kg m /s (2) –24 kˆ kg m 2 /s
2
system about the axis yy' is
(3) –32kˆ kg m2 /s (4) –36kˆ kg m2 /s y

35. A ball of mass 1 kg is projected with a velocity of

20 2 m/s from the origin of an xy co-ordinate axis
system at an angle 45° with x-axis (horizontal).
The angular momentum [in SI units] of the ball
about the point of projection after 2 s of projection
is [take g = 10 m/s2] (y-axis is taken as vertical)

(1) – 400 k̂
y'
(2) 200 iˆ (1) 2MR 2

(3) 300 ĵ (2) 3MR 2

(3) 4MR 2
(4) – 350 ĵ
(4) 5MR 2
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
266 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

41. Three particles each of mass m are placed at the 32

corners of equilateral triangle of side l. (1) MR 2
9
1 (2) 10MR2

40
(3) MR 2
9
(4) 4MR2

2 44. Two rods of equal lengths(l) and equal mass M are

l
kept along x and y axis respectively such that their
Which of the following is/are correct? centre of mass lie at origin. The moment of inertia
5 2 about an line y = x, is
(1) Moment of inertia about axis ‘1’ is ml
4 ml 2
3 2 (1)
(2) Moment of inertia about axis ‘2’ is ml 3
4
(3) Moment of inertia about an axis passing ml 2
through one corner and perpendicular to the (2)
4
plane is 2ml2
(4) All of these ml 2
(3)
42. A square plate has a moment of inertia I0 about an 12
axis lying in its plane, passing through its centre
and making an angle  with one of the sides. Which ml 2
(4)
graph represents the variation of I with ? 6
I I 45. Two rings of same mass and radius R are placed
with their planes perpendicular to each other and
I0 centres at a common point. The radius of gyration
(1) I0 (2)
of the system about an axis passing through the
centre and perpendicular to the plane of one ring is
O 
O 
R
I I (1) 2R (2)
2
I0
I0
(3) (4) 3 3R
(3) R (4)
2 2
O  O  46. A thin uniform wire of mass m and length l is bent
43. From a uniform disc of radius R and mass 9M, a into a circle. The moment of inertia of the wire
about an axis passing through its one end and
R
small disc of radius is removed as shown. perpendicular to the plane of the circle is
3
What is the moment of inertia of remaining disc 2mL2 mL2
(1) (2)
about an axis passing through the centre of disc 2 2
and perpendicular to its plane?
mL2 mL2
(3) 2 (4)
2 3 2
R 47. The angular velocity of a body changes from 1 to
R/3 2 without applying a torque but by changing the
moment of inertia about its axis of rotation. The
C
ratio of its corresponding radii of gyration is

(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 2
2
(3) 2 : 1 2 : 1
3R
(4)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion 267
48. A hot solid sphere is rotating about a diameter at an 52. A particle undergoes uniform circular motion. About
angular velocity 0. If it cools so that its radius which point in the plane of the circle, will the
angular momentum of the particle remain
1
reduces to of its original value, its angular velocity conserved?

(1) Centre of the circle
becomes
(1) 0 (2) On the circumference of the circle
(3) Inside the circle other than centre
0
(2) (4) Outside the circle

53. When a planet moves around sun, then its
0
(3)
2 (1) Angular velocity is constant
(2) Areal velocity is constant
(4) 2 0
(3) Linear velocity is constant
49. A thin rod of mass m and length l is suspended
from one of its ends. It is set into oscillation about (4) Linear momentum is conserved
a horizontal axis. Its angular speed is  while 54. A force F is applied at the centre of a disc of mass
passing through its mean position. How high will its M. The minimum value of coefficient of friction of
centre of mass rise from its lowest position? the surface for rolling is
2 l 2 F F
(1)
2g (1)
2Mg
(2)
3Mg
2 l 2
(2) 2F 2F
3g (3) (4)
5Mg 7Mg
2 l 2
(3) 55. When a rolling body enters onto a smooth
g
horizontal surface, it will
2 l 2 (1) Continue rolling
(4)
6g
(2) Starts slipping
50. A solid body rotates about a fixed axis such that its
angular velocity depends on  as  = k–1 where k (3) Come to rest
is a positive constant. At t = 0,  = 0, then time (4) Slipping as well as rolling
dependence of  is given as
56. A hollow sphere of mass m and radius R is rolling
(1)  = kt (2)  = 2kt downward on a rough inclined plane of inclination .
(3)   kt (4)   2kt If the coefficient of friction between the hollow
sphere and inclined is , then
51. A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is pivoted
at point P and is free to rotate in vertical plane. The (1) Friction opposes its translation
centre C of disc is initially in horizontal position with (2) Friction supports rotation motion
P as shown in figure. If it is released from this
(3) On decreasing , frictional force decreases
position, then its angular acceleration when the line
PC is inclined to the horizontal at an angle  is (4) All of these
57. A heavy solid sphere is thrown on a horizontal
rough surface with initial velocity u without rolling.
P What will be its speed, when it starts pure rolling
motion?

2g cos  g sin  3u 2u
(1) (2) (1) (2)
3R 2R 5 5

2g sin  2g sin  5u 2u
(3) (4) (3) (4)
R 3R 7 7
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
268 Systems of Particles and Rotational Motion NEET

58. A cylinder rolls down two different inclined planes 60. A rod of length L leans against a smooth vertical
of the same height but of different inclinations. wall while its other end is on a smooth floor. The
end that leans against the wall moves uniformly
(1) In both cases the speed and time of descent
vertically downward. Select the correct alternative.
will be different
(2) In both cases the speed and time of descent y
will be same
(3) The speed will be different but time of descent L
will be same
(4) The time of descent will be different but speed x
O
will be same
59. A disc of mass 3 kg rolls down an inclined plane (1) The speed of lower end increases at a
of height 5 m. The translational kinetic energy of constant rate
the disc on reaching the bottom of the inclined (2) The speed of the lower end decreases but
plane is never becomes zero
(1) 50 J (3) The speed of the lower end gets smaller and
(2) 100 J smaller and vanishes when the upper end
touches the ground
(3) 150 J
(4) The speed of the lower end remain constant till
(4) 175 J upper end touches the ground
‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
Chapter 8

Gravitation
Chapter Contents
z Kepler’s laws KEPLER’S LAWS

z Newton’s law of Gravitation (1) Law of orbits : Each planet revolve around the sun in an elliptical
orbit with the Sun at one of the foci of the ellipse.
z Gravitational field

intensity ( I ) F1
Aphelion F2 Perihelion
z Relation between 2b
Acceleration due to Gravity B ea A
Sun
(g) and Gravitational
Constant (G)

z Gravitational potential 2a
energy (2) Law of areas : Line joning sun and planet sweeps out equal area
in equal time interval i.e. Areal speed of the planet is constant.
z Gravitational potential
AB  AB
z Escape speed
Area of portion SAB = Area of portion SAB
z Earth satellite

z Energy of orbiting satellite (t dt)

B
v2
z Shape of Trajectories S A
t t
Corresponding to Different A
Velocities v1
t + dt
B
z Geostationary and polar
satellite
dA 1 L
 vr  = constant
z Binary star system dt 2 2m
v 1r1  v 2 r2
Angular momentum ‘L’ about the Sun for all planets is constant.
(3) Law of periods : The square of time taken (T) for a planet to
complete one revolution about the sun is proportional to cube of
semi-major axis (a) of the elliptical orbit of the planet.
i.e., T 2  a3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
2 Gravitation NEET

Note :
b2
Eccentricity e  1 
a2

S
Aphelion Perihelion
At aphelion At perihelion
GM  1 e  GM  1 e 
v min  v max 
a  1 e  a
 
 1 e 
Kinetic energy minimum Kinetic energy maximum
Potential energy maximum Potential energy minimum

Example 1 : The distance of two planets from the sun are 1013 m and 1012 m respectively. What is the ratio
of their time periods?
Solution : As T2  R3 …(By Kepler’s third law)

T12 R13
 
T22 R23
3
T12  1013 
  
T22  1012 
2
 T1 
    10
3

T2 

T1 10 10
 
T2 1

Example 2 : A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a height 6R above the surface of earth, where R
is radius of earth. What will be the time period of another satellite at a height 2.5 R from the
surface of earth?
Solution : As T2  R3 …(By Kepler’s third law)
T12 R13
 
T22 R23
2 3
 T2   R2 
or    
 T1   R1 
3
 3.5R 
 T22  T12  
 7R 
T12
 T22 
8
T1
 T2 =
2 2
24
T2 = …(∵ T1 = 24 hours)
2 2
 T2 = 6 2 hours

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 3
NEWTON’S LAW OF GRAVITATION

The force of attraction between two point masses is directly propotional to product of their masses and inversely
propotional to the square of distance between them.

Gm1m2
F m1 r m2
r2
Where G is universal gravitation constant.

Nm2
G = 6.67 × 10–11 kg2

Newton’s Law in Vector Form

Force on m1 due to m2

Gm m m1 m2
F12   1 32 r12
| r12 | F12 r12

Force on m2 due to m1

Gm m m1 m2
F21   1 32 r21
| r21 | r21 F21

Principle of Superposition of Gravitational Force

If number of masses placed in any region, then the resultant gravitational force on any one of them is the vector
sum of gravitational forces exerted by all the other point masses.

If masses m1, m2, m3 .... mn are placed in any region.

Then gravitational force on m1 is

F1  F12  F13  ... F1n

Example 3 : If the masses of two spherical bodies are quadrupled and the distance between their centres is
doubled, then how many times the force of gravitation between them will be changed?

Gm1m2
Solution : F1 
r2

Gm1m2
F2 
R2
Here, M1 = 4m1, M2 = 4m2 and R = 2r

G( 4m1 )( 4m2 )
 F2 
(2r )2

16Gm1m2
=
4r 2
 F2 = 4F1

Hence, the gravitational force will increase to four times the initial magnitude.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
4 Gravitation NEET

GRAVITATIONAL FIELD INTENSITY (l )

The intensity of the gravitational field at any point P is defined as the gravitational force per unit mass at that
point.

F
I 
m
The intensity of gravitational field is simply called “gravitational field”. Its SI unit is newton per kilogram
(N/kg) and the dimensional formula is [LT –2]. It is a vector quantity.
(i) Gravitational field intensity of point mass (m) at distance 'r'
Gm
I
r2
(ii) Gravitational field intensity of uniform spherical shell at distance 'r' from its centre
(a) If r < R [where R is radius of shell]
I
I=0
GM
(b) If r R 2
R
Gm
I
r2 r
O R
(iii) Gravitational field intensity of uniform solid sphere at distance 'r' from its centre
(a) If r < R

GMr I
I 3
R GM
2
(b) If r  R R
Gm
I r
r2 O R

Example 4 : Three equal masses 2m each are placed at the vertices an equilateral triangle PQR
(i) What is the force acting on a mass m placed at the centroid G of the triangle?
(ii) What is the force on mass m if the mass at the vertex P is quadrupled?
Take PG = QG = RG = 1 m
y

P 2m

G x
m 30°

Q R
2m 2m

Solution : (i) The angle between GR and the positive x-axis is 30°. Similarly the angle between GQ and
negative x-axis is 30°.

G(2m )m ˆ
Now, FGP  j  (i.e., along positive y-axis)
1
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 5

G(2m )m ˆ
FGQ  ( i cos30  jˆ sin30)
1
G(2m )m ˆ
FGR  (i cos30  ˆj sin30)
1
By principle of superposition, we get

FR  FGP  FGQ  FGR

 FR  2Gm2 jˆ  2Gm2 ( iˆ cos30  jˆ sin30)  2Gm2 (iˆ cos30  jˆ sin30)  0
(ii) By symmetry all the x-component of the force will cancel out each other.

 FR  8Gm 2 jˆ – 2Gm2 ĵ sin 30° – 2Gm2 ĵ sin 30°

= 8Gm2 jˆ – 4Gm2 sin 30°

= 8Gm 2 jˆ  2Gm 2 jˆ

= 6Gm2 jˆ

Example 5 : Two particles of equal mass m are moving round a circle of radius r due to their mutual
gravitational interaction. Find the time period of each particle.
Solution : Two particles will always remain on diametrically v
opposite points so that the gravitational force is m
centripetal. Here mutual gravitational force is
r
F
2 r O
Gmm Gm …(i)
F   F
(2r ) 2
4r 2 m
v
If the speed of each particle is v, then the centripetal force

mv 2
F  …(ii)
r
Gm
Equating (i) and (ii), we get v 
4r
2r 2r 4
 The time period T    r 3/2
v Gm Gm
4r

Example 6 : Two bodies A and B having masses M and 3M respectively are kept at a distance 2.73 m apart.
A small particle of mass m is to be placed so that the net gravitational force on it is zero. What
will be its distance from body A?

A x m (y – x) B
Solution : M C 3M
y

Now, FCA  FCB

GMm G3Mm
 
x2 ( y  x )2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
6 Gravitation NEET

1 3
 
x 2 ( y  x )2

 y–x= 3x

 y = ( 3  1)x

y
 x
3 1
y

1.732  1
y
 x
2.732
2.73
 1m
2.732
 A particle of mass m should be placed at 1 m apart from body A.

Example 7 : A particle of mass m is placed at a distance d from one end of a uniform rod with length L
and mass M as shown in the figure. Find the magnitude of the gravitational force on the particle
due to the rod.
m M

d L
Solution : Let us consider an elementary mass dm of length dr at a distance r from the particle of
M
mass m. Here dm  dr . The gravitational force dF on m due to this elementary mass dm is
L
Gm G mM
dF  2
dm  dr
r Lr 2
L d L d
GmM dr GmM  1 m
 F 
L  r2

L  r 
 d r
d dr

 GmM  1 1
 L  d  d 
L  

GmM

d (L  d )

RELATION BETWEEN ACCELERATION DUE TO GRAVITY (g) AND GRAVITATIONAL CONSTANT (G)

Acceleration Due to Gravity at Earth Surface

GMe Re
g
Re2
C
4 Me
g  GRe 
3
 is Average density of earth = 5.5 × 103 kg/m3
z Dependence of value of g : Value of g depends on four factor
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 7
(1) Shape of earth : Radius of earth at equator is greater than that at poles
Pole
RE > RP
RP
 gE < gP
C RE Equator
(2) Effect of height :

2
 h  A
g   g 1   (h = height above earth surface.) h
 Re 
Re
If h << Re,
O
 2h 
g   g 1  
 Re 

Example 8 : At what altitude, the acceleration due to gravity reduces to half of its value as that on the surface
of the earth? Take radius of earth as 6.4 × 106 m, g on the surface of the earth as 9.8 m/s2.
Solution : We have given that
2
 R 
gh  g  
R  h 
2
gh  R 
 
g R  h 

1  R 
 
2  R  h 

 R+h= 2R

h = ( 2  1)R

 h = (1.414 – 1) 6.4 × 106

 h = 2.65 × 106 m
Acceleration due to gravity is reduced to half its value on the earth’s surface at an altitude of
2.65 × 106 m.

(3) Effect of depth d

A

 d 
g   g 1   Re
 Re

d is depth below the earth surface

Note :
(i) Value of g becomes zero at centre of earth (d = Re)
(ii) Value of g will not be zero at any finite height.
(iii) Value of g decreases either we go above earth’s surface or below earth’s surface.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
8 Gravitation NEET

1
Example 9 : At what depth from the surface of the earth, the acceleration due to gravity will be th the value
4
of g on the surface of the earth?
 d 
Solution : As g = g 1  R 
 e 

According to question,
g
g 
4
g  d 
  g 1  
4  Re 
1 d
  1
4 Re

d 1
  1
Re 4
 d = 0.75 R.

(4) Effect of Rotation of Earth 

Earth rotates from west to east in anticolckwise sense. 2
mr
(i) The value of acceleration due to gravity at an angle of latitude  mg

g   g  Re 2 cos2 
(ii) Effect of rotation is not same at all the places. It is maximum at equator Re
and minimum (zero) at poles
(iii) At poles,  = 90°
g = g
(iv) At equator,  = 0
g = g – Re2
For earth Re 2 = 3.4 cm/s2
(v) If earth stop to rotate, then value of g increase at all the places except at poles.
(vi) If earth rotates, with an imaginary speed, such that a body at equator experience weightlessness, then
the duration of day will be 1.41 h or 84.6 minutes
(vii) If angular speed of earth increases 17 times of present value then body at equator experience
weightlessness.

Example 10 : Calculate the angular speed of rotation of the Earth so that the apparent g at the equator becomes
zero. Also calculate the length of the day in this situation.
Solution : The apparent g = g0 – 2R = 0

g0 9.8ms 2
   = 1.237 × 10–3 rad/s.
R 6.4  10 6 m
The length of the day = Time period of rotation of the Earth

2 R
  2 = 1.41 hour.
 g0

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 9

EXERCISE

1. A body weighs 144 N at the surface of earth. When it is taken to a height of h = 3R, where R is radius of
earth, it would weigh
(1) 48 N (2) 36 N
(3) 16 N (4) 9N
2. If masses of two point objects are tripled and distance between them is doubled, then gravitational force of
attraction between them will
(1) Increase by 225% (2) Decrease by 56%
(3) Increase by 125% (4) Decrease by 144%

G
3. If G is universal gravitation constant and g is acceleration due to gravity, then dimensions of will be
g
(1) [M–1 L2] (2) [M–1 L]
(3) [M–2 L] (4) [M–1 L–2]

1
4. What is the weight of a 70 kg body on the surface of a planet whose mass is th that of earth and radius
7
is half of earth?
(1) 20 kgf (2) 40 kgf
(3) 70 kgf (4) 140 kgf
5. If spinning speed of the earth is decreased, then weight of the body at the poles
(1) Does not change
(2) Decreases
(3) Increases
(4) May increase or decrease
6. If radius of earth contracted by 0.1%, its mass remaining same, then weight of the body at earth’s surface
will increase by
(1) 0.1% (2) 0.2%
(3) 0.3% (4) Remains same
7. If mass of earth decreases by 25% and its radius increases by 50%, then acceleration due to gravity at its
surface decreases by nearly
(1) 89% (2) 67%
(3) 33% (4) 11%
8. Two point objects of mass 2x and 3x are separated by a distance r. Keeping the distance fixed, how much
mass should be transferred from 3x to 2x, so that gravitational force between them becomes maximum?

x x
(1) (2)
4 3

x 2x
(3) (4)
2 3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
10 Gravitation NEET

9. Acceleration due to gravity at surface of a planet is equal to that at surface of earth and density is
1.5 times that of earth. If radius of earth is R, radius of planet is

3 2 9 4
(1) R (2) R (3) R (4) R
2 3 4 9
10. Weight of a body decreases by 1.5%, when it is raised to a height h above the surface of earth. When the
same body is taken to same depth h in a mine, its weight will show
(1) 0.75% increase (2) 3.0% decrease
(3) 0.75% decrease (4) 1.5% decrease

GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL ENERGY

Gravitational potential energy at any point is the amount of work done in bringing a body from infinity to that
point slowly, under the influence of other body.
(i) Gravitation as potential energy due to earth field at height h above the earth’s surface
GMe m
Uh  
Re  h
(ii) Potential energy at infinity is assumed to be zero, so at all finite height it will be less than zero or negative.
(iii) Change in Gravitational potential energy for a body taken to height h above the earth’s surface from earth’s
surface is
mgh
U  Uh  U 
h
1
Re
If h << Re
U = mgh
(iv) if a body projected with high speed, then maximum height attained can be calculate by using energy
conservation law.
Loss of kinetic energy = Gain in potential energy
1 mgh
mv 2 
2 h
1
Re
(v) Gravitational potential energy of system of masses is the sum of potential energy of all pairs of masses.
U = U12 + U13 + U23 .... M2

r12 r23
 GM1M2 GM1M3 GM1M2 
U      ...
r
 12 r13 r23  M1 M3
r13

Example 11 : Three particles of masses m, 2m and 3m are placed at the corners of an equilateral triangle of
side a. Calculate:
(i) The potential energy of the system
(ii) The work done on the system if the side of the triangle is changed from a to 2a. Assume
the potential energy to be zero when the separation is infinity.
Solution : (i) The potential energy of the system = Sum of the potential energies of all the three possible
distinct pairs.
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 11
i.e., U = UAB + UBC + UCA 3m
C
G(m )(2m ) G(2m ) (3m ) G(3m ) (m )
=  
a a a a a
 11Gm 2
= A B
a m a 2m
 11Gm 2
when the side a is changed to 2a, the potential energy U  
2a
(ii) The work done on the system = U' – U
11Gm 2
=
2a

Note :
The work done by the system = The work done by the gravitational force
= –(U' – U)

 11 Gm 2
=
2a
The work done on the system = The work done against the gravitational force
= The work done by the external force
= U  U
11Gm 2
=
2a

GRAVITATIONAL POTENTIAL
“The gravitational potential at a point is defined as the work done per unit mass by an external agent (or
against the gravitational force) in bringing a particle slowly from the reference point to the given point”.

W
V 
m

J
The SI unit of gravitational potential is . It is a scaler quantity.
kg

(1) Potential due to a point mass : Suppose a particle of mass M lies at O. We want to know the
gravitational potential at a point P at a distant r from O.
If we take the reference point of zero potential at infinity

M
U  U  GM
 The potential at P is V   O r P
m r
(2) Potential due to a uniform thin spherical shell : Let us take a thin uniform spherical shell of mass
M and radius R with centre at O.
Case I : when P is outside the shell
O r
GM R P
V 
r
(As if whole mass M is assumed to be concentrated at the centre)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
12 Gravitation NEET

Case II : when P is inside the shell

GM r
V  R
R P

This is independent of the location of P inside the spherical shell.

(3) Potential due to a uniform solid sphere : Let us consider V

R
a uniform solid sphere of mass M and radius R. r
O
Case I : when P is outside the sphere 1
Vr
–GM
GM R
V 
r
Variation of V with r
(As if whole mass is assumed to be concentrated at its centre)

Case II : when P is inside the sphere O r

R P
GM 2 2
V  [3R  r ]
2R 3

Special case

(i) At the centre of sphere r = 0

r
3GM R P
Vcentre 
2R

(ii) At the surface of sphere V

GM R r
Vsurface  O
R
(hyperbolic)
– GM
3 R
 Vcentre  Vsurface
2
– 3 GM (parabolic)
(4) Relation between gravitational potential (V) and 2 R
gravitatinoal field (I) : Variation of V with r

 V ˆ V ˆ V 
l   i  j kˆ 
 x y z 

Example 12 : Two heavy spheres of masses 104 kg and 106 kg and each of radius 20 cm are separated by a
distance of 100 m. What will be the potential at the mid-point of the line joining their centres?
Solution : The total potential at A
A
GmP GmQ
V = VP + VQ =   50 m 50 m
r r P Q
100 m
6.67  10 –11
 V=  [10 4  106 ]
50
 V = 1.35 × 10–6 J/kg.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 13
ESCAPE SPEED

The minimum speed with which a body must be projected upwards in order that it may just escape the
gravitational pull of the earth is known as escape speed.
The answer to this question may be explained by using the principle of conservation of energy. Consider earth
to be a sphere of mass Me and radius Re.
Suppose a body of mass m is thrown vertically upwards with initial speed of ve from a point at a distance h
above the surface of earth such that it reaches infinity where its final speed becomes zero.

1 GMe m
m v e2 
2 (Re  h )
ve
2GMe h
ve 
(Re  h )
Me
If h = 0 (from earth surface)

Re
2GMe
ve   2gRe
Re

Important Points on Escape Speed

2GM
(i) The formula v e  can be applied to any astronomical body provided we substitute the mass M
R
and radius R of that body.
For Moon, M = 7.36 × 1022 kg, R = 1.74 × 106 m and hence ve = 2.38 km/s
(ii) The escape speed does not depends on the direction in which the projectile is fired. However, attaining
that speed is easier if the projectile is fired in the direction, the launch site is moving as the Earth rotates
about its axis.
(iii) The value of escape speed is independent of the mass of the projectile. It depends on the mass and
radius of the planet from which it is being projected.
(iv) If a body falls freely from infinite height, then it will reach the surface of the Earth with a speed
approximately equal to the average escape speed ve = 11.2 km/s.
(v) For earth to become black hole, the escape speed must become equal or more than speed of light i.e.
2GM
 c. In that case radius R of the earth will become that of the size of a grape.
R
(vi) The atmosphere on a planet is possible only if vrms < vescape; where vrms is root mean square speed of
gas molecules.
(vii) If a body is projected with speed v greater than escape speed (ve), then interstellar speed is given by

v  v 2  v e2 .

Example 13 : An object is dropped from height h = 2R on the surface of earth. Find the speed with which it will
collide with ground by neglecting effect of air. [where R is radius of earth, take mass of earth M]

GMm
Solution : The initial potential energy (Ui) of object is, Ui  
3R
GMm
Final potential energy Uf  
R
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
14 Gravitation NEET

By law of conservation of energy, KE = – P.E.

1
 mv 2   [Uf  Ui ]  Ui  Uf
2
1 GMm GMm
 mv 2   
2 3R R
1 2 2GM
 v 
2 3R
4GM GM
 v 2
3R 3R

Example 14 : The ratio of the masses and radii of two planets are 2 : 3 and 4 : 9. What is the ratio of the
escape speed at their surface?
V1 M 2 R 4
Solution : ?, 1  and 1 
V2 M2 3 R2 9

2GM
As we know V 
R

V1 M1 R2
  
V2 M2 R1

2 9 3
=  
3 4 2

 V1 : V2 = 3: 2

EARTH SATELLITE

Orbital Speed
For any satellite to orbit around earth in a stable orbit, it must move in such an orbit, so that the centre of
earth lies at the centre of the orbit.
Satellite is a body which revolves continuously in an orbit around a comparatively much larger body.
Let us consider a satellite of mass m revolving around earth with a speed of v0 in a circular orbit of radius
(Re + h) where Re is the radius of the earth. Consider the mass of earth as Me.
mv 02 GMe m

(Re  h ) (Re  h )2 (Re+ h) h

GMe Re
 v 02 
(Re  h ) Re

GMe
v0 
(Re  h )
Very close to earth h << Re

GM e
v0 =  gRe
Re

ve = 2 v0
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 15
Hence, we may say that the escape speed is 2 times the orbital speed. So if the speed of an orbitting
satellite is increased by approximately 41.4%, the satellite will escape from its orbit.

Time period of a satellite :

2(Re  h )3/2 2(Re  h )3/2

T  
GMe Re g
very close to earth h << Re
Re
T  2
g

Example 15 : The value of escape speed from certain planet is 4 km/s. What will be the orbital speed of a
satellite orbiting close to its surface?

Ve
Solution : As V0 =
2
4
 V0 =
2

= 2 2 km/s

1
Example 16 : Assume that the force of gravitation F  . Then show that the orbital speed in a circular orbit
rn
1
of radius r is proportional to ( n 1) / 2 , while its time period T is proportional to r(n + 1)/2.
r

K mv 02 K 1 1
Solution : F  or, v0  . ,  v0  ( n 1) / 2
n
r r m r ( n 1) / 2 r

2r 2r
T   or, T  r (n + 1)/2
v0 K 1
. ( n 1) / 2
m r

1
Note : If n = 1, i.e., F  , v0 becomes independent of the orbital radius and T  r.
r

ENERGY OF ORBITING SATELLITE

Potential Energy, Kinetic Energy and Total Energy

The kinetic energy of a satellite revolving around the earth with orbital speed v0 is

GMe m
 KE = 2(R  h )
e

Now, the potential energy at distance (Re + h) from the centre of the earth is

GMe m
PE =  R  h
e

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
16 Gravitation NEET

Total energy = PE + KE

GMe m GMe m
=  
Re  h 2(Re  h )

GMe m
= 
2(Re  h )
KE = –TE
PE = 2TE

Thus, we get that the total energy of circularly orbiting satellite is negative. As the satellites are at finite
distance so their energy can never be positive or zero. If that happens then satellite escape to infinity.

EXERCISE

11. Let escape velocity of a body kept at surface of a planet is u. If it is projected at a speed of 200% more than
the escape speed, then its speed in interstellar space will be

(1) u (2) 3u

(3) 2u (4) 2 2u

12. Let kinetic energy of a satellite is x, then its time of revolution T is proportional to

(1) x–3 (2) x–3/2

(3) x–1 (4) x

13. An artificial satellite is moving around earth in a circular orbit with speed equal to one fourth the escape speed
of a body from the surface of earth. The height of satellite above earth’s surface is (R is radius of earth)

(1) 3R (2) 5R

(3) 7R (4) 8R

14. Which graph best represents the variation of radius r of a circular orbit of a satellite against its time period T?

r (1) (2)
(3)

(4)

T
(1) 1 (2) 2

(3) 3 (4) 4

15. A satellite of mass 200 kg revolves around a planet of mass 5 × 10 30 kg in a circular orbit of radius
6.6 × 106 m. Binding energy of the satellite is

(1) 5 × 1015 J (2) – 5 × 1015 J

(3) 1016 J (4) – 1016 J

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 17
16. Two satellites A and B go round the planet P in circular orbits having radii 4R and R respectively. If the speed
of the satellite A is 3v, the speed of satellite B will be
(1) 12 v (2) 6v
4v 3v
(3) (4)
3 2
17. Escape velocity of an atmospheric particle which is 1000 km above the earth’s surface, is (radius of earth is
6400 km and g = 9.8 m/s2)
(1) 6.5 km/s (2) 8 km/s
(3) 10 km/s (4) 11.2 km/s
18. The ratio of kinetic energy required to be given to the satellite to escape from earth’s surface to the kinetic
energy required to be given to the same satellite to revolve round the earth in an orbit just above earth’s
surface, is
(1) 1:1 (2) 2:1
(3) 2 :1 (4) 4:1
19. A satellite is revolving around earth in a circular orbit at a uniform speed v. If gravitational force suddenly
disappears, speed of the satellite will be
(1) Zero (2) v
(3) 2v (4) Infinity
20. Mark the correct statement
(i) Escape velocity does not depend on mass of body
(ii) If total energy of a satellite becomes positive, it escapes from earth
(iii) Orbit of geostationary orbit is called parking orbit
(1) (i) only (2) (i), (ii) only
(3) (i), (ii) and (iii) (4) (i), (iii) only

SHAPE OF TRAJECTORIES CORRESPONDING TO DIFFERENT VELOCITIES

The figure shows the trajectories (1) to (6) of a projectile launched from A in the direction tangent to the Earth
surface, corresponding to increasing initial speed v.
A

Earth
R

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
18 Gravitation NEET

GM
Suppose the orbital speed for the circular orbit of radius r = R + h is v0. Then v 0  .
Rh
Trajectory (1) : It corresponds to v << v0 in which the projectile falls to the Earth’s surface. Usually, it is a
segment of an ellipse which would be completed if the Earth were a point mass at O. In the case when
h << R, we assume g as constant and then the trajectory is a parabola. Total mechanical energy is negative.
Trajectory (2) : It corresponds to v < v0 in which the projectile completed the elliptical orbit. If the orbit passes
through the atmosphere, the path will be spiral and finally the projectile falls on the Earth. Total mechanical
energy is negative.
Trajectory (3) : It corresponds to v = v0 in which the projectile moves in close circular orbit. Remember
that a circle is also an ellipse having eccentricity e = 0. Total mechanical energy is negative.

2GM
Trajectory (4) : It corresponds to v0 < v < ve, where v e  is the escape speed. The closed orbit is
Rh
an ellipse having e < 1. Total mechanical energy is negative.
Trajectory (5) : It corresponds to v = ve in which the trajectory is an open orbit which is a parabola having
e = 1. Total mechanical energy is zero.
Trajectory (6) : It corresponds to v > ve in which the trajectory is an open orbit which is a hyperbola having
e > 1. Total mechanical energy is positive.
Note :
(i) Closed orbits are always elliptical and total mechanical energy is always negative.
(ii) Open orbits are either parabolic or hyperbolic and total mechanical energy are always non-negative.
(iii) When the mechanical energy of a satellite is zero or positive, it escapes away from the gravitational
field of the central planet.
(iv) When a satellite is orbiting then no energy is required to keep moving in its orbit.
(v) When the speed of satellite in circular orbit is increased, then its energy increases. It starts moving
in an elliptical path of greater semimajor axis.
(vi) When the height of a satellite is increased, its potential energy increases and kinetic energy
decreases.
(vii) The numerical value of negative potential energy of a satellite orbiting in circular orbit is always more
than its kinetic energy.

GEOSTATIONARY AND POLAR SATELLITES

z Geostationary Satellites : For a satellite to be geostationary following conditions must be satisfied.

(i) The plane of the orbit lies in equatorial plane of earth.
(ii) Height from the earth surface is about 36000 km. This orbit is called parking orbit.
(iii) Orbital speed is nearly 3 km/s.
(iv) Time period is equal to that of earth rotation i.e., 24 hours.
(v) Satellite revolve from west to east in anticlockwise sense.
z Polar Satellite : For a satellite to be polar satellite following conditions must be satisfied.

(i) These are low altitude satellites (h 500 m  800 km)

(ii) These satellites orbit around the poles is a (N–S) direction

(iii) These satellites have very less time period about 100 minutes
(iv) These are mainly used in remote sensing, metrology as well as for environmental studies of the earth.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 19
BINARY STAR SYSTEM

Two stars of masses M1 and M2 form a stable system when they move in circular orbit about their centre of
mass under their mutual gravitational attraction.

v2
M1 M2
cm
v1 r1 r2

GM1M 2
(i) F  , where r is distance between them (i.e., r = r1 + r2)
r2
(ii) M1r1 = M2r2

GM1M2 M1v12
(iii) 
r2 r1

GM1M2 M2v 22
(iv) 
r2 r22

M2r M1r
(v) r1  M  M , r2  M  M
1 2 1 2

G G
 v1  M2 (M  M )r , v 2  M1 (M  M )r
1 2 1 2

z When M1 = M2 = M

GM
v1  v 2 
2r

‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment

Assignment
5. A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a
SECTION - A
height of 6R above the surface of earth. The time
NCERT Based MCQs period of another satellite at 3.5R from the centre
of earth is (where R is the radius of earth)
1. Choose the correct statements(s)
[NCERT Pg. 196]
[NCERT Pg. 197]
(1) Polar satellites go around the poles of earth in (1) 2 2 h (2) 5 2 h
north-south direction
(3) 6 2 h (4) 3 2 h
(2) Time period of polar satellite is approximately
100 minutes 6. A particle is projected vertically upwards from the
surface of earth (radius of earth is R) with a kinetic
(3) Polar satellites are low altitude satellites
energy equal to one fourth of the minimum value
(4) All of these needed for it to escape. The height to which it rises
2. Two particles of masses m and M are placed at a above the surface of earth is [NCERT Pg. 193]
distance r. The ratio of gravitational force on mass
m due to mass M and on mass M due to mass R
(1) (2) R
m is [NCERT Pg. 187] 2

(1) M : m (2) M 2 : m 2
2R R
(3) (4)
(3) 1 : 1 (4) m : M 3 3
3. The variation of acceleration due to gravity of earth as 7. A satellite revolving around earth has kinetic energy
one moves away from earth’s center to surface of E0, then its potential energy and total energy will
earth is given by (Where R is radius of earth) be [NCERT Pg. 196]
[NCERT Pg. 191] (1) –E0, –2E0 (2) –2E0, –E0
g g
(3) E0, –2E0 (4) –E0, 2E0
8. The distance of two planets from the sun are
1012 m and 1011 m. The ratio of their time period is
(1) (2)
[NCERT Pg. 184]
r r
R R
(1) 10 10 : 1 (2) 1 : 10
g g
(3) 10 : 1 (4) 10 : 1
9. The escape speed of a projectile on earth’s surface
(3) (4) is 11.2 km/s. A body is projected out with twice of
r r this speed. The speed of body far away from the
R R earth is (Ignore the presence of other bodies)
4. A particle is projected vertically upwards with a
[NCERT Pg. 202]
speed of gR from earth’s surface. The maximum
height attained by it is (Where R is the radius of (1) 15 km/s
earth) [NCERT Pg. 196] (2) 19.4 km/s
(1) R/2 (2) R (3) 11.2 km/s
(3) 2R (4) R/4 (4) 22.4 km/s
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 21
10. Two planets have the same average mass density 15. A satellite of mass m0 is orbiting around the earth
but their radii are in the ratio 1 : 2. The ratio of at a height h above the surface of the earth. If the
their respective acceleration due to gravity is mass of the earth is M and its radius is R, then
[NCERT Pg. 150] angular momentum of the satellite is
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 4 [NCERT Pg. 194]
(3) 4 : 1 (4) 1 : 8
(1) m0 GMR (2) m0 GM (R  h)
11. The kinetic energies of a planet in an elliptical orbit
about the sun at positions A, B and C are KA, KB
and KC respectively. If AC is the major axis and SB GM GM
(3) m0 (4) m0
is perpendicular to AC at the position of the sun S R Rh
as shown in the figure, then [NCERT Pg. 190]
B SECTION - B
Objective Type Questions
A
1. The distance between sun and a planet is r. The
S C
angular momentum of planet around the sun in
circular orbit is proportional to
(1) KA > KB > KC (2) KB > KA > KC (1) r
(3) KB > KC > KA (4) KB < KA < KC (2) r – 1
12. A planet is revolving around the sun in an elliptical
(3) r 0
orbit. Select the correct option. [NCERT Pg. 184]
1
(1) Total energy of planet is negative at all points (4)
r2
on its trajectory
2. The kinetic energy needed to project a body of
(2) Net torque on planet about sun is zero
(3) Linear momentum of the planet is not R
mass m at rest from a point P at height from
conserved 2
(4) All of these surface of earth to infinity (R = radius of earth, M
= mass of earth) is
13. A body is projected vertically upward with speed v0
(v0 < vescape) from surface of earth. The speed of 2GMm
(1)
body at h height is (where R is radius of earth and 3R
g is acceleration due to gravity at earth’s surface)
GMm
[NCERT Pg. 194] (2)
3R

2 gh 4 gh 2GmM
v 02  v 02  (3)
 h  h R
(1) 1   (2) 1   (4) Zero
 R  R
3. Two satellites of earth are of equal masses. They
4 gh revolve in orbits of radius ratio 1 : 2 with same
2 gh v 02 
v 02  time period, then their
(3)  h (4)  h
1   1  
 R  R (1) Angular speeds are equal
(2) Linear speed ratio is 1 : 2
14. A satellite of mass m is in a circular orbit of radius
4RE. How much energy is required to transfer it to (3) Acceleration ratio is 1 : 2
a circular orbit of radius 7RE? [NCERT Pg. 196] (4) All of these
(RE is radius of earth, M is mass of earth). 4. Inside a uniform spherical shell
GMm 3GMm (1) Gravitational field is zero
(1) (2)
56 RE 56 RE (2) Gravitational potential is same everywhere
GMm GMm (3) Force on a test mass inside sphere is zero
(3) (4)
28 RE 14 RE (4) All of these
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
22 Gravitation NEET

5. Which of the following graphs correctly represents 9. When earth revolves around the sun then
the variation of gravitation field with position due to (1) Angular momentum is conserved
spherical shell? (Symbols have usual meanings)
(2) Linear momentum is not conserved
(1) I (2) I (3) External torque is zero
(4) All of these
r r
10. If density of earth is , radius is R e then its
Re
gravitational field at distance from centre will be
4
(3) I (4)
GRe GRe
(1) (2)
I 3 12
r r
GRe GRe
(3) (4)
4 6
6. A particle of mass ‘m’ moves on the axis of a ring 11. If the gravitational potential due to the earth on its
of radius ‘R’ and mass M. If particle at rest is surface is assumed to be zero, then gravitational
released from ‘P’ then its kinetic energy at centre potential at height 2Re from surface will be
c will be (Re : Radius of the earth; g : acceleration due to
M gravity on earth surface)

R gRe gRe
m (1) (2) 
c 3 3
3R P
2gRe 2gRe
(3) (4) 
3 3
GMm GMm
(1) (2) 12. In earth-sun system, if sun starts to shrink then
R 2R
force on earth due to sun (Assuming that mass of
2GMm GMm sun is constant)
(3) (4)
R 3R (1) Decreases
7. A satellite of mass ‘m’ is revolving in an orbit of (2) Increases
radius ‘R’ around a planet of mass ‘M’. It lost
(3) Remains same
some energy against the work in air resistance and
(4) First decreases then increases
R
shifts to an orbit of radius . The lost energy is
2 7
13. If the gravitational force had varied as r 2 instead
GmM GmM of r –2 , the potential energy of a particle at a
(1) (2)
2R R distance r from centre of earth would be
proportional to
GmM 2GmM
(3) (4) 5
4R R
(1) r –1 (2) r 2
8. If an object is projected from surface of earth with
3
speed v  6gR , then interstellar speed of object (3) r 2 (4) r –2
(g = acceleration due to gravity at surface of earth, 14. An object is launched with a velocity less than
R = Radius of earth) escape velocity. The sum of its kinetic energy and
potential energy is (Assume potential energy is
(1) 2 gR zero at infinity)
(2) gR (1) Positive
(2) Negative
(3) 2gR
(3) Zero
(4) 5gR (4) May be positive or negative

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 23
15. A body starts from rest from a point distant 4R from 21. Gravitational potential in a region is given by
the centre of the earth. It reaches the surface of v = (3x + 4y + 12z) J/kg. The modulus of
the earth whose radius is R. The speed acquired gravitational field at (x = 1, y = 0, z = 3) is
by the body is
(1) 20 N/kg (2) 13 N/kg
3GM 3GM (3) 12 N/kg (4) 5 N/kg
(1) (2)
2R R
22. Consider earth as a uniform solid sphere.
6GM 3GM Gravitational potential at its surface is v.
(3) (4) Gravitational potential at its cente is
R 4R
(1) v (2) Zero
16. If the earth stops rotating about its axis, then the
acceleration due to gravity will undergo maximum v 3
change at (3) (4) v
2 2
(1) Poles (2) Equator 23. A body of mass m kg starts falling from a point at
(3) At latitude 30° (4) At latitude 45° height 2R above earth’s surface. Find its kinetic
energy when it has fallen to a point at height R
17. The escape speed for a planet is v0. What is the above earth’s surface. (R = Radius of earth)
escape speed corresponding to another planet of
twice the radius and half the density? 1 GMm 1 GMm
(1) (2)
2 R 6 R
v0
(1) 2v 0 (2)
2 2 GMm 1 GMm
(3) (4)
(3) 2v0 (4) 4v0 3 R 3 R
18. The radii of two planets are R1 and R2 respectively 24. If radius of earth reduces by 4% and density
with density  1 and  2 . Then find ratio of remains same, then find escape velocity change.
acceleration due to gravity at their surfaces?
(1) Reduce by 2% (2) Increase by 2%
1
(3) Reduce by 4% (4) Increase by 4%
R12 R1R2
(1) (2) 12 25. A “double star” is a composite system of two stars
2
rotating about their centre of mass under their
R22 mutual gravitational attraction. Let us consider such
R12 R11 a double star which has two stars of masses m
(3) R  (4) R  each at separation l. If T is the time period of
2 1 2 2 rotation about their centre of mass then find T.
19. If the distance between centres of earth and moon
is D and mass of earth is 81 times the mass of l3 l3
moon then at what distance from centre of earth (1) T  2 (2) T  2
mG 2mG
gravitational field is zero?

D 2D l3 l3
(1) (2) (3) T  2 (4) T  2
2 3 3mG 4mG

4D 9D 26. A satellite is revolving round the earth in an orbit of

(3) (4) radius r with time period T. If the satellite is
3 10
revolving round the earth in an orbit of radius r + r
20. Infinite number of point masses each equal to m (r << r) with time period T + T(T << T) then
are placed at x =1, x = 2, x = 4, x = 8……, what
is the total gravitational potential at x = 0? T
find .
T
(1) – Gm
(2) – 2Gm 3 r 2 r
(1) (2)
2 r 3 r
(3) – 4Gm
r 2 r
(4) – 8Gm (3) (4)
r r
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
24 Gravitation NEET

27. A homogeneous bar of length L and mass M is at 31. A projectile, fired vertically upwards with escape
a distance h from a point mass m a shown. The speed (v) from earth. If it is fired at 45° to the
force on m is F, then find F. horizontal, what should be its speed so that it
M escapes from earth?
m
v
h L (1) v (2)
2
GMm GMm (3) 2v (4) 2v
(1)
h  L 2 (2)
h2 32. Three particles each having a mass of 100 g are
placed on the vertices of an equilateral triangle of
GMm GMm side 20 cm. The work done in increasing the side
(3) h  h  L  (4)
L2 of this triangle to 40 cm is
(1) 5 × 10–12 J
28. An artificial satellite moving in circular orbit around
earth has a total (kinetic + potential) energy E0. (2) 2.25 × 10–10 J
Find its potential energy and kinetic energy (3) 4 × 10–11 J
respectively.
(4) 6 × 10–15 J
(1) 2E0 and – 2E0 (2) –2E0 and 3E0
33. A planet of mass m moves round the sun of mass
(3) 2E0 and –E0 (4) –2E0 and –E0
M in a circular orbit of radius r with angular speed
29. The magnitudes of gravitational field at distance r1 . Another planet of mass 2m moves round the
and r2 from centre of uniform solid sphere of radius sun in circular orbit of radius 4r with angular speed
R and mass M are F1 and F2 respectively, then

find ratio of F1 and F2. . Find the ratio of .
'
F1 r1 1
(1) F  r if r1  R and r2  R (1) 4 (2)
2 2 4
1
F1 r22 (3) 8 (4)
8
(2) F  2 if r1  R and r2  R
2 r1
34. A satellite of mass m is in the orbit round the earth
at a distance of 2.5R above its surface. If
F1 r1
(3) F  r if r1  R and r2  R
gravitational field strength at surface of earth is g
2 2 calculate the centripetal force acting on the
satellite.
F1 r12
(4) F  2 if r1  R and r2  R mg 4mg
2 r2
(1) (2)
2 25
30. Which of the following represents the variation of
gravitational field (E) versus distance (r) from the 4mg mg
(3) (4)
centre of a spherical shell of radius R? 49 25

E E 35. Three uniform spheres of mass M and radius R

each are kept in such a way that each touches the
other two. Find the magnitude of gravitational force
(1) (2)
r
on any of sphere due to other two spheres.
r
O R O R

3 GM 2 3 GM 2
(1) (2)
E E 4 R2 2 R2
O
(3) (4) 3GM 2 3GM 2
(3) (4)
R R r R2 2R 2
r

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 25
36. The gravitational potential at surface of earth is
SECTION - C
–v0. The mass of the earth is M and its radius is
R. Find gravitational potential at centre of earth. Previous Years Questions
1. Assuming that the gravitational potential energy of
(1) Zero (2) –v0
an object at infinity is zero, the change in potential
energy (final – initial) of an object of mass m, when
 GM   GM 
(3)   v 0  (4)  v 0  taken to a height h from the surface of earth (of
 2R   2R 
radius R), is given by [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
37. R is the radius of earth and  is its angular GMm GMm
(1) (2) 
velocity and gE is the acceleration of gravity at Rh Rh
equator. The effective value of acceleration due to GMmh
gravity at the latitude = 30° will be equal to what? (3)
R (R  h )
(4) mgh

3 2 3 2. The time period of a geostationary satellite is 24 h,

(1) gE  R (2) gE  R2 at a height 6RE(RE is radius of earth) from surface
4 4
of earth. The time period of another satellite whose
height is 2.5 RE from surface will be
2R 2R
(3) gE  (4) gE  [NEET-2019 (Odisha)]
4 4
12
(1) h (2) 6 2 h
38. A satellite is revolving around earth with orbital 2.5
speed v 0. If it stops suddenly, find the speed
24
with which it will strike the surface of earth. (3) 12 2 h (4) h
2.5
(ve = escape velocity)
3. A body weighs 200 N on the surface of the earth.
v e2 How much will it weigh half way down to the centre
(1) (2) v0 of the earth ? [NEET-2019]
v0
(1) 150 N (2) 200 N
(3) v e2  v 02 (4) v e2  2v 02
(3) 250 N (4) 100 N
39. Find the minimum energy required to launch a 4. The work done to raise a mass m from the surface
satellite of mass m from the surface of earth of mass of the earth to a height h, which is equal to the
M and radius R in a circular orbit at altitude 2R. radius of the earth, is: [NEET-2019]
5GMm (1) mgR (2) 2mgR
(1)
6R
1 3
2GMm (3) mgR (4) mgR
(2) 2 2
3R
5. The kinetic energies of a planet in an elliptical orbit
GMm about the Sun, at positions A, B and C are KA, KB
(3)
2R and KC, respectively. AC is the major axis and SB
GMm is perpendicular to AC at the position of the Sun
(4) S as shown in the figure. Then [NEET-2018]
3R
B
40. A planet of mass M is in an elliptical orbit around the
sun with time period T. The semi major axis and semi
A C
minor axis are equal to a and b respectively. The S
angular momentum of the planet is
(1) KA < KB < KC
2M ab
(1) (2) Mab (2) KA > KB > KC
T
M ab (3) KB > KA > KC
(3) (4) 2abT
2T (4) KB < KA < KC

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
26 Gravitation NEET

6. If the mass of the Sun were ten times smaller and 10. A satellite of mass m is orbiting the earth (of radius
the universal gravitational constant were ten times R) at a height h from its surface. The total energy
larger in magnitude, which of the following is not of the satellite in terms of g 0 , the value of
correct? [NEET-2018] acceleration due to gravity at the earth's surface,
is [NEET (Phase-2) 2016]
(1) Raindrops will fall faster
mg0 R 2
(2) Walking on the ground would become more (1)
2(R  h )
difficult

(3) ‘g’ on the Earth will not change mg 0 R 2

(2) 
2(R  h )
(4) Time period of a simple pendulum on the Earth
would decrease 2mg0 R 2
(3)
7. The acceleration due to gravity at a height 1 km Rh
above the earth is the same as at a depth d below 2mg0 R 2
the surface of earth. Then [NEET-2017] (4) 
Rh
1 11. At what height from the surface of earth the
(1) d  km
2 gravitation potential and the value of g are
(2) d = 1 km –5.4 × 107 J kg–1 and 6.0 m s–2 respectively? Take
the radius of earth as 6400 km [NEET-2016]
3
(3) d  km (1) 2000 km
2
(2) 2600 km
(4) d = 2 km
(3) 1600 km
8. Two astronauts are floating in gravitational free
space after having lost contact with their (4) 1400 km
spaceship. The two will [NEET-2017] 12. The ratio of escape velocity at earth (ve) to the
escape velocity at a planet (vp) whose radius and
(1) Keep floating at the same distance between
mean density are twice as that of earth is
them
[NEET-2016]
(2) Move towards each other
(1) 1: 2
(3) Move away from each other
(2) 1 : 2
(4) Will become stationary
(3) 1: 2 2
9. Starting from the centre of the earth having radius
(4) 1 : 4
R, the variation of g (acceleration due to gravity) is
shown by [NEET (Phase-2) 2016] 13. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around
the earth. The mass of the satellite is very small
compared to the mass of the earth. Then
g g [Re-AIPMT-2015]
(1) The acceleration of S is always directed
(1) (2)
towards the centre of the earth
O O
R r R r (2) The angular momentum of S about the centre
of the earth changes in direction, but its
magnitude remains constant
g g (3) The total mechanical energy of S varies
periodically with time
(3) (4)
(4) The linear momentum of S remains constant in
O O
R r R r magnitude

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 27
14. A remote-sensing satellite of earth revolves in a 18. A body of mass m is taken from the earth’s surface
circular orbit at a height of 0.25 × 106 m above the to the height equal to twice the radius (R) of the
surface of earth. If earth's radius is 6.38 × 106 m earth. The change in potential energy of body will
and g = 9.8 m s–2, then the orbital speed of the be [NEET-2013]
satellite is [Re-AIPMT-2015]
2
(1) 6.67 km s–1 (1) mgR
3
(2) 7.76 km s–1
(2) 3mgR
(3) 8.56 km s–1
1
(4) 9.13 km s–1 (3) mgR
3
15. Kepler's third law states that square of period of
(4) mg2R
revolution (T) of a planet around the sun, is
proportional to third power of average distance r 19. Infinite number of bodies, each of mass 2 kg are
between sun and planet, i.e., T2 = Kr3, here K is situated on x-axis at distances 1 m, 2 m, 4 m,
constant. If the masses of sun and planet are M 8 m, ....., respectively, from the origin. The resulting
and m respectively then as per Newton's law of gravitational potential due to this system at the
gravitation force of attraction between them is origin will be [NEET-2013]
GMm
F , here G is gravitational constant. The 8
r2 (1) – G
relation between G and K is described as 3

[AIPMT-2015] 4
(2) – G
1 3
(1) K  (2) GK = 42
G (3) – 4G
(3) GMK = 42 (4) K = G (4) – G
16. A black hole is an object whose gravitational field 20. A spherical planet has a mass Mp and diameter Dp.
is so strong that even light cannot escape from it. A particle of mass m falling freely near the surface
To what approximate radius would earth of this planet will experience an acceleration due
(mass = 5.98 × 1024 kg) have to be compresed to to gravity, equal to [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
be a black hole? [AIPMT-2014]
(1) GMp / Dp2 (2) 4GMpm / Dp2
(1) 10–9 m (2) 10–6 m
(3) 4GMp / Dp2 (4) GMpm / Dp2
(3) 10–2 m (4) 100 m
21. A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a
height of 5R above that surface of the earth, R being
17. Dependence of intensity of gravitational field ( E ) of
the radius of the earth. The time period of another
earth with distance (r) from centre of earth is
correctly respresented by [AIPMT-2014] satellite in hours at a height of 2R from the surface
of the earth is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]

E E 6
(1) 6 2 (2)
R 2
O r O r
(1) (2) R
(3) 5 (4) 10
22. The height at which the weight of a body becomes
1
th, its weight on the surface of earth (radius R),
E E 16
R is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2012]
O r O r
(3) (4) R (1) 3R (2) 4R
(3) 5R (4) 15R

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
28 Gravitation NEET

23. If ve is escape velocity and vo is orbital velocity of a 27. A particle of mass m is thrown upwards from the
satellite for orbit close to the earth’s surface, then surface of the earth, with a velocity u. The mass and
these are related by [AIPMT (Mains)-2012] the radius of the earth are, respectively, M and R. G
is gravitational constant and g is acceleration due to
(1) v o  2 v e (2) vo = ve gravity on the surface of the earth. The minimum
value of u so that the particle does not return back
(3) v e  2 v o (4) v e  2 v o to earth, is [AIPMT (Mains)-2011]

2GM
24. Which one of the following plots represents the (1) 2gR 2 (2)
variation of gravitational field with distance r due to R2
a thin spherical shell of radius R? (r is measured 2gM
2GM
from the centre of the spherical shell) (3) (4)
R R2
[AIPMT (Mains)-2012]
28. The radii of circular orbits of two satellites A and B
of the earth, are 4R and R, respectively. If the speed
F F of satellite A is 3v, then the speed of satellite B will
be [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]

(1) (2) 3v
(1) (2) 6v
O O 4
R r R r
3v
(3) 12v (4)
F F 2
29. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of a
spherical shell of same mass and radius a. The
(3) (4)
a
O O gravitational potential at a point situated at
R r R r 2
distance from the centre, will be
25. A planet moving along an elliptical orbit is closest
to the sun at a distance r1 and farthest away at a [AIPMT (Prelims)-2010]
distance of r2. If v1 and v2 are the linear velocities
3GM 2GM
v1 (1)  (2) 
a a
at these points respectively, then the ratio v is
2
GM 4GM
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2011] (3)  (4) 
a a
2
r1  r1  30. The additional kinetic energy to be provided to a
(1) r (2)  
2  r2  satellite of mass m revolving around a planet of
mass M, to transfer it from a circular orbit of radius
2
r2  r2  R1 to another of radius R2 (R2 > R1) is
(3) r (4)  
1  r1  [AIPMT (Mains)-2010]

26. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of a  1 1 

(1) GmM  2  2 
spherical shell of same mass and radius a. The
 R1 R2 
magnitude of the gravitational potential at a point
a  1 1 
situated at distance from the centre, will be (2) GmM   
2  R1 R2 
[AIPMT (Mains)-2011]
 1 1 
4GM GM (3) 2GmM   
(1) (2)  R1 R2 
a a
1  1 1 
2GM 3GM (4) GmM   
(3)
a
(4)
a 2  R1 R2 
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 29
31. The dependence of acceleration due to gravity g on 34. The Earth is assumed to be a sphere of radius R.
the distance r from the centre of the earth, assumed A platform is arranged at a height R from the
to be a sphere of radius R of uniform density is as surface of the Earth. The escape velocity of a body
shown in figures below from this platform is fv, where v is its escape
velocity from the surface of the Earth. The value of
f is [AIPMT (Prelims)-2006]

1
g g (1) 2 (2)
2
(a) (b)
r r
R R 1 1
(3) (4)
3 2
35. Imagine a new planet having the same density as
that of earth but it is 3 times bigger than the earth
g
(d) g
in size. If the acceleration due to gravity on the
(c)
surface of earth is g and that on the surface of the
r r new planet is g’, then [AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
R R
g
The correct figure is [AIPMT (Mains)-2010] (1) g= 3g (2) g=
9
(1) (d) (2) (a)
(3) g= 9g (4) g= 27g
(3) (b) (4) (c)
36. For a satellite moving in an orbit around the earth,
32. The figure shows elliptical orbit of a planet m about the ratio of kinetic energy to potential energy is :
the sun S. The shaded area SCD is twice the
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2005]
shaded area SAB. If t1 is the time for the planet to
move from C to D and t2 is the time to move from A 1
(1) 2 (2)
to B then 2
m v 1
C
(3)
2
(4) 2
B
Questions asked Prior to Medical Ent. Exams. 2005
S
A D 37. The radius of a planet is twice the radius of earth.
Both have almost equal average mass-densities. If
[AIPMT (Prelims)-2009] vP and vE are escape velocities of the planet and
the earth, respectively, then
(1) t1 = 4t2
(1) vE = 1.5vP (2) vP = 1.5vE
(2) t1 = 2t2
(3) vP = 2vE (4) vE = 3vP
(3) t1 = t2
38. A particle of mass 'm' is kept at rest at a height
(4) t1 > t2 3R from the surface of earth, where 'R' is radius of
33. Two satellites of earth S1 and S2 are moving in the earth and 'M' is mass of earth. The minimum
same orbit. The mass of S1 is four times the mass speed with which it should be projected, so that it
of S2. Which one of the following statements is does not return back, is
true? [AIPMT (Prelims)-2007] (g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of
(1) The potential energies of earth and satellite in earth)
the two cases are equal 1 1
 GM  2  GM  2
(2) S1 and S2 are moving with the same speed (1)   (2)  
 R   2R 
(3) The kinetic energies of the two satellites are
1 1
equal  gR  2  2g  2
(3)   (4)  
(4) The time period of S1 is four times that of S2  4   R 

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
30 Gravitation NEET

39. Which of the following graphs shows the variation 43. The radius of earth is about 6400 km and that of
of acceleration due to gravity g with depth h from Mars is 3200 km. The mass of the earth is about
the surface of the earth? 10 times the mass of Mars. An object weighs
200 N on the surface of Earth. Its weight on the
(a) (b)
surface of mars will be
(1) 20 N (2) 8 N
g g
(3) 80 N (4) 40 N
44. The earth (mass = 6 × 1024 kg) revolves around
h the sun with an angular velocity of 2 × 10–7 rad/s
h
in a circular orbit of radius 1.5 × 108 km. The force
(c) (d) exerted by the sun on the earth, in newtons, is
(1) 36 × 1021 (2) 27 × 1039

g g (3) Zero (4) 18 × 1025

45. Two particles of equal mass m go around a circle
of radius R under the action of their mutual
h h gravitational attraction. The speed v of each
particle is
(1) (a) (2) (b)
(3) (c) (4) (d) 1 Gm 4Gm
(1) (2)
40. At what altitude (h) above the earth’s surface would 2 R R
the acceleration due to gravity be one fourth of its
value at the earth’s surface? 1 1 Gm
(3) (4)
2R Gm 2R
(1) h = R
46. The acceleration due to gravity g and mean
(2) h = 4R
density of the earth  are related by which of the
(3) h = 2R following relations? (where G is the gravitational
(4) h = 16R constant and R is the radius of the earth.)

41. If the gravitational force between two objects were 3g 3g

(1)   (2)  
proportional to 1/R (and not as 1/R2), where R is 4 GR 4 GR 3
the distance between them, then a particle in a
circular path (under such a force) would have its 4 gR 2 4 gR 3
orbital speed v, proportional to (3)   (4)  
3G 3G
(1) R 47. What will be the formula of mass of the earth in
(2) R0 (independent of R) terms of g, R and G?

1 R R2
(3) (1) G (2) g
R2 g G
1 2 R R
(4) (3) g (4) G
R G g2
42. The distance of two planets from the sun are 48. The period of revolution of planet A around the sun
1013 m and 1012 m respectively. The ratio of time is 8 times that of B. The distance of A from the
periods of the planets is sun is how many times greater than that of B
from the sun?
(1) 10 : 1
(1) 4

(2) 10 10 : 1 (2) 5
(3) 2
(3) 10 : 1
(4) 3
(4) 1 : 1
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 31
49. The escape velocity of a body on the surface of 55. The acceleration due to gravity on a planet A is
the earth is 11.2 km/s. If the earth’s mass 9 times the acceleration due to gravity on planet
increases to twice its present value and radius of B. A man jumps to a height of 2 m on the surface
the earth becomes half, the escape velocity of A. What is the height of jump by the same
becomes person on the planet B?
(1) 22.4 km/s
(1) 2/9 m (2) 18 m
(2) 44.8 km/s
(3) 6 m (4) 2/3 m
(3) 5.6 km/s
56. Two spheres of masses m and M are situated in
(4) 11.2 km/s
air and the gravitational force between them is F.
50. The escape velocity of a sphere of mass m from The space around the masses is now filled with a
the surface of earth is given by (G = Universal liquid of specific gravity 3. The gravitational force
gravitational constant; M= Mass of the earth and will now be
Re = Radius of the earth)
(1) 3F
2GMm 2GM
(1) Re (2) Re (2) F
(3) F / 3
GM 2GM  R e
(3) Re (4) Re (4) F / 9
51. A body of weight 72 N moves from the surface of 57. The density of a newly discovered planet is twice
earth at a height half of the radius of earth, then that of earth. The acceleration due to gravity at the
gravitational force exerted on it will be surface of the planet is equal to that at the surface
of the earth. If the radius of the earth is R, then
(1) 36 N (2) 32 N
the radius of the planet would be
(3) 144 N (4) 50 N
(1) 2R (2) 4R
52. A planet has mass equal to mass of the earth but
radius one fourth of radius of the earth. Then 1 1
(3) R (4) R
escape velocity at the surface of this planet will be 4 2
(1) 11.2 km/s (2) 22.4 km/s 58. A ball is dropped from a spacecraft revolving
(3) 5.6 km/s (4) 44.8 km/s around the earth at a height of 120 km. What will
happen to the ball?
53. With what velocity should a particle be projected so
that its height becomes equal to radius of earth? (1) It will fall down to the earth gradually
1/ 2 1/ 2 (2) It will go very far in the space
 GM   8GM 
(1)   (2)   (3) It will continue to move with the same speed
 R   R 
along the original orbit of spacecraft
1/ 2 1/ 2
 2GM   4GM 
(3)   (4)   (4) It will move with the same speed, tangentially
 R   R 
to the spacecraft
54. A body of mass m is placed on earth surface
which is taken from earth surface to a height of SECTION - D
h = 3R, then change in gravitational potential
energy is NEET Booster Questions

mgR 1. If g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of

(1) the earth, G is universal gravitational constant and
4
R is radius of the earth then mean density  of the
2 mgR earth can be expressed as
(2)
3
3G 3g
3 mgR (1) (2)
(3)
4 4gR 4GR
mgR 4g 4G
(4) (3) (4)
2 3 GR 3gR
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
32 Gravitation NEET

2. If a body is projected vertically upwards with 9. A satellite is revolving round the earth with the
velocity v = Nve, where N < 1 and ve is escape orbital speed v0. If suddenly its speed becomes
velocity from the surface of the earth, then 2v0, then it will
maximum altitude h attained by the body is given
(1) Move in elliptical path
as (R : Radius of the earth)
(2) Move in circular path
R RN 2
(1) (2) (3) Have parabolic escape
1  N2 1  N2
(4) Have hyperbolic escape
RN R
(3) (4) 10. If R is radius of the earth and g is acceleration due
1 N 1 N
to gravity on the surface of the earth, then the time
3. A satellite rotating very close to the surface of the period of rotation of the earth so that a body kept
earth has approximate linear speed equal to on equator feels weightless is
(1) 5 km/s (2) 6 km/s
R R
(3) 7 km/s (4) 8 km/s (1)  (2) 2
g g
4. If R is radius of the earth then approximate altitude
of a geosynchronus satellite is R 1 R
(3) 4 (4)
(1) 4R (2) 6R g 2 g
(3) 8R (4) 9R 11. If g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of
the earth and a particle of mass m is raised up by
5. If a planet of mass M has angular momentum L
about sun, then its areal speed is given by R
an altitude h = , where R is radius of the earth,
L L 3
(1) (2)
M 2M then the potential energy increase of the particle is
2L L mgh
(3) (4) (1) mgh (2)
M 4M 3
6. In a model of universe, two particles each of mass mgh 3mgh
M are revolving in a circle of radius R under mutual (3) (4)
4 4
gravitational attraction. Their linear speed are
12. A particle is thrown vertically up at a speed 2ve,
GM GM where ve is escape speed from the surface of the
(1) (2)
R 2R earth then its left over speed in the interstellar
space at infinity will be
GM 2GM
(3) (4)
4R R (1) ve (2) 2 ve
7. If acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the
earth is g then its value at an altitude equal to ve
radius of the earth R is (3) 3 ve (4)
2
g 13. Assume that the gravitational force is proportional
(1) g (2)
2 to rn then time period of an orbiting object will be
g g proportional to
(3) (4)
4 8 (1) r(1 – n) (2) r (1  n )/2
8. A particle is thrown vertically up from the surface
(3) r(n – 1) (4) r(n – 1)/2
of the earth at a very large speed equal togR ,
14. If the altitude of a rotating satellite is decreased,
where g is acceleration due to gravity on the then its
surface of the earth of radius R, then maximum
altitude attained by the particle is (1) Total mechanical energy increases

R (2) Potential energy increases

(1) (2) R
2 (3) Kinetic energy increases
(3) 2R (4) 4R (4) All of these
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 33
15. Variation of magnitude of gravitational field E with 20. With what angular velocity, the earth should spin
distance r from the centre of a solid sphere of in order that a body lying at 30° latitude may
mass M and radius R is best shown as become weightless (R is radius of earth and g is
acceleration due to gravity)
E E
2g g
(1) (2)
3R R
(1) (2)
g 4g
r r (3) (4)
O R O R 3R 3R
21. Three point masses, M each, are moving in a
E E
circle, each with a speed v, under their mutual
gravitational attractive force. The distance between
any two masses must be
(3) (4)
2GM 3GM
O r r (1) (2)
R O R v2 v2
16. Two particles each of mass m kg are placed at P
3G 3 GM
and Q such that PO = OQ = L. The gravitational (3) (4)
force experienced by another M kg mass placed at v 2
v2
R, where OR = L is 22. What is the minimum energy required to launch a
satellite of mass m from the surface of a planet of
M R mass M and radius R in a circular orbit at an
L altitude of 2R?
m m GMm 5GMm
P L O L Q (1) (2)
3R 6R
GMm 2GMm GMm
(1) Zero (2) along RO (3) (4)
2L2 3R 2R
GMm GMm 23. How much deep inside the earth should a man go
(3) along OP (4) along OQ so that his weight becomes one-fourth of that at a
2L2 L2
point which is at a height R above the surface of
17. A planet moves around the sun in an elliptical orbit earth? (R = Radius of earth)
of eccentricity e. If v is the velocity at perihelion,
then the velocity of planet at aphelion is given by R 15R
(1) (2)
4 16
 1 e   1– e  3R R
(1)  v (2)  v
1– e  1 e  (3) (4)
4 2
 e  24. At what distance from the centre of the moon is
(3)  v (4) v the point at which the resultant gravitational field
1 e 
due to moon and earth is equal to zero? The
18. The value of acceleration due to gravity will be 1% earth’s mass is 81 times that of moon and the
of its value at the surface of earth at a height of distance between their centres is 60R where R is
(Re = 6400 km) radius of earth
(1) 6400 km (2) 57600 km (1) 6R (2) 4R
(3) 2560 km (4) 8400 km (3) 3R (4) 5R
19. Which of the following statement is correct about 25. If the gravitational force between the planet and the
a satellite moving around a planet in circular orbit? sun were proportional to R–5/2, then T would be
proportional to
(1) Its time period is proportional to cube of radius
7 3
(2) Its linear momentum is conserved
(1) R 4 (2) R 5
(3) Its areal velocity is constant 7 3

(4) Its mechanical energy decreases (3) R 2 (4) R 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
34 Gravitation NEET

26. A particle is fired vertically upward from earth’s 33. Consider a planet moving around a star in an
surface and it goes up to a height equal to earth’s elliptical orbit with period T. The area of the elliptical
radius. Find the initial speed of the particle (Radius orbit is proportional to
of earth = 6400 km)
(1) T4/3 (2) T
(1) 6 km/s (2) 7.9 km/s
2/3
(3) T (4) T 1/2
(3) 8.4 km/s (4) 5.2 km/s
27. A particle is fired vertically upward with a speed of 34. If all objects on the equator of earth feel weightless
15 km/s. With what speed will it move in then the duration of the day will nearly become
interstellar space? (1) 6.2 h (2) 4.4 h
(1) Zero (2) 7 km/s
(3) 2.2 h (4) 1.41 h
(3) 5 km/s (4) 10 km/s
35. A satellite of mass m is revolving close to surface
28. A uniform solid sphere of mass M and radius R is of a planet of density d with time period T. The
surrounded symmetrically by a uniform thin value of universal gravitational constant on planet is
spherical shell of equal mass and radius 2R. The given by
3
value of gravitational potential at a distance R (1) 2d2T (2) dT2
2
from the centre is
1 3
2 GM 5 GM (3) (4)
(1) – (2) –
2
d T dT 2
3 R 6 R
36. If gravitational field intensity is E at distance R/2
4 GM 7 GM
(3) – (4) – outside from then surface of a thin shell of radius
3 R 6 R R, the gravitational field intensity at distance R/2
29. The ratio of kinetic energy of a planet at perigee from its centre is
and apogee during its motion around the sun in
(1) Zero (2) 2E
elliptical orbit of eccentricity e is
1 e 2E 3E
(1) 1 : e (2) (3) (4)
1 e 3 2
2 2 37. If acceleration due to gravity at distance d[< R]
 1 e   1 e 
(3)   (4)   from the centre of earth is , then its value at
 1 e   1 e  distance d above the surface of earth will be [where
30. An earth satellite X is revolving around earth in an R is radius of earth]
orbit whose radius is one-fourth the radius of orbit of
a communication satellite. Time period of revolution R 2 R
(1) 3
(2)
of X is (R  d ) 2d
(1) 3 h (2) 6 h
d R 3
(3) 4 days (4) 72 days (3) 2 (4)
(R  d ) d (R  d )2
31. Two satellites of equal mass are revolving around
38. Gravitational potential in a region is given by
earth in elliptical orbits of different semi-major axis.
V = –(x + y + z) J/kg. Find the gravitational intensity
If their angular momenta about earth centre are in
at (2, 2, 2)
the ratio 3 : 4 then ratio of their areal velocity is

3 2 (1) (iˆ  jˆ  kˆ ) N/kg (2) 2(iˆ  jˆ  kˆ ) N/kg

(1) (2)
4 3
(3) 3(iˆ  jˆ  kˆ ) N/kg (4) 4(iˆ  jˆ  kˆ ) N/kg
1 4
(3) (4)
3 3 39. A body weighs 72 N on surface of the earth. When it
32. When a satellite moves around the earth in a certain is taken to a height of h = 2R, where R is radius of
orbit, the quantity which remains constant is earth, it would weigh
(1) Angular velocity (2) Kinetic energy (1) 36 N (2) 18 N
(3) Areal velocity (4) Potential energy (3) 9 N (4) 8 N

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Gravitation 35
40. A body is projected vertically upwards with a speed 45. If radius of an orbiting satellite is decreased, then its
kinetic energy
GM
of (M is mass and R is radius of earth). The (1) And potential energy decrease
R
(2) And potential energy increase
body will attain a height of
(3) Decreases and potential energy increases
R
(1) (2) R (4) Increases and potential energy decreases
2
46. Two point masses having mass M and 4M are
5 3R
(3) R (4) placed at distance r. The gravitational potential at
4 2 a point, where gravitational field intensity zero is
41. If the gravitational potential energy of two point
9GM 2GM
masses infinitely away is taken to be zero then (1) (2)
gravitational potential energy of a galaxy is r 3r

(1) Zero (2) Positive 3GM 6GM

(3) (4)
r 5r
(3) Negative (4) Can have any value
47. If potential at the surface of earth is assigned zero
42. A particle of mass m is dropped from a height
value, then potential at centre of earth will be
R equal to the radius of the earth above the tunnel
(Mass = M, Radius = R)
dug through the earth as shown in the figure. Hence
the correct statement is GM
(1) 0 (2) 
m 2R
R 3GM 3GM
(3)  (4)
2R 2R
48. If potential energy of a body of mass m on the
R surface of earth is taken as zero then its potential
energy at height h above the surface of earth is [R
C
is radius of earth and M is mass of earth]
GMm GMm
(1) (2)
(1) Particle will oscillate through the earth to a height Rh h
h = R on both sides GMmh GMmh
(3) (4)
(2) Motion of the particle is periodic R (R  h ) h  2R
(3) Motion of the particle is simple harmonic 49. A particle is projected vertically up with velocity
(4) Both (1) & (2) 4g R e
v from earth surface. The velocity of
43. The particles A and B of mass m each are separated 3
by a distance r. Another particle C of mass M is particle at height equal to half of the maximum
placed at the midpoint of A and B. Find the work height reached by it
done in taking C to a point equidistant r from A and
B without acceleration (G = Gravitational constant g Re g Re
(1) (2)
and only gravitational interaction between A, B and 2 3
C is considered)
2g Re
GMm 2GMm (3) g Re (4)
(1) (2) 3
r r
50. The orbital speed of a satellite revolving around a
3GMm 4GMm planet in a circular orbit is v 0. If its speed is
(3) (4)
r r increased by 10%, then
44. The magnitude of potential energy per unit mass of (1) It will escape from its orbit
an object at the surface of earth is E, then the
(2) It will start rotating in an elliptical orbit
escape velocity of the object is
(3) It will continue to move in the same orbit
(1) 2E (2) 4E2
(4) It will move in a circular orbit of radius 20%
(3) E (4) 2E more than radius of initial orbit
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
36 Gravitation NEET

51. If L is the angular momentum of a satellite revolving 53. When energy of a satellite-planet system is positive
around earth is a circular orbit of radius r with then satellite will
speed v, then
(1) Move around planet in circular orbit
(1) L  v
(2) Move around planet in elliptical orbit
(2) L  r
(3) Escape out with minimum speed
(3) L  r (4) Escape out with speed greater than escape
velocity
(4) L  v
54. An object is projected horizontally with speed
52. Two satellites of mass m and 2m are revolving in
1 GM
two circular orbits of radii r and 2r around an , from a point at height 3R [where R is
imaginary planet, on the surface of with 2 R
gravitational force is inversely proportional to radius and M is mass of earth, then object will]
distance from its centre. The ratio of orbital speed
(1) Fall back on surface of earth by following
of satellites is
parabolic path
(1) 1 : 1
(2) Fall back on surface of earth by following
(2) 1 : 2 hyperbolic path
(3) 2 : 1 (3) Start rotating around earth in a circular orbit
(4) 1: 2 (4) Escape from gravitational field of earth

‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
Chapter 9

Mechanical Properties of Solids

Chapter Contents

z Interatomic and INTERATOMIC AND INTERMOLECULAR FORCES

intermolecular forces (i) The force between atoms holding them together in a molecule is called
interatomic forces.
z Elasticity
(ii) The force between molecules of a substance is called intermolecular
z Hooke’s Law force.

z Stress-Strain Curve U F

z Elastic Moduli
z Poisson’s Ratio r0
r r0 r
Umin

Both interatomic and intermolecular forces can be attractive as well as

repulsive. Their nature depends upon interatomic or intermolecular
separation. The above graphs shows the variation of potential energy and
force with interatomic or intermolecular separation.
(iii) For r = , F = 0, U = 0
(iv) r > r0, F is attractive, as r decreases from  to r0, potential energy
decreases.
(v) r = r0, potential energy U = Minimum, F = 0. This is stable equilibrium
position.
(vi) r < r0, F is repulsive, as r decreases from r0 to 0, potential energy
increases.

ELASTICITY
Property of material of body by which it tries to restore its original shape
on removing the deforming force is called elasticity.
z Stress : The restoring force developed per unit area is called stress
Restoring force F
Stress   unit – N/m2
Area A

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
38 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

Stress is of three types :

Longitudinal stress Volumetric stress Shear or tangential stress

A(area)
‘A’ (area) F
r
F L
l 
L
l

F  F  F
Longitudinal stress = Volumetric Stress = Lt   Tangential Stress or shear stress =
A A  0   A  A
z Strain
With in the elastic limit, ratio of change in configuration to original configuration called strain.
Change in configuration
Strain 
Original configuration
Strain is of three types
L
(i) Longitudinal strain =
L
V
(ii) Volumetric strain =
V
L
(iii) Shear strain  
L
Strain has no unit

HOOKE’S LAW

Within the proportional limit stress is directly proportional to strain.

Stress  strain
Stress
 Elastic constant
Strain

STRESS - STRAIN CURVE

Elastic limit or yield point

Plastic
deformation
Stress

c d
b
Fracture
Proportional point
limit a

Elastic Plastic
behaviour behaviour
Permanent
set
o <1% Strain 30%
Fig.: Typical stress-strain diagram for a
ductile metal under tension.
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 39
z Important points of stress - strain graph
(i) Point a upto which hook’s law is valid is called proportional limit.
(ii) Point b is called elastic limit.
(iii) The region of graph from o to b is called elastic region.
(iv) The region of graph from b to d is called plastic region.
(v) The material for which plastic region is small, is called brittle.
(vi) The material for which plastic region is large, is called ductile.
(vii) The slope of graph from o to a gives Young’s Modulus.

ELASTIC MODULI

Young’s Modulus (Y)

Longitudinal stress
Y
Longitudinal strain
L
F /A F
Y 
L / L

MgL
Y  L
r 2 L

Larger is the value of Young’s modulus more elastic will be material. Mg

z The elongation of heavy wire due to its own weight

Let L = length of the wire
M = mass of the wire

MgL gL2
L  
2 AY 2Y
where  is density of the material of the wire.

z Thermal Stress and Strain

When a rod of material of coefficient of linear expansion  is heated/cooled through a change of temperature
, its length L is increased/decreased by L = L 

L L
Thermal strain    , (If free to expand/contract)
L

F L
Thermal stress Y .  Y , where Y = Young’s modulus of the material of the rod.
A L

z Elastic potential energy

Suppose a wire of natural length L, and cross-sectional area A, is stretched slowly so that the stretching force
equals the tension in the wire. When the extension is x, the tension in the wire is F.

FL
Then Y 
Ax

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
40 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

AY
or, F x
L
The work done by the elastic force in a further extension dx is
AY
dW  Fdx  x dx
L
The total work by the elastic force in an extension 0 to L is
L
AY AY
W  
0
L
xdx 
2L
( L )2

This work is stored into the wire as its “elastic potential energy” (U).
AY
Hence U  W  ( L )2
2L
1  AYL  1
    L  F L
2 L  2

1
U (maximum stretching force) (extension) …(i)
2
1
Potential energy (or work) per unit volume  (stress) (strain) …(ii)
2

1
Potential energy (or work) per unit volume = Y  (strain)2 …(iii)
2
2
1  stress 
Potential energy (or work) per unit volume = …(iv)
2 Y
z Elastic Hysteresis
As a natural consequence of the elastic after-effect, the strain in the body tends to lag behind the stress
applied to the body so that during a rapidly changing stress, the strain is greater for the same value of stress.
This lag of strain behind the stress when body is unloaded is called elastic hysteresis.
B
Stress

O Strain
Fig.: Vulcanised rubber
Hence, some amount of energy is absorbed by the material in the cycle which appears as heat. The
magnitude of the energy absorbed per unit volume is proportional to the area bounded by the loop.
z Factors Affecting Elasticity
(i) Effect of Temperature : Almost for all materials, the modulus of elasticity decreases with the rise in
temperature, but the elasticity of invar remains unchanged with the change in temperature.
(ii) Effect of Impurities : The addition of impurities affects the elastic properties depending on whether
impurities are themselves more or less elastic. When carbon is added to iron, and potassium to gold,
their elasticities are strengthened.
(iii) Effect of Annealing : By annealing (i.e., heating and the cooling gradually) large crystal grains are
formed, and hence the elasticity of the material decreases.
(iv) Effect of Hammering and Rolling : By hammering and rolling, crystal grains break up into smaller units,
and hence the elasticity of the material increases.
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 41

Note :
(i) The unit of Y is the same as the unit of pressure.
(ii) The value of Y depends on the nature of the material.
(iii) Larger the value of Y for a material, more elastic it would be. For this reason, steel is more elastic
than rubber.
(iv) Young’s modulus is defined only for solids, not for liquids and gases.
(v) Young’s modulus for a perfectly rigid body is infinite.
(vi) Breaking stress does not depend on the cross-sectional area. It depends only on the material of
the wire.
(vii) Relation between interatomic force constant (K) and young’s modulus Y is K = Yr, where r is
interatomic distance.

Example 1 : A steel rod 2.0 m long has a cross-sectional area of 0.30 cm2. The rod is now hung by one end
from a support structure, and a 550 kg milling machine is hung from the rod’s lower end. Determine
the stress, the strain, and the elongation of the rod.

F (550 kg) (9.8 m/s2 )

Solution : Stress  
A 3.0  10 5 m2

 1.8  108 Pa

l Stress 1.8  108 Pa

Strain   
l0 Y 20  1010 Pa

 9.0  10 –4
Elongation = l
= (strain) × l0
= (9.0 × 10–4) (2.0 m)
= 1.8 mm

Example 2 : A structural steel rod has a radius of 10 mm and a length of 1.0 m. A 100 kN force stretches it
along its length. Calculate (a) stress, (b) elongation and (c) strain on the rod. Young’s modulus,
of structural steel is 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2.
Solution : We assume that the rod is held by a clamp at one end and the force F is applied at the other
end, parallel to the length of the rod. Then the stress on the rod is given by

F F 100  103 N
Stress   2   3.18  108 Nm2
A r 3.14  (102 )2 m2

(F /A)L 3.18  108 Nm2  1 m

The elongation, L  
Y 2  1011 Nm2
= 1.59 × 10–3 m = 1.59 mm
The strain is given by

L (1.59  103 m)
Strain  
L 1m
= 1.59 × 10–3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
42 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

Example 3 : The lengths of a metallic wire are L1 and L2 when the tensions in the wire are T1 and T2
respectively. Find the natural length of the wire.
Solution : Suppose L be the natural length of the wire
FL
We have Y 
AL
In the first case, F = T1, L = L1 – L
T1L
 Y  …(i)
A (L1  L )
In the second case, F = T2, L = L2 – L
T2L
 Y  …(ii)
A (L2  L )
From equations (i) and (ii), we get
T1L T2L

A (L1  L ) A (L2  L )
or, T1 (L2 – L) = T2 (L1 – L)
or, L (T2 – T1) = L1T2 – L2T1
L1T2  L2T1
or, L .
T2  T1

Example 4 : The stress-strain graph for a metallic wire is shown at two different temperatures, T1 and T2 which
temperature is high T1 or T2?
Strain
T1

T2

Stress

Solution : The slope of stress-strain curve with strain axis gives the value of Young’s modulus.
In the above graph strain is taken along y-axis. Therefore the slope of graph at temperature T1
is less than the slope of graph at temperature T2.
Now as we know with increase in temperature the value of modulus of elasticity decreases.
Therefore temperature T1 is greater than temperature T2.

EXERCISE
1. Breaking stress depends on
(1) Length of wire (2) Area of cross-section of wire
(3) Both (1) & (2) (4) Independent of length and area of cross-section
2. Which of the following is perfectly plastic?
(1) Plasticine (2) Quartz fibre
(3) Steel (4) Rubber
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 43
3. The length of an elastic string is X m when the tension is 8 N, and Y m when the tension is 10 N. The length
in metres when the tension is 18 N is
(1) 4X – 5Y (2) 5Y – 4X

(3) 9X – 4Y (4) 4Y – 9X
4. When a load of 10 kg is hung from the wire, then extension of 2 m is produced. Then work done by restoring
force is
(1) 200 J (2) 100 J

(3) 50 J (4) 25 J
5. Substances which can be elastically stretched to large value of strain are called
(1) Isomers
(2) Isodiapheres
(3) Plastomers
(4) Elastomers
6. A force F doubles the length of wire of cross-section a. The Young modulus of wire is

F F
(1) (2)
a 3a

F F
(3) (4)
2a 4a

7. Stress-strain curve for four metals are shown in figure. The maximum young modulus of elasticity is for metal

Strain
D
C
B
A

Stress

(1) A (2) B
(3) C (4) D
8. Breaking stress for a material is 2 
108 N/m2.
What maximum length of the wire of this material can be taken
so that the wire does not break by own weight? [Density of material = 5  103 kg/m3]
(1) 1 km (2) 2 km
(3) 3 km (4) 4 km
9. Young modulus of elasticity for a gas is
(1) Unity (2) Infinite
(3) Zero (4) None of these
10. If we add impurity into a matter then elasticity
(1) May change (2) Never changes
(3) Remains the same (4) Changes by a factor of 5

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
44 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

z Bulk Modulus
When the pressure on a body changes by a small amount p, from p0 to p0 + p, and the resulting Bulk strain
is V/V0, Hooke’s law takes the form

Normal stress p
B  (Bulk modulus)
Volume strain V /V0
Negative sign in this equation because an increase of pressure always causes a decrease in volume. In other
words, if p is positive, V is negative. The Bulk modulus B itself is a positive quantity.
The reciprocal of the Bulk modulus is called the compressibility and is denoted by K.

1 V /V0 1 V
K  
B p V0 p
Note :
1. Bulk modulus is defined for all solids, liquids and gases.
2. The values of B for solids are much larger than for liquids, and that for liquids are much larger
than for gases
Bsolid > Bliquid > Bgas.
3. Relation between Density, Pressure and Bulk Modulus

P
or,    This relation is true for small change.
B
4. For a perfectly rigid body B = .

Example 5 : A hydraulic press contains 0.25 m3 (250 L) of oil. Find the decrease in the volume of the oil when
it is subjected to a pressure increases p = 1.6 × 107 Pa. The bulk modulus of the oil is
1
B = 5.0 × 109 Pa and its compressibility is K   20  10 6 Pa 1
B

V0 p 0.25 m3  1.6  107 Pa

Solution : V  
B 5.0  109 Pa
V = –8.0 × 10–4 m3 = –0.80 L

V
Example 6 : The average depth of Indian Ocean is about 3000 m. Calculate the fractional compression, ,
V
of water at the bottom of the ocean, given that the bulk modulus of water is 2.2 × 109 Nm–2.
(take g = 10 m/s2)
Solution : The pressure exerted by a 3000 m column of water on the bottom layer
P = gh = 3000 m × 1000 kgm–3 × 10 ms–2
= 3 × 107 Nm–2
V
Fractional compression , is
V
V Stress (3  107 Nm2 )
 
V B (2.2  109 Nm2 )
= 1.36 × 10–2 or 1.36%

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 45
z Shear Modulus or Modulus of rigidity
If the forces are small enough that Hooke’s law obeyed, then the ratio of shear stress to shear strain is called
the shear modulus, denoted by G. It is also called the modulus of rigidity.

Shear stress F|| /A

G 
Shear strain L /L

F L A(area)
G F
A  L
Similarly, from equations
 L
L
F /A F
G 
 A
Shear modulus is defined for solids only.

Example 7 : A 4 cm cube has its upper face displaced by 0.1 mm by a tangential force of 8 kN. Calculate
the shear modulus of the cube.
Solution : Here, each side of the cube L = 4 cm
Area of the face over which the force is applied, a = L2 = 16 sq. cm
Displacement, L = 0.1 mm = 0.01 cm
Force applied, F = 8 kN = 8000 × 105 = 8 × 108 dyne

FL
As, G
a L

8  108  4
G = 2 × 1010 dyne/sq. cm
16  0.01

Example 8 : A square lead slab of side 50 cm and thickness 10.0 cm is subjected to a shearing force
(on its narrow face) of magnitude 9.0 × 104 N. The lower edge is riveted to the floor as shown in
figure. How much is the upper edge displaced, if the shear modulus of lead is 5.6 × 109 Pa?

50 cm

Solution : Here, L = 50 cm = 50 × 10–2 m, G = 5.6 × 109 Pa, F = 9.0 × 104 N

Area of the face on which force is applied, a = 50 × 10 = 500 sq. cm = 0.05 m2
If L is the displacement of the upper edge of the slab due to tangential force F applied, then

F /a FL 9  10 4  50  10 2
G or L  
L /L Ga 5.6  109  0.05

G = 1.6 × 10–4 m

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
46 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

Example 9 : A wire of length l and cross-sectional area A is suspended at one of its ends from a ceiling. What
will be its strain energy due to its own weight, if the density and Young’s modulus of the material
of the wire be d and Y?
Solution : Consider an elemental length of the wire of length dx, at a distance x from the lower end. This
length is acted upon by the external force equal to the weight of the portion of wire below
it = xAdg. In equilibrium, the restoring force F is xAdg.

F
Thus, stress   xdg Area = A
A
F
Now elastic potential energy stored in the elemental length will be
dx
1
dU = stress × strain × volume x
2 xAdg
1  stress 
  stress  volume
2  Y 

1 ( xdg )2
  Adx
2 Y

1 Ad 2 g 2 x 2
  dx
2 Y
L
 Total elastic potential energy   0 dU
L 1 d 2g 2 A 2
 x dx
0 2 Y

d 2 g 2 AL3

6Y

Example 10 : A steel wire 4.0 m in length is stretched through 2.0 mm. The cross-sectional area of the wire is
2.0 mm2. If Young’s modulus of steel is 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2. Find
(i) The energy density of wire.
(ii) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire.
Solution : Here, l = 4.0 m, l = 2 × 10–3 m, a = 2.0 × 10–6 m2, Y = 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2
(i) The energy density of stretched wire
U 1
 stress  strain
Volume 2
1
  Y  (strain)2
2
2
1  2  103 
  2.0  1011 Nm2   
2  4 
= 2.5 × 104 J/m3
(ii) Elastic potential energy = energy density × volume
= (2.5 × 104 J/m3) × (8.0 × 10–6 m3)
= 0.20 J

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 47

Example 11 : A 45 kg boy whose leg bones are 5 cm2 in area and 50 cm long falls through a height of 2 m
without breaking his leg bones. If the bones can stand a stress of 0.9 × 108 Nm–2, calculate the
Young’s modulus for the material of the bone. Use g = 10 ms–2.
Solution : Here, m = 45 kg, h = 2 m, L = 0.50 m, A = 5 × 10–4 m2
Loss in gravitational potential energy = gain in elastic potential energy in both leg bones

1 
So, mgh  2   stress  strain  volume
2 

1 
 45  10  2  2    0.9  108  strain  2.5  104 
 2 

Strain = 0.04

Stress 0.9  108

 Y    2.25  109 Nm2
Strain 0.04

EXERCISE

11. Elasticity of a rigid body is

(1) Unity (2) Zero
(3) Infinite (4) Can’t predict
12. A force F is tangentially applied on the upper face of a cube of side b and whose lower face is fixed. If modulus
of rigidity is G, then upper surface of cube is shifted to

F G
(1) (2)
Gb Fb
Gb Fb
(3) (4)
F G
13. A rubber ball is taken to depth 1 km inside water so that its volume reduces by 0.05%. What is the bulk
modulus for rubber?
(1) 2  108 N/m2 (2) 2  109 N/m2
(3) 2  1010 N/m2 (4) 2  1011 N/m2
14. In case of liquids
(1) Only bulk modulus is defined
(2) Only bulk modulus and Young’s modulus are defined
(3) Only bulk modulus and shear modulus are defined
(4) All the three modulii (Bulk, Young’s and Shear) are defined
15. Elastic forces
(1) Are always conservative (2) Are not always conservative
(3) Are never conservative (4) None of these
16. Isothermal elasticity of an ideal gas is
(1) P (2) P
(3) Zero (4) 
(where P denotes the pressure)
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
48 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

Note :
z A solid possesses all the three modulii of elasticity Y, B or .
z A liquid or gas possesses a finite value of only B.
z For a gas, B depends on the processes by which gas expands/compresses.

dP
B
dV / V
(i) For isothermal process B=P
(ii) For adiabatic process B = P
(iii) For isobaric process B=0
(iv) For isochoric process B= 

Fl YA
z For a wire Y   F l
Al l
i.e. a wire behaves like a spring with spring constant

YA  1
K   i .e., K  l 
l  
z When a wire is stretched by applying an external force F and l is extension produced, then
(i) Work done by external force = Fl

1
(ii) Work done against restoring force = F l
2

1
(iii) Heat produced = F l
2

1
(iv) Elastic potential energy stored = F l
2

1 F l 1 F l
Energy density U  
2 volume 2 Al

1 1 (stress)2 1
= stress × strain =  Y (strain)2
2 2 Y 2
z In case of bending of beam of length L, breadth b, and depth d, by a load
Mg at middle

MgL3
Depression   
4Ybd 3
Mg

Torsion of a Cylinder or Twisting of a Wire :

In the figure,
l = Length of the cylinder
r = Radius of the cylinder
 = Angle of twist
 = Angle of shear

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 49
F = Tangential force applied at the free end
Fixed end
G = Modulus of rigidity
 = Restoring torque
O A

c = Restoring couple per unit twist

r r 
l
(i) BB = l = r or  
l

Gr 4 Gr 4
(ii)   = c, where c 
2l 2l O
4 B B
1 2 Gr 2
(iii) Work done in twisting through  is W  c    F
2 4l
For a hollow cylinder of inner and outer radii r1 and r2, the restoring couple per unit twist is

G(r24  r14 )
c 
2l
c r24  r14 (r22  r12 )(r22  r12 )
  
c r4 r4
If mass of solid cylinder = mass of hollow cylinder
r2l = (r22 – r12)l or, r2 = (r22 – r12)

c  r22  r12
   1 . Hence hollow cylinder is stronger than solid cylinder of same mass and lengths
c r22  r12

Example 12 : A structural steel rod has a radius of 10 mm and a length of 1.0 m. A 100 kN force stretches it
along its length. Calculate (a) stress, (b) elongation and (c) strain on the rod. Young’s modulus,
of structural steel is 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2.
Solution : We assume that the rod is held by a clamp at one end and the force F is applied at the other
end, parallel to the length of the rod. Then the stress on the rod is given by

F F 100  103 N
Stress   2   3.18  108 Nm2
A r 3.14  (102 )2 m2

(F /A)L 3.18  108 Nm2  1 m

The elongation, L  
Y 2  1011 Nm2
= 1.59 × 10–3 m = 1.59 mm
The strain is given by
L (1.59  103 m)
Strain  
L 1m
= 1.59 × 10–3

Example 13 : The lengths of a metallic wire are L1 and L2 when the tensions in the wire are T1 and T2
respectively. Find the natural length of the wire.
Solution : Suppose L be the natural length of the wire

FL
We have Y 
AL
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
50 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

In the first case, F = T1, L = L1 – L

T1L
 Y  …(i)
A (L1  L )

In the second case, F = T2, L = L2 – L

T2L
 Y  …(ii)
A (L2  L )

From equations (i) and (ii), we get

T1L T2L

A (L1  L ) A (L2  L )

or, T1 (L2 – L) = T2 (L1 – L)

or, L (T2 – T1) = L1T2 – L2T1

L1T2  L2T1
or, L .
T2  T1

Example 14 : A 4 cm cube has its upper face displaced by 0.1 mm by a tangential force of 8 kN. Calculate
the shear modulus of the cube.
Solution : Here, each side of the cube L = 4 cm

Area of the face over which the force is applied, a = L2 = 16 sq. cm

Displacement, L = 0.1 mm = 0.01 cm

Force applied, F = 8 kN = 8000 × 105 = 8 × 108 dyne

FL
As, G
a L

8  108  4
G = 2 × 1010 dyne/sq. cm
16  0.01

V
Example 15 : The average depth of Indian Ocean is about 3000 m. Calculate the fractional compression, ,
V
of water at the bottom of the ocean, given that the bulk modulus of water is 2.2 × 109 Nm–2.
(take g = 10 m/s2)
Solution : The pressure exerted by a 3000 m column of water on the bottom layer
P = gh = 3000 m × 1000 kgm–3 × 10 ms–2
= 3 × 107 Nm–2
V
Fractional compression , is
V
V Stress (3  107 Nm2 )
 
V B (2.2  109 Nm2 )
= 1.36 × 10–2 or 1.36%

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 51

Example 16 : A steel wire 4.0 m in length is stretched through 2.0 mm. The cross-sectional area of the wire is
2.0 mm2. If Young’s modulus of steel is 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2. Find
(i) The energy density of wire.
(ii) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire.
Solution : Here, l = 4.0 m, l = 2 × 10–3 m, a = 2.0 × 10–6 m2, Y = 2.0 × 1011 Nm–2
(i) The energy density of stretched wire
U 1
 stress  strain
Volume 2
1
  Y  (strain)2
2
2
1  2  103 
  2.0  1011 Nm2   
2  4 
= 2.5 × 104 J/m3
(ii) Elastic potential energy = energy density × volume
= (2.5 × 104 J/m3) × (8.0 × 10–6 m3)
= 0.20 J

POISSON’S RATIO
l
Longitudinal strain =
l R R – R
F F
R
Lateral strain = 
R
R
l
Poisson’s ratio,    R
l
l + l
l
(i) Theoretically – 1   0.5
(ii) Practically 0  0.5
(iii) When density of material is constant,  = 0.5

‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment

Assignment
5. Choose the correct relation for compressibility K of
SECTION - A
a material (Symbols have their usual meanings)
NCERT Based MCQs
[NCERT Pg. 242]
1. The slope of the stress versus strain graph for a
given material is called [NCERT Pg. 238] 1 1
(1) K  (2) K 
(1) Modulus of elasticity Y B

(2) Poisson’s ratio 1 B

(3) K  (4) K 
(3) Elastic potential energy  Y

(4) Elastic fatigue 6. In the given figure, if the dimensions of the two
wires A and B are same but materials are different
2. A vertically downward force F is applied on a light then Young’s modulus is [NCERT Pg. 239]
wire of length l, cross-sectional area A and
Stress B
Young’s modulus Y as shown in the figure. The
extension in length of the rod will be A
[NCERT Pg. 239]
O Strain

(1) More for B than A

l
(2) More for A than B
(3) Equal for both A and B
A
(4) Both (1) and (2)
F
7. The SI unit of Bulk modulus is same as
FA Fl
(1) (2) [NCERT Pg. 242]
Yl AY
Yl FY (1) Young’s modulus (2) Stress
(3) (4)
FA Al (3) Poission’s ratio (4) Both (1) and (2)
3. A steel wire of length 10.0 m is stretched through 8. Total elastic potential energy stored in a stretched
1.0 mm. The cross-sectional area of the wire is wire of length I, cross-sectional area A and
4 mm2. The energy density of the wire is (Young’s Young’s modulus Y fixed at one end is
modulus of wire = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2)
[NCERT Pg. 244]
[NCERT Pg. 244]
(1) 2 × 103 J/m3 (2) 5 × 103 J/m3 1 Stress
(1) × × Volume
2 Strain
(3) 103 J/m3 (4) 5 × 102 J/m3
4. The SI unit of stress is same as the SI unit of 1
(2) × Stress × Strain
[NCERT Pg. 238] 2

(1) Strain 1
(3) × Stress× Strain × Volume
(2) Modulus of elasticity 2
(3) Pressure 1
×  Strain × Volume
2
(4)
(4) Both (2) & (3) 2
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 53
5. A steel ring of radius 10 cm and cross-section area
SECTION - B
1 cm2 is fitted to a wooden disc of radius 10.5 cm.
Objective Type Questions If Young’s modulus of steel is 2 × 1011 Nm–2, then
the force with which the steel ring is expanded is
1. If P longitudinal strain is produced in a wire of
(in N)
Young’s modulus Q, then energy stored in the
material of the wire per unit volume is (1) 104 (2) 105
(3) 106 (4) 107
1
(1) PQ2 (2) PQ 2 6. The only elastic modulus that is possessed by all
2
fluids, is
1 2
(3) P Q (4) PQ (1) Young’s modulus (2) Shear modulus
2
2. When a load of 10 N is hanged from a wire, the (3) Modulus of rigidity (4) Bulk modulus
elongation produced is x mm. If the wire goes over a 7. The strain-stress curves of three wires of different
pulley and two weights 10 N each are hung at the material is shown in the figure
two ends, the elongation of the wire will be (in mm)
(1) Zero (2) 2x Strain
A
x
(3) x (4) B
2
C
3. Which of the following is the most suitable as
shock absorbed? Stress
stress stress
(1) Young’s modulus of wire A is maximum
(2) Young’s modulus of wire B is maximum
(3) Young’s modulus of wire C is maximum
(1) (2)
(4) Young’s modulus of all wires are same
strain strain 8. If a wire is stretched by 2%, then find the energy
stress stress stored in the wire per unit volume (in J/m 3 )
(Y = 4 × 108 N/m2)
(1) 4 × 104 (2) 8 × 104
(3) 12 × 104 (4) 16 × 104
(3) (4)
9. The length of a wire is increased by 0.3%. Find the
percentage increase in its volume, if Poisson’s
strain strain
ratio of wire material is 0.5.
4. A metal bar of length l and area of cross-section A
(1) 0.3% (2) 0.9%
is clamped between two rigid vertical supports. The
Young’s modulus of rod is Y and coefficient of linear (3) 0.27% (4) Zero%
expansion is . Find the force exerted by the rod on 10. A mass of 3 kg is placed on the massless piston
the support if temperature of rod is increased by of area 10 cm2 of a cylindrical vessel containing a
t °C. gas. Find the fractional change in surface area of
sphere if its bulk modulus is 2 × 104 N/m2 and
YAtl
(1) placed in the given vessel

(2) YlAt (1) 0.5
(2) 1.5
YA
(3)
t (3) 1
(4) YAt (4) Zero

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
54 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

11. The thermal stress developed in the rod if it is held 16. In automobile tyre which type of elasticity is used?
by rigid supports as shown, (1) Bulk (2) Shear
(3) Young’s (4) All of these
Rigid
Support 17. A uniform heavy rope of weight W and cross-
Rod
sectional area A is hanging from rigid support. If
(1) Directly proportional to its length Young’s modulus of material is Y then strain is
(2) Inversely proportional to its area of cross-
W W
section (1) (2)
4 AY AY
(3) Directly proportional to its area of cross-section
(4) None of these
W W
12. The bulk modulus of a material is 4.9 × 107 N/m2. (3) (4)
2 AY 3 AY
It is taken to a depth h of a lake and its volume
is decreased by 0.2%, the depth h is 18. A uniform cylindrical rod of length L, cross-section A
(1) 10 m (2) 14 m and Young’s modulus Y is acted upon by the forces
(3) 15 m (4) 20 m as shown in figure. The elongation of the rod is

13. Find the elastic potential energy in a system shown L

3
below if the material of wires is same (Y = Young’s
modulus)
3F F 2F
L
.R 2 F 3 F
2 (1) (2)
5 AY 5 AY
R
2L, 3 F 8 F
2 (3) (4)
W 8 AY 3 AY
4W 2L 15 W 2L 19. A beam of metal supported at two ends is loaded
(1) (2)
R 2Y 4 R 2Y at the centre. The depression in the rod is
proportional to
19 W 2L 17 W 2L
(3) (4) (1) Y 2 (2) Y
5 R 2Y 4 R 2Y
14. A rod of length 4 m is suspended from two wires 1 1
(3) (4)
as shown in figure. One of them is made of steel Y Y2
and other of copper of cross-sectional area 10–2m2
and 4 × 10–2 m2. Find distance x if equal stress is 20. One end of horizontal thick wire of length 2L and
experienced by both the wires (YSteel = 2 × 1011 N/m2 radius 2R is connected to one end of another
and YCopper = 1.1 × 1011 N/m2 horizontal wire of length L and radius R. If equal
forces are applied across two ends then ratio of
elongation in the two wires is
Steel Copper
1 1
x (1) (2)
2 4
1 2
(3) (4)
W 3 1
(1) 2 m (2) 3.5 m 21. Two wires are made of the same material and have
(3) 3.2 m (4) 3 m the same volume. Area of cross-section of one wire
is A and other wire is 3A. If wire of cross-section
15. How much should the pressure on a litre of water
area A is stretched by force F then force on
be changed to compress it by 0.10%. Elasticity of
another wire for same extension is
water is 2.2 × 109 Nm–2
(1) 2.2 × 106 Pa (2) 4.4 × 106 Pa (1) F (2) 4F

(3) 3.2 × 106 Pa (4) 5.1 × 106 Pa (3) 6F (4) 9F

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 55
22. A wire of length , area of cross-section A and (1) 1 : 1 (2) 1 : 2
weight w is subjected to external force 2w. If Y is (3) 2 : 1 (4) 4 : 1
Young’s modulus, then total extension in wire is
6. The approximate depth of an ocean is 2700 m. The
5w 5w compressibility of water is 45.4 × 10–11 Pa–1 and
(1) (2)
AY 2 AY density of water is 10 3 kg/m 3. What fractional
w 5w compression of water will be obtained at the
(3) (4) bottom of the ocean? [AIPMT-2015]
2 AY 4 AY
(1) 1.4 × 10–2 (2) 0.8 × 10–2
SECTION - C (3) 1.0 × 10–2 (4) 1.2 × 10–2
Previous Years Questions 7. Copper of fixed volume V is drawn into wire of length l.
1. The stress-strain curves are drawn for two different When this wire is subjected to a constant force F,
materials X and Y. It is observed that the ultimate the extension produced in the wire is l . Which of
strength point and the fracture point are close to the following graphs is a straight line?
each other for material X but are far apart for
[AIPMT-2014]
material Y.
1
We can say that materials X and Y are likely to (1) l versus (2) l versus l 2
be (respectively) [NEET-2019 (Odisha)] l
(1) Plastic and ductile (2) Ductile and brittle 1
(3) l versus (4) l versus l
l2
(3) Brittle and ductile (4) Brittle and plastic
8. The following four wires of length L and radius r are
2. When a block of mass M is suspended by a long made of the same material. Which of these will
wire of length L, the length of the wire becomes have the largest extension, when the same tension
(L + l). The elastic potential energy stored in the is applied? [NEET-2013]
extended wire is : [NEET-2019]
(1) L = 400 cm, r = 0.8 mm
(1) Mgl (2) MgL
(2) L = 300 cm, r = 0.6 mm
1 1 (3) L = 200 cm, r = 0.4 mm
(3) Mgl (4) MgL
2 2 (4) L = 100 cm, r = 0.2 mm
3. Two wires are made of the same material and have
the same volume. The first wire has cross-sectional 9. A rope 1 cm in diameter breaks, if the tension in
area A and the second wire has cross-sectional it exceeds 500 N. The maximum tension that may
area 3A. If the length of the first wire is increased be given to similar rope of diameter 3 cm is
by l on applying a force F, how much force is (1) 500 N (2) 3000 N
needed to stretch the socond wire by the same
(3) 4500 N (4) 2000 N
amount? [NEET-2018]
(1) 9F (2) 6F 10. A wire of length L and radius r fixed at one end
and a force F applied to the other end produces an
(3) F (4) 4F extension l. The extension produced in another
4. The bulk modulus of a spherical object is B. If it wire of the same material of length 2L and radius
is subjected to uniform pressure p, the fractional 2r by a force 2F, is
decrease in radius is [NEET-2017]
(1) l (2) 2l
p B
(1) (2) l
B 3p (3) 4l (4)
2
3p p 11. The increase in pressure required to decrease the
(3) (4)
B 3B 200 L volume of a liquid by 0.008% in kPa is
5. The Young's modulus of steel is twice that of (Bulk modulus of the liquid = 2100 MPa is)
brass. Two wires of same length and of same area
(1) 8.4
of cross section, one of steel and another of brass
are suspended from the same roof. If we want the (2) 84
lower ends of the wires to be at the same level, (3) 92.4
then the weights added to the steel and brass
wires must be in the ratio of [Re-AIPMT-2015] (4) 168

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
56 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

12. Which of the following relations is true? 20. When a wire of length 10 m is subjected to a force
of 100 N along its length, the lateral strain
(1) Y = 2G(1 – 2ν) (2) Y = 2G(1 + 2ν)
produced is 0.01  10–3 m. The Poisson’s ratio
(3) Y = 2G(1 – ν) (4) (1 + ν)2G = Y was found to be 0.4. If the area of cross-section of
wire is 0.025 m2, its Young’s modulus is
13. A 5 m long aluminium wire (Y = 7 × 1010 N m–2)
of diameter 3 mm supports a 40 kg mass. In order (1) 1.6 × 108 N m–2
to have the same elongation in the copper wire
(2) 2.5 × 1010 N m–2
(Y = 12 × 1010 N m–2) of the same length under
the same weight, the diameter should now be (in (3) 1.25 × 1011 N m–2
mm)
(4) 16 × 109 N m–2
(1) 1.75 (2) 1.5
21. Two wires of length l, radius r and length 2l, radius
(3) 2.3 (4) 5.0 2r respectively having same Young’s modulus are
hung with a weight mg. Net elongation is
14. Two wires of same material and radius have their
lengths in ratio 1 : 2. If these wires are stretched 3 mgl 2 mgl
by the same force, the strain produced in the two (1) (2)
r 2Y 3r 2Y
wires will be in the ratio
3 mgl 3 mgl
(1) 2 : 1 (2) 1 : 1 (3) (4)
2r 2Y 4 r 2Y
(3) 1 : 2 (4) 1 : 4 22. A cube of side 40 mm has its upper face displaced
15. A steel wire of cross-sectional area 3  10–6 m2 by 0.1 mm by a tangential force of 8 kN. The
can withstand a maximum strain of 10–3. Young’s shearing modulus of cube is
modulus of steel is 2 × 1011 N m–2. The maximum (1) 2  109 N m–2 (2) 4  109 N m–2
mass the wire can hold is (take g = 10 m s–2)
(3) 8  109 N m–2 (4) 16  109 N m–2
(1) 40 kg (2) 60 kg
23. A rod of length l and radius r is joined to a rod of
(3) 80 kg (4) 100 kg
l r
16. The hollow shaft is ...... than a solid shaft of same length and radius of same material. The free
2 2
mass, material and length.
end of small rod is fixed to a rigid base and the
(1) Less stiff (2) More stiff free end of larger rod is given a twist of θ°, the
(3) Equally stiff (4) None of these twist angle at the joint will be

17. The Bulk modulus for an incompressible liquid is  

(1) (2)
4 2
(1) Zero (2) Unity
5 8
(3) Infinity (4) Between 0 and 1 (3) (4)
6 9
18. A copper rod length L and radius r is suspended
24. The Young’s modulus of the material of a wire is
from the ceilling by one of its ends. What will be
2 × 1010 N m–2. If the elongation strain is 1%, then
elongation of the rod due to its own weight when
the energy stored in the wire per unit volume is
ρ and Y are the density and Young’s modulus of
Jm–3 is
the copper respectively?
(1) 106 (2) 108
2 gL2 gL2
(1)
2Y
(2)
2Y (3) 2 × 106 (4) 2 × 108
25. A wire of natural length l, Young’s modulus Y and
2 g 2 L2 gL
(3) (4) area of cross-section A is extended by x. Then the
2Y 2Y energy stored in the wires is given by
19. Which of the following substances has the highest
elasticity? 1 YA 2 1 YA 2
(1) x (2) x
2 l 3 l
(1) Steel (2) Copper
1 YI 2 1 YA 2
(3) Rubber (4) Sponge (3) x (4) x
2 A 2 l2
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 57
26. When a force is applied on a wire of uniform cross- 2. If Y is Young’s modulus, B is Bulk modulus and 
sectional area 3 × 10–6 m2 and length 4 m, the is modulus of rigidity, then Poisson’s ratio  is
increase in length is 1 mm. Energy stored in it will given as
be (Y = 2 × 1011 N/m2)
3B  2 2B  3
(1) 6250 J (1) (2)
2  6B 6  2B
(2) 0.177 J
6B  2 3B  6
(3) (4)
(3) 0.075 J 2  3B 3  2B
(4) 0.150 J 3. If  is density of water and B is Bulk modulus then
27. If in a wire of Young’s modulus Y, longitudinal energy density of water in a lake h metre deep is
strain X is produced then the potential energy
(gh)2 (gh)2
stored in its unit volume will be (1) (2)
B 2B
(1) 0.5 YX2 (2) 0.5 Y2X
(gh)2 2(gh)2
(3) 2 YX2 (4) YX2 (3) (4)
4B B
28. A material has Poisson’s ratio 0.50. If a uniform 4. Choose the correct statement for general cases of
rod of it suffers a longitudinal strain of 2 × 10–3, effect on elasticity due to change in external
then the percentage change in volume is factors.
(1) 0.6 (2) 0.4 (1) Rise in temperature decreases elasticity
(3) 0.2 (4) Zero (2) Annealing decreases elasticity
29. There is no change in the volume of a wire due to (3) Hammering and rolling increases elasticity
the change in its length on stretching. The
Poisson’s ratio of the material of the wire is (4) All of these
5. Bulk modulus of elasticity is defined for
1 1
(1)  (2)  (1) Only solids
2 2
(2) Only liquids
1 1
(3)  (4) – (3) Only gases
4 4
(4) All solids, liquids and gases
30. If Young’s modulus of elasticity Y for a material is
one and half times its rigidity coefficient G, the 6. A metal rope of diameter 2 cm breaks if the
tension in it exceeds 600 N. The maximum tension
Poisson’s ratio ν will be
that a wire of same material and diameter 4 cm
2 1 can bear is
(1)  (2) 
3 4 (1) 2400 N (2) 3000 N

2 (3) 3200 N (4) 4000 N

1
(3)  (4)  7. In a steel wire the stretching strain produced is
4 3
2%. If the Young’s modulus of elasticity of steel is
SECTION - D 2 × 1011 N/m2, then the energy stored in the wire
per unit volume (in J/m3) is
NEET Booster Questions
(1) 107 (2) 2 × 107
1. If a cylindrical rod of mass M, length L and area of (3) 4 × 107 (4) 4 × 106
cross-section A hangs from a support, then
8. When a helical spring is pulled at both ends by
extension produced due to its own weight is (Y :
same force, then the nature of strain produced in
Young’s modulus of elasticity)
its wire is
2MgL MgL (1) Longitudinal
(1) (2)
AY 2 AY (2) Volumetric
2 AY AY (3) Shear and longitudinal
(3) (4)
MgL 2MgL (4) Lateral

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
58 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

9. A 1000 kg lift is tied with metallic wire of maximum 14. A wire of length 5 m is twisted through 30° at free
safe stress of 1.4 × 108 N/m2. If the maximum end. If the radius of wire is 1 mm, the shearing
acceleration of the lift is 1.2 m s –2 , then the strain in the wire is
minimum diameter of the wire is (g = 9.8 ms–2)
(1) 30° (2) 0.36
(1) 0.01 m (2) 0.01 cm
(3) 1° (4) 0.18°
(3) 0.001 m (4) 0.02 cm
15. One end of uniform wire of length L and of weight
10. A force of 1000 newton, doubles the length of a W is attached rigidly to a point in roof and a weight
cord having cross-sectional area 1 mm 2. The W1 is suspended from the lower end. If A is area
Young’s modulus of the material of the cord is of cross-section of the wire, the stress in the wire
(1) 2 × 106 N/m2 (2) 5 × 105 N/m2
3L
(3) 109 N/m2 (4) 105 N/m2 at a height from its lower end is
4
11. A sample of gas follows process represented by
PV = constant. Bulk modulus for this process is  W
W1  W1  
B, then which of the following graph is correct?
(1) (2)  4
A A
B B
 3W 
 W1   W1  W
(3)  4  (4)
(1) (2) A A
V V 16. What is called the ratio of the breaking stress and
the working stress?
B B (1) Elastic fatigue (2) Elastic after effect
(3) Yield point (4) Factor of safety
(3) (4) 17. Two wires of equal length and cross-sectional area
are suspended as shown in figure. Their Young's
V V modulii are Y1 and Y2 respectively. The equivalent
12. Two equal and opposite forces F each are applied Young’s modulii will be
along a rod of transverse sectional area A.
The normal stress to a section PQ inclined  to
transverse section is

P

F F
Q

F sin  F
(1) (2) cos  Y1 Y2
A A (1) Y1 + Y2 (2)
Y1  Y2
F F
(3) sin2 (4) cos2  Y1  Y2
2A A (3) (4) Y1 Y2
2
13. A vertical hanging bar of length l and mass m per
unit length carries a load of mass M at lower end, 18. A uniform rod of length L has a mass per unit
its upper end is clamped to a rigid support. The length  and area of cross-section A. If the
tensile stress a distance x from support is Young’s modulus of the rod is Y. Then elongation
(A  area of cross-section of bar) in the rod due to its own weight is

Mg  mg (l  x ) Mg 2gL2 gL2
(1) (2) (1) (2)
A A AY AY

Mg  mgl (M  m ) gx gL2 gL2

(3) (4) (3) (4)
A Al 4 AY 2 AY

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Solids 59
19. A solid sphere of radius R made of a material of 25. A bar is subjected to axial forces as shown. If E
bulk modulus B surrounded by a liquid in a is the modulus of elasticity of the bar and A is its
cylindrical container. A massless piston of area A cross-section area. Its elongation will be
floats on the surface of the liquid. Find the
fractional decrease in the radius of the sphere
3F 2F F
 R  l l
  when a mass M is placed on the piston to
 R 
compress the liquid Fl 2Fl
(1) (2)
AE AE
Mg Mg
(1) (2)
AB 4 AB 3Fl 4Fl
(3) (4)
Mg Mg AE AE
(3) (4)
3 AB 2 AB 26. A metal ring of initial radius r and cross-sectional
20. A sphere contracts in volume by 0.01% when taken area A is fitted onto a wooden disc of radius
R > r. If Young’s modulus of metal is Y then
to the bottom of sea 1 km deep. Find Bulk
tension in the ring is
modulus of the material of sphere
(1) 9.8 × 106 N/m2 (2) 1.2 × 1010 N/m2 AYR AY ( R  r )
(1) (2)
(3) 9.8 × 10 N/m 10 2
(4) 9.8 × 10 N/m 11 2 r r
21. A solid cube of copper of edge 10 cm subjected to Y R r Yr
a hydraulic pressure of 7 × 106 pascal. If Bulk (3)   (4)
A r  AR
modulus of copper is 140 GPa, then contraction in
its volume will be 27. Two wires A and B of same length and of same
(1) 5 × 10 m –8 3
(2) 4 × 10 m –8 3 material have radii r1 and r2 respectively. Their one
end is fixed with a rigid support and at other end
(3) 2 × 10–8 m3 (4) 108 m3 equal twisting couple is applied. Then ratio of the
22. Three bars having length l, 2l and 3l and area of angle of twist at the end of A and the angle of twist
cross-section A, 2A and 3A are joined rigidly end at the end of B will be
to end. Compound rod is subjected to a stretching
force F. The increase in length of rod is (Young’s r12
(1)
modulus of material is Y and bars are massless) r22

13 Fl Fl r22
(1) (2) (2)
2 AY AY r12

9Fl 3Fl r24

(3) (4)
AY AY (3)
r14
23. An ideal gas has adiabatic exponent .
It contracts according to the law PV = , where  r14
(4)
is a positive constant. For this process, the Bulk r24
modulus of the gas is
28. When a small mass m is suspended at lower end
P of an elastic wire having upper end fixed with
(1) P (2)
 ceiling. There is loss in gravitational potential
(3) P (4) (1 – )P energy, let it be x, due to extension of wire, mark
correct option
24. Two wire A and B are stretched by same force. If,
for A and B, YA : YB = 1 : 2, rA : rB = 3 : 1 and (1) The lost energy can be recovered

 l A  (2) The lost energy is irrecoverable

lA : lB = 4 : 1, then ratio of their extension  
 lB  x
will be (3) Only amount of energy is recoverable
2
(1) 10 : 13 (2) 11 : 7 x
(4) Only amount of energy is recoverable
(3) 8 : 9 (4) 6 : 5 3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
60 Mechanical Properties of Solids NEET

29. A mild steel wire of length 2l meter cross-sectional 34. The length of a metal wire is l1, when tension in
area A m2 is fixed horizontally between two pillars. A it is T1 and l2 when its tension is T2. The natural
small mass m kg is suspended from the mid point length of the wire is
of the wire. If extension in wire are within elastic limit.
Then depression at the mid point of wire will be l1T2  l 2T1
(1) l1 l 2 (2) T2  T1
1/3 1/3
 Mg   Mg 
(1)   (2)  
 YA   lA  l 2T2  l1T1 l1  l 2
3
1/3 (3) T1  T2 (4)
 Mgl  Mg 2
(3)   (4)
 YA  2YA
35. A wire can sustain a weight of 15 kg. If it cut into
30. A rigid bar of mass 15 kg is supported four equal parts, then each part can sustain a
symmetrically by three wire each of 2 m long. weight
These at each end are of copper and middle one
(1) 5 kg (2) 45 kg
is of steel. Young’s modulus of elasticity for copper
and steel are 110 × 109 N/m2 and 190 × 109 N/m2 (3) 15 kg (4) 30 kg
respectively. If each wire is to have same tension, 36. The normal density of gold is and its modulus is
ratio of their diameters will be B. The increase in density of piece of gold when
11 19 pressure P is applied uniformly from all sides
(1) (2)
19 11 P B
(1) (2)
30 11 2B 2P
(3) (4)
11 30
P B
31. The strain energy stored in a body of volume V (3) (4)
due to shear strain  is (shear modulus is ) BP BP

2V V 2 37. A uniform wire of length L and radius r is twisted

(1) (2) by an angle . If modulus of rigidity of the wire is
2 2
, then the elastic potential energy stored in wire,
2V 1 2 is
(3)  V
(4)
 2
32. A metal wire having Poisson’s ratio 1/4 and r 4 
(1)
Young’s modulus 8  1010 N/m2 is stretched by a 2L2
force, which produces a lateral strain of 0.02% in
it. The elastic potential energy stored per unit r 4  2
(2)
volume in wire is [in J/m3] 4L
(1) 2.56 × 104 (2) 1.78 × 106
r 4 
(3) 3.72 × 102 (4) 2.18 × 105 (3)
4L2
33. Which of the following curve represents the
correctly distribution of elongation (y) along heavy
r 4  2
rod under its own weight L  length of rod, (4)
x  distance of point from lower end? 2L
y y 38. If  is the depression produced in a beam of length
L, breadth b and thickness d, when a load is
placed at the mid point, then
(1) (2) (1)  L3
x x
L L 1
(2)  
y y b3

1
(3)  
(3) (4) d
x x (4) All of these
L L
‰ ‰ ‰
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph.011-47623456
Chapter 10

Mechanical Properties of Fluids

Chapter Contents
z Introduction Introduction
Fluid means ‘to flow’. Both liquids and gases can flow, and together,
z Pressure
they are called as fluids. Although both can flow, but liquids can be
z Archimedes’ Principle distinguished from gases, as they are approximately incompressible
and have a definite volume.
z Streamline Flow

z Bernoulli’s Principle PRESSURE

z Fluid Thrust
z Viscosity
The total normal force exerted by a fluid at rest on a given surface in
z Surface Tension contact with it is called thrust of the fluid on that surface.
z Fluids in Equilibrium
When a fluid is in equilibrium, forces acting on its surface are always
normal to its surface.
z Pressure Exerted by a Fluid Column : It is defined as normal force
F
per unit area of a surface. P 
A
unit : N/m2 or pascal (Pa)
z Relative Density or Specific Gravity: The relative density or specific
gravity of a substance is defined as the ratio of the density of the substance
to the density of water at 4ºC. The density of water at 4ºC is 1.0 × 103 kg m–3.
Density of substance
Relative density =
Density of water at 4°C
It has no unit.
h P h h
z Pascal’s Law :
If external pressure is applied
on any part of an enclosed
incompressible fluid, then it will
transmit undiminished and equally,
to every point of the fluid and the
walls of the containing vessel.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
62 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

Three machines works on principle of Pascal’s law

(i) Hydraulic lift
(ii) Hydraulic brake
(iii) Hydraulic press
z Variation of Pressure with Depth

P2 – P1  gh ...(i)
P1
1
If we shift the point 1 to the top of the liquid surface
which is open to the atmosphere, P1 becomes the atmospheric
h
pressure Pa. Taking P2 as P then, equation (i) becomes
P – Pa = gh 2
P2
P  Pa  gh ...(ii)

The excess pressure (P – Pa), at depth h is called a gauge pressure at that point and P is called absolute
pressure at that point.
z Hydrostatic Paradox
The liquid pressure is same at all points at the same
horizontal level (same depth) in same liquid although
they hold different amounts of liquid. This result is known
as hydrostatic paradox.

z Container is in motion
(i) When liquid is at rest or move with constant velocity or in vertical acceleration pressure at same level,
with in the same liquid is same
PB – PA = hg A
PC – PB = 0 h
L
Stationary or moving
C B with constant velocity

(ii) If liquid is accelerated horizontally with acceleration a.

PB – PA = hg
A
PC – PB = La h a

If container is open at top then angle of surface L

C B
a
with horizontal,   tan1  
g 

z Hydraulic Lift : For equililbrium of the weight W, pressure at M should be equal to pressure at N.

W F
  hg
A a

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 63

Area = a
h W
Area A
N M

z Equilibrium of different liquids in U-tube: When liquid is at rest or move with constant velocity or in
vertical acceleration pressure at same level, with in the same liquid is same
In equilibrium P1 = P2
Pa + h11g = Pa + h22g 2 h2
h1 1

h11g = h22g 2 1

 2

z Absolute pressure at point P2

Pressure at P2 = Pressure at P1 h1

= Pa + h1g
P1 P2

z When the U-tube accelerates horizontally, difference of levels of liquid in two arms.
P2 – P1 = La L

P2 = P1 + La
h a
(Pa + hg) – Pa = La

1
h a 2

L g

a
tan  
g

Example 1 : Find the pressure exerted below a column of water, open to the atmosphere, at depth

(i) 5 m

(ii) 20 m

(Given, density of water = 1 × 103 kg m–3, g = 10 m s–2)

Solution : (i) Pressure at a depth of 5 m

P = Pa + gh

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
64 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

= 1.013 × 105 Pa + (1 × 103 kg m–3)(10 m s–2)(5 m)

= 1.013 × 105 Pa + 0.5 × 105 Pa
= 1.513 × 105 Pa
(ii) Pressure at a depth of 20 m
P = Pa + gh
= 1.013 × 105 Pa + (1 × 103 kg m–3)(10 m s–2)(20 m)
= 1.013 × 105 Pa + 2 × 105 Pa
= 3.013 × 105 Pa
 3 atm

Example 2 : The U-tube in figure contains two different liquids in static equilibrium, water in the right arm and
oil of unknown density x in the left. If l = 135 mm and d = 15 mm, what is the density of the oil?

d
Oil

Water

Solution : If the pressure at the oil-water interface in the left-arm is P, then the pressure in the right arm
at the level of the interface will also be P.
In the left arm,
P = P0 + xg(l + d) …(i)
In the right arm,
P = P0 + wgl …(ii)
Equating (i) and (ii)

l 135 mm
x  w   1000 kg/m 3
l d 135 mm  15 mm

= 900 kg/m3

Example 3 : Prove that the average pressure of a liquid (density ) on the walls of the container filled upto

1
height h with the liquid is hg.
2

Solution : Let us consider a cylindrical container of radius r, filled with a liquid of density  upto height h.
Take a small area of the wall of the container between the depths x and (x + dx). This area is
dA = 2rdx. The pressure on this area due to the liquid is P = gx

 The force on this area is

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 65

dF = PdA = (gx) (2r dx) = 2rgxdx 2r

 The total force on the wall of the container is

h x
h2

F  2rg x dx  2rg 
0
2 dx
h
 The average pressure on the wall is

F 2rgh 2 /2 1
Pav    gh
A 2rh 2

z Open-Tube Manometer
An open-tube manometer is used for measuring pressure differences, or to measure the pressure of a gas
enclosed in a vessel. It consists of a U-shaped tube open at both ends. A liquid of high density  is filled
in the tube. One end of the tube is left open to the atmosphere. The other end is connected to the system
whose pressure is to be measured. . . . . . . . . ..
. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .
PA = PB = Pa + gh . . . . . . . . ..
. .. .. .Gas
. . . .. .
... .. .. .. .. . .. .. . ..... .... .. h
. . . . . . .. .. . .
.....
Here PA = P (pressure of the enclosed sample)
........
. . . . . . . . ... .......
P – Pa  gh (gauge pressure) ...
A .. B
P  Pa  gh (absolute pressure of gas)

Example 4 : A manometer tube contains a liquid of density 3 × 103 kg m–3. When connected to a vessel
containing a gas, the liquid level in the other arm of the tube is higher by 10 cm. When connected
to another sample of enclosed gas, the liquid level in the other arm of the manometer tube falls
7 cm below the liquid level in the first arm. Which of the two samples exerts more pressure and
by what amount?
Pa
Solution : For Sample 1
h1 = 10 cm = 0.1 m
P1 = Pa + gh1 ...(i)
h1 = 10 cm
For Sample 2
Gas
In this case, level of the liquid in the left arm is higher 1
than that in the right arm by 7 cm. P1

 Atmospheric pressure P a is greater than the

pressure exerted by the sample
 Pa = P2 + gh2
 P2 = Pa – gh2 ...(ii)
Gas
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), it is clear that P1 > P2. 2
Therefore the gas in sample 1 exerts greater pressure P2 h2 = 7cm
than that in sample 2. Pa
The difference in the two pressures is
P1 – P2 = (Pa + gh1) – (Pa – gh2)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
66 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

= g(h1 + h2)
= g(17 cm)
= (3 × 103 kg m–3) × (9.8 m s–2)(0.17 m)
= 4.99 × 103 Pa
 5 kPa

Example 5 : At a depth of 500 m in an ocean, what is the absolute pressure? Given that the density of sea
water is 1.03 × 103 kg/m3 and g = 10 m s–2.
Solution : Absolute pressure P = Pa + gh
here Pa = 1.01 × 105 Pa
 = 1.03 × 103 kg m–3
 P = 1.01 × 105 Pa + 1.03 × 103 × 10 × 500 Pa
= 1.01 × 105 Pa + 51.5 × 105 Pa
= 52.5 × 105 Pa
 52 atm

EXERCISE
1. Dimensional formula for pressure head is
(1) [M0L0T0] (2) [ML–1T–2]

(3) [M0L1T–2] (4) [M0L1T0]

2. The two thigh bones (femures), each of cross-sectional area 10 cm2 support the upper part of a person of mass
50 kg. The average pressure sustained by the femures is

(1) 2.5  105 N/m2 (2) 4  105 N/m2

(3) 5  105 N/m2 (4) 106 N/m2

3. What is the pressure on a swimmer 20 m below the surface of water?

(1) 1 atm (2) 2 atm

(3) 3 atm (4) 4 atm

4. Water is filled to a height H behind a dam of width w. The resultant force on dam is

1
(1) gwH 2 (2) gwH 2
2

(3) 2gwH 2 (4) 4gwH 2

5. A tank is filled by liquid of density  upto height H. The average pressure on the walls of container is

1
(1) gH (2) gH
2
1 1
(3) gH (4) gH
4 8

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 67
6. Increase in pressure at one point of the enclosed liquid in equilibrium of rest is transmitted equally to all other
points of liquid. This is as per
(1) Buoyancy
(2) Pascal’s law
(3) Conservation of momentum
(4) Impulse
7. By sucking through a straw, a boy can reduce the pressure in his lungs to 750 mm of Hg
(density = 13.6 g/cm3). Using a straw, he can drink water from a maximum depth of
(1) 13.6 cm
(2) 1.36 cm
(3) 0.136 cm
(4) 10 cm
8. An open U-tube contains mercury. When 13.6 cm of water is poured into one of the arms of the tube, then
the mercury rise in the other arm from its initial level is
(1) 1 cm
(2) 0.5 cm
(3) 10 cm
(4) 5 cm
9. A barometer kept in an elevator reads 76 cm when the elevator is accelerating upwards. The most likely
pressure inside the elevator (in cm of Hg) is
(1) 74 (2) 75
(3) 76 (4) 77

z Buoyancy
When a body is immersed wholly or partially in a fluid, it experiences an upward force called upthrust or buoyant
force. This phenomenon is known as Buoyancy.

ARCHIMEDES’ PRINCIPLE
It states that when a body is immersed, wholly or partially in a liquid, then there is some apparent loss in its weight.
This loss of weight is equal to weight of liquid displaced by immersed part of the body.

Buoyant Force
P2 – P1 = hg

F2 – F1 = hgA

Fupward = Vg = loss of weight P1 Area = A

The loss of weight, is equal to weight of liquid displaced

h 
immersed part of body.
Apparent weight of body in liquid = mg – Vg
P2

(where  = density of the body and  = density of the liquid)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
68 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

z Body partially submerged

<
Body will float
V = volume of body Vo

Vi = volume of the body inside the liquid Vi
VO = volume of the body outside the liquid
Vi g = Vg 

Vi  V 
 , O 
V  V 
z Body completely submerged
= 
Body floats completely immersed, VO = 0
Body remains at rest wherever it is left

z Body sinks to bottom

>
Vg
R
R = Normal reaction between body and bottom of container

In equilibrium R + Vg – Vg = 0 
R = Vg – Vg

Vg

z Body suspended with the help of a string

Tension = Apparent weight of body T
(i) System is at rest or moving with constant velocity
T = Vg – Vg V,

(ii) System is accelerating
T  = V( – )g
System moves up with acceleration a
g = g + a
System moves down with acceleration a (< g).
g = g – a 
a
(iii) System moves horizontally with acceleration a.
V,
g  g 2  a2 

a
tan = , T = V( – )g
g

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 69
z Tension in string when string is attached at bottom.
<
T = Vg – Vg
T = V( – )g
V, 

(i) System moves up with acceleration a T
T = V( – )g where g = g + a
(ii) System moves down with acceleration a(< g)
T = V( – )g where g = g – a
(iii) System is moving horizontally with acceleration a
a
T = V( – )g V, 

g  g 2  a2  
tan = a/g

z Determination of volume of cavity present

Volume of cavity = External volume – Volume of actual substance

Loss of weight in water Weight in air

= 
w g s g
(w = density of water & s = density of substance)

z Determination of volume of impurity added

Weight of Impurity
Volume of Impurity = = Actual volume of body – Volume of pure metal
(Density of Impurity)g

w Loss of weight in water w  w I

 g  
I

I w g s g (w = Actual weight of body in water)

Solving this equation wI can be calculated.

z A boat carrying an object is floating in water. When the object is lowered into water.
(i) If density of object is less than or equal to water, there will be no change in level of water. [Object will
float]
(ii) If density of object is more than that of water, water level will fall down. [Object will sink]
z A piece of ice is floating in water, when ice melts completely, there will be no change in level.
z A piece of ice with small objects embedded in it floats in water. When the ice melts completely.
(i) Water level falls down, if the embedded object sinks.
(ii) Water level remain same, if the embedded object floats.
z Meta Centre : When a body floats, its centre of gravity (G) and the centre of buoyancy (B) lie on a vertical
line, called the central line.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
70 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

If the body is tilted slightly, the centre of buoyancy shifts to B. The point (M) at which the vertical line through
B intersects the central line, is called the meta centre.

M
G B

(i) Equilibrium is stable if M lies above G. The buoyant force at B and body’s weight at G, produce restoring torque.

G
M
B

(ii) Equilibrium is unstable if M lies below G. In this case torque increases the displacement further.
(iii) Equilibrium is neutral, if M coincides with G. In this case no torque is produced.

Example 6 : A piece of gold weighs 50 g in air and 45 g in water. If there is a cavity inside the piece of gold,
then find its volume [Density of gold = 19.3 g/cc].
Solution : Let Vc is the volume of cavity and V is the actual volume of gold piece [excluding volume of cavity]

50
 V   2.6 cm3
19.3
Now, loss in wt. of gold in water = Thrust due to water
 50 g – 45 g = [V + Vc]Wg
 5 = (2.6 + Vc)  1
 Vc = 2.4 cm3

Example 7 : An alloy of Zn and Cu (i.e. brass) weighs 16.8 g in air and 14.7 g in water. If relative density of
Cu and Zn are 8.9 and 7.1 respectively then determine the amount of Zn and Cu in the alloy.

Solution : Let m1 g and m2 g be the mass of Cu and Zn respectively in alloy

m1
 Volume of Cu = cc
8.9

m2
and volume of Zn = cc
7.1
 m1 m2 
 Total volume of alloy =    cc
 8.9 7.1 
Now, loss of wt. in water = thrust due to water

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 71

m m 
 (16.8  14.7) g   1  2   1 g
 8.9 7.1 

m1 m2
 2.1   …(i)
8.9 7.1
Also, the total mass of alloy
m1 + m2 = 16.8 g …(ii)
Solving (i) & (ii) we get,
m1 = 9.345 g and m2 = 7.455 g

1
Example 8 : A solid body floating in water has of its volume immersed in it. What fraction of its volume
5th
will be immersed, if it floats in a liquid of specific gravity 1.2 ?
Solution : Let volume of the solid body = Vs
Density of the solid body = s
Density of water = w
Vs
Given that the body floats in water with one-fifth of its volume immersed i.e., immersed volume =
5
s Immersed volume of the body
∵ 
w Total volume of the body
s Vs /5
⇒ 
w Vs

s 1
  ...(i)
w 5

1
Let volume of the solid body is immersed when it floats in a liquid of relative density 1.2.
nth
Density of the liquid l = (1.2)w

s Vs / n
So, 
l Vs

s 1
 
1.2w 

1 1
  (from equation (i))
1.2  5 
1 1
 
 6
Thus, one-sixth of the volume remains immersed.

Example 9 : A cylinder of height 30 cm and radius 7 cm is immersed completely in a fluid of density

1.3 × 103 kg/m3. What is the buoyant force acting on it? [Take g = 10 m/s2]
Solution : Height of the cylinder, h = 30 cm
Radius of the cylinder, r = 7 cm

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
72 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

22
 Volume of the cylinder, Vc = r2h =  (7)2  30 cm3
7
Vc = 4620 cm3
Vc = 4.62 × 10–3 m3
Since the cylinder is completely immersed in the fluid,
 Buoyant force = volume of the cylinder × fluid density × g
= Vcg
= 4.62 × 10–3 × 1.3 × 103 × 10
= 60 N

Example 10 : A metallic sphere weighs 35 g in air and 28.5 g water. Find its relative density and also find its
weight in a liquid of relative density 0.9.

Solution : Given wt. of sphere in air = 35 g

Now, wt. of water of volume equal to that of sphere = apparent loss in wt. of sphere in water
i.e. wt. of water of volume equal to that of sphere = 35 – 28.5 = 6.5 g

wt. of body in air 35

 Relative density = loss of wt. in water =  5.4
6.5

Now density of water is 1 g/cc

 Density of solid sphere = 5.4  1 = 5.4 g/cc

35
 Its volume =  6.5 cc
5.4

Now apparent wt. in second liquid

= Actual wt. – loss in wt. in liquid
= (35 – 6.5  0.9)
= 29.15 g

Example 11 : A piece of gold weighs 50 g in air and 45 g in water. If there is a cavity inside the piece of gold,
then find its volume [Density of gold = 19.3 g/cc].

Solution : Let Vc is the volume of cavity and V is the actual volume of gold piece [excluding volume of cavity]

50
 V   2.6 cm3
19.3

Now, loss in wt. of gold in water = Thrust due to water

 50 g – 45 g = [V + Vc]Wg

 5 = (2.6 + Vc)  1

 Vc = 2.4 cm3

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 73

EXERCISE
10. An object of mass m is floating in a liquid of density . If the object is made up of density , then apparent
weight of the object in the liquid is

   
(1) mg (2) mg  1   (3) mg  1   (4) Zero
   

11. A cube of edge length 10 cm is just balanced at the interface of two liquids A and B as shown in figure. If A
and B has specific gravity 0.6 and 0.4 respectively, then mass of cube is

6cm B

4cm A

(1) 240 g (2) 360 g (3) 480 g (4) 540 g

12. A boat having some iron pieces is floating in a pond. If iron pieces are thrown in the liquid then level of liquid
(1) Increases (2) Decreases
(3) May increase or decrease (4) Neither increases nor decreases
13. When two liquid of same mass but different densities 1 and 2 are mixed together, then the density of the
mixture is

1  2 212
(1) 1 + 2 (2) (3) (4) 21 + 22
2 1  2

14. When two liquid of same volume but different densities 1 and 2 are mixed together, then the density of the
mixture is

1  2 212
(1) (2) 1 + 2 (3) (4) 21 + 22
2 1  2

15. If there were no gravity, which of the following will not be there for a fluid?
(1) Viscosity (2) Surface tension
(3) Pressure (4) Archimede’s upward thrust
16. An ice cube contains a large air bubble. The cube is floating on the horizontal surface of water contained in
a trough. What will happen to the water level, when the cube melts?
(1) It will remain unchanged (2) It will fall
(3) It will rise (4) First it will fall and then rise
3
17. The density of ice is 0.9 g/cm . What percentage by volume of the block of ice floats outside the water?
(1) 10% (2) 45% (3) 75% (4) 90%
18. The reading of a spring balance when a block is suspended from it in air is 60 N. This reading is changed to
40 N when the block is submerged in water. The specific gravity of the block must be therefore
(1) 3 (2) 2 (3) 6 (4) 1.5

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
74 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

19. The weight of a body in water is one third of its weight in air. The density of the body is
(1) 0.5 g/cm3 (2) 1.5 g/cm3

(3) 2.5 g/cm3 (4) 3.5 g/cm3

STREAMLINE FLOW
When a liquid flows such that each particle of the liquid passing through a given point moves along the same path
and has the same velocity as its predecessor had at that point, the flow is called streamlined or steady flow.
The path followed by a fluid particle in steady flow is called streamline.

Streamlines

Tube of flow or streamline tube

z Turbulent flow
When a liquid flows such that particles of liquid passing through a given point has different velocity as its
predecessor had at that point, such a flow is called turbulent flow. The flow is streamline or turbulent depends
on speed of flow.
z Critical Speed: The limiting speed up to which flow is streamline and beyond which it changes to turbulent
is called critical speed.

Equation of Continuity
For the streamline flow of an incompressible fluid through a pipe of varying cross-section, product of area of
cross-section and speed of flow at that point remains constant throughout the flow.
av = constant
1 , a1  2 , a2
mass entering per second = mass leaving per second
v2
v1
1a1v1 = 2a2v2
For incompressible liquid 1 = 2

a1v1 = a2v2
av = constant
1
 v
a

Equation of continuity, is a statement of conservation of mass, in flow of incompressible fluids.

Energy of a flowing Liquid

1. Potential energy per unit volume = gh

1 2
2. Kinetic energy per unit volume = v
2

3. Pressure energy per unit volume = P

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 75
Energy head
1. Gravitational head = h

v2
2. Velocity head =
2g

P
3. Pressure head =
g

BERNOULLI’S PRINCIPLE
If an ideal fluid flows in a streamline flow, then at each point of stream line tube, total energy per unit volume remains
constant.
P2
1 2  v2
P v  gh  constant v1
2
P1 h2
1 1
P1  v 12  gh1  P2  v 22  gh2 h1
2 2

Applications
z Venturimeter : It is an instrument based on Bernoulli’s theorm, which is used to measure rate of flow
and speed of flow of liquid in a tube.

P1 – P2 = g(h1 – h2)
h1

2g (h1  h2 ) h2
Speed of flow, v1  A2 A1 1
v1 v2
( A12  A22 ) 2 A2

2g (h1  h2 )
Speed of flow, v 2  A1
 A12  A22 

2g (h1  h2 )
Rate of flow, Q  A1 A2
A12  A22
Speed of Efflux :

(i) v  2gh (If a << A)

(ii) Time taken by liquid to reach the ground

2(H  h ) h
t
g H
v

(iii) Range of liquid

R  2 h(H  h ) R

H
for maximum range h 
2
Rmax  H

Range will be same if hole is made at height h and (H – h) from bottom.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
76 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

(iv) lf a is comparable to A then speed of efflux

A2
v  2gh
A  a2
2

(v) Time taken by liquid level to fall from h1 to h2

A 2
t 
a g
 h1  h2 

(vi) Time taken to completely empty the container by a hole near the bottom

t  H [Put h1 = H, h2 = 0]

A 2H
t
a g

h1 1
(vii) If liquids of different densities filled in container then

 h  2 h2
v  2g  h2  1 1  v
 2 

Example 12 : A non viscous liquid is flowing through a frictionless duct, with cross-section varying as shown in figure.

O x

Which of the following graph represents the variation of pressure P along the axis of tube?
P P

(1) (2)
x x

P P

(3) (4)
x x

Solution : As we know according to equation of continuity, when cross-section of duct decreases, the
velocity of flow of liquid increases and in accordance with Bernoullis theorem, in a horizontal pipe,
the place where speed of liquid is maximum, the value of pressure is minimum. Hence the 2nd
graph correctly represents the variation of pressure.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 77

Example 13 : An incompressible liquid is flowing through a horizontal pipe as shown in figure. Find the value of v.
3 m/s

A
8
0.

4 m/s A

1.
5
A

v
Solution : By equation of continuity

AV = constant
 A1V1 = A2V2 + A3V3
 A  4 = 0.8 A  3 + 1.5A  v
 4A = 2.4A + 1.5 Av
 4 = 2.4 + 1.5 v

1.6
 v 1.1m/s
1.5

Example 14 : The bottom of a cylindrical vessel has a circlular hole of radius r and at depth h below the water
level. If the diameter of the vessel is D, the find then speed with which the water level in the
vessel drops. (r < < D)

Solution : The velocity of efflux = 2gh

The rate of flow of liquid out of hole = Av = r 2 2gh

By using equation of continuity
(Av)container = (Av)hole

D2
 v  r 2 2gh
4
4r 2
v 2gh
D2
4r 2
 Speed with which water level falls = 2gh
D2

Example 15 : A water tank is placed on a platform of height 5 m high and there is an orifice near the bottom
in the wall of tank at 5 m below the level of water. Find the speed with which water will hit the
ground [Take g = 10 m/s2]

Solution : The velocity of efflux = 2gh

= 2  10  5 = 10 m/s

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
78 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

The motion of liquid in horizontal direction is uniform

 v x  2gh  10 m/s
5m h

For vertical motion v y  2gH  10 m/s

 2gh

 v  v x2  v y2  (10)2  (10)2  200 5m H

v = 14.14 m/s vx
v
vy

VISCOSITY
The property of the liquid by virtue of which, it opposes the relative motion between its adjacent layers is known
as viscosity.

Viscosity also called fluid friction.

Consider a liquid layer of thickness y, between two plates. Lower plate is kept fixed, and upper plate given a
velocity v.

Fluid in contact with the upper plate is moving with velocity v.

Plate
v
Viscous force on upper plate
y
dv dv
FA F   A v=0
dy dy
Stationary plate Fluid at rest
A = Area of mutual contact or smaller area.

dv
 velocity gradient
dy

v
Frictional (viscous) force acting on upper plate = A
y

 = coefficient of viscosity
Units : SI unit, 1 Pa-s = 1 decapoise = 1 kg m–1s–1
C.G.S  1 dyne/cm2-s = 1 poise

Note :

(i) Through,  is the characteristic of the material of a fluid, however, it depends on the surrounding
conditions like temperature and pressure.
(ii) Temperature dependence of viscosity :
(a) For liquid : “With the rise in temperature, the viscosity of liquids decreases”. This is due
to decrease in cohesion forces between the molecules. The cohesion forces decrease due
to increase in the kinetic energy with the rise in temperature.
(b) For Gases : “The viscosity of gases increases with the rise in temperature”. This is due to
the increase in the rate of diffusion of gases from one moving layer to the other because
random motion of atoms increases.

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 79

(iii) Pressure dependence of viscosity :

(a) For Liquid : Generally, the viscosity of liquids increases with the rise in pressure, but for water
there is a decrease in viscosity with the rise in pressure (for first few hundred atmospheric pressure).
(b) For Gases : The viscosity of gases is independent of normal pressure, but for low and
high pressure, it is directly proportional to pressure.
Difference between viscosity and Solid Friction

Viscosity Solid Friction

(a) The viscous force is directly proportional (a) It is independent of the area of contact.
to the surface area of contact of fluid
layers.

(b) The viscous force is directly proportional (b) It is independent of the relative velocity
to the relative velocity between the two of the contact surfaces.
layers in contact.

(c) The viscous force does not depend on (c) It is directly proportional to the normal
the normal reaction between the two reaction between the surfaces in
layers of the fluid. contact.

(d) The viscous force on a solid moving in a (d) It is independent of the shape and size
fluid depends on the shape and size of of the bodies in contact.
the solid.

Poiseuille’s Equation :
The rate of flow of liquid in a narrow tube

dV  Pr 4
Q 
dt 8 l
P = P1 – P2 = pressure difference
P1 P2
8 l Q
Resistance to fluid flow R  4
r r

z Series combination of two tubes l

Two tubes of radius r1, length l1 and radius r2, length l2 are connected in series across a pressure difference
of P.

Let P1 and P2 are the pressure difference across each tube

P1 + P2 = P …(1)

 P1r14  P2 r24
Q  …(2)
8 l 1 8 l 2

z Parallel combination of two tubes

Two tubes of radius r1, length l and radius r2, length l2 are connected in parallel across a pressure difference
of P.

 Pr14 Pr24
 Q 
8 l1 8l 2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
80 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

Stokes Law

When a small spherical body of radius r is moving with velocity v through a perfectly homogeneous medium
having coefficient of viscosity , it experiences a retarding force.

F = 6rv.
Vector form of stokes’ law 6 rv Vg

F  6r v

Terminal velocity

The maximum constant velocity acquired by a body while falling through v
a viscous medium is called terminal velocity. 

V g
(i) A body of radius r released, from rest in a fluid v
 = density of body vT

 = density of liquid or fluid ( > )

2 r 2g t
vT  (   ) o
9 
v
Velocity increases from 0 to vT

(ii) A body is thrown downwards, with speed greater than vT vT

then its speed decreases, becomes equal to vT .

o t
(iii) If n rain drops of radius r falling with speed v each, merge to form a single drop,
then radius of new drop is given by
R = n1/3r
vT  r 2
vT  R2  vT = n2/3vT
(iv) With increase in temperature of water  decreases, terminal velocity increases.
(v) When  <  body will move upward with terminal speed.
z Reynold’s Number

vD Inertial Forces

Re  
 Viscous forces
(i) Re < 1000, flow is streamline
(ii) Re > 2000, flow is turbulent
(iii) 1000 < Re < 2000, flow is unstable
(iv) when Re = 1000, flow is critical

vD
 1000

Critical velocity


v c  1000
D

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 81

Example 16 : Two square metal plates, each of side 10 cm are immersed in water. One plate moves parallel
to the other with a velocity of 5 cm s–1. If the viscous force is 150 dyne, what is their distance
of separation? Given water  .001 Pl

Solution : Area of the plates, A = 10 × 10

= 100 cm2

= 0.01 m2
Viscous force = 150 dyne
= 150 × 10–5 N
 = 0.001 Pl

Relative velocity, v = 5 cm s–1

= 0.05 m s–1
Let the separation between the plates be l,

v
then viscous force, F  A
l
0.001  0.01  0.05
150  10 –5 N 
l
0.05
 l m
150

0.01
 m
30

= 0.033 cm

Example 17 : The rate of steady flow of a liquid through a capillary tube is V under pressure difference P.
This tube is connected with another tube of the same length but half radius in series. Find
the rate of flow through combination if same pressure difference is maintained across the
combination.

P
Solution : The rate of flow of liquid =
R

8l
where R is fluid resistance and R 
r 4
For second tube

8l
R   16 R
(r / 2)4
Now for series combination

Req = R + R = 17 R

P P V
 New value of rate of flow =  
Req 17 R 17

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
82 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

Example 18 : A raindrop of radius 0.2 mm falls through air. If the viscosity of air is 18 × 10–6 Pl, find the viscous
drag acting on the drop when its speed is 1 m s–1.
Solution : Radius of raindrop, a = 0.2 mm
= 0.2 × 10–3 m
Air viscosity  = 18 × 10–6 Pl
Speed of fall of raindrop, v = 1 m s–1
From Stokes’ law
Viscous force F = 6 av
= 6 × 18 × 10–6 × 0.2 × 10–3 × 1
= 67.8 × 10–9 N

Example 19 : Water is flowing in a pipe of radius 1.5 cm with an average velocity 15 cm s–1. What is the nature
of flow? Given coefficient of viscosity of water is 10–3 kg m–1 s–1 and its density is 103 kg m–3.
Solution : Reynolds number for the given situation is given as
vD
Re 

Here , density = 103 kg m–3
Coeff. of viscosity,  = 10–3 kg m–1 s–1
Average velocity of water, v = 15 cm s–1
= 0.15 m s–1
Diameter of pipe, D = 2 × 1.5 cm
= 3 cm
= 0.03 m
103  0.15  0.03
Hence, Re  = 106 × 0.0045 = 4500
10 –3
∵ Re > 2000
Therefore, the flow is turbulent.

Example 20 : Six small raindrops each of radius 1.5 mm, come down with a terminal velocity of 6 cm s–1. They
coalesce to form a bigger drop. What is the terminal velocity of the bigger drop?
Solution : Radius of each small drop r = 1.5 mm
= 0.15 cm
Terminal velocity for small drops vt = 6 cm s–1
Let the density of water = 
and the density of air = 

2r 2
Then v t  ( – )g
9

2  (0.15)2
6 cm s–1 = ( – )g ...(i)
9
When the six drops combine, let the radius of the bigger drop be R.
Then volume of bigger drop = 6 × (volume of a small drop)

4 4
 R 3  6  r 3
3 3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 83
 R3 = 6r3
1
 R  (6) 3 r

= (6)1/3(0.15) cm
Let the terminal velocity for this drop be VT.

2  R2
Then VT  ( – )g
9

2
 2  6 3 (0.15)2
VT  ( – )g ...(ii)
9
Dividing equation (ii) by equation (i),

VT 2
We get  (6) 3
6
5
VT = 6 3 m s –1

VT  19.81 m s –1

EXERCISE
20. A liquid is flowing in a horizontal pipe of non-uniform cross section. Which of the following quantities may remain
unchanged with respect to time?
(1) Kinetic energy per unit volume (2) Pressure energy per unit volume

(3) Potential energy per unit volume (4) Speed of flow

21. A liquid is coming out from the orifice of tank and falls upto a maximum horizontal distance of 6 m. The height
h is equal to

6m

(1) 1.5 m (2) 3.0 m

(3) 4.5 m (4) 6.0 m
22. A liquid of density 103and coefficient of viscosity 8  1 0 – 2 decapoise is flowing in a tube of radius 2 cm
kg/m3
with speed 2 m/s. The Reynold’s number is
(1) 500 (2) 1000
(3) 1500 (4) 2000
23. A sudden drop in the mercury level by 10 mm or more is a sign of
(1) Storm (2) Flood
(3) Snow fall (4) Rain
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
84 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

24. If velocity of flow is 4 m/s, then velocity head is

(1) 0.2 m (2) 0.4 m
(3) 0.6 m (4) 0.8 m
25. The property of a liquid by which it opposes the flow of itself is called
(1) Surface tension (2) Bulk modulus

(3) Elasticity (4) Viscosity

26. If water is flowing in a pipe with speed 2 m/s then its kinetic energy per unit volume is
(1) 500 J/m3 (2) 1000 J/m3

(3) 1500 J/m3 (4) 2000 J/m3

27. A ball is thrown downward with some velocity into a viscous liquid. Which of the following curves represents
correct variation for velocity versus time?
v
D

C
B
A
t
(1) A (2) B
(3) C (4) D
28. A liquid having coefficient of viscosity 0.02 decapoise is filled in a container of cross-sectional area 20 m2. If
viscous drag between two adjacent layers in flowing is 1 N, then velocity gradient is
(1) 2.0 s – 1 (2) 2.5 s – 1

(3) 3.0 s – 1 (4) 3.5 s – 1

29. A liquid drop of mass m and radius r is falling from great height. Its velocity is proportional to

m m
(1) (2)
r r2

m m
(3) (4)
r3 r4

SURFACE TENSION
Property of a liquid due to which it behaves like a stretched membrane and try to decrease surface area is called
surface tension.

z Surface Tension

The force per unit length on an imaginary line drawn at the surface of liquid is called surface tension.

F
T 
l

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 85
Work done in increasing surface area or surface energy
W = T A

Where A = Effective change in area of liquid,

A
Effective change in area = 2 (Geometrical change in area)
F
z Thin film, stretched membrane, liquid bubble have two surfaces.
z Surface of liquid, liquid drop, and air bubble has one surface

(i) Liquid drop of radius R  Surface Energy = T × 4R2

(ii) Soap bubble of radius R  Surface Energy = 2 × T × 4R2

(iii) Work done to blow a soap bubble of radius r = 2 × T × 4r2

(iv) A drop of radius R breaks up into n identical drops

work done = change in surface energy = [n × 4r2 – 4R2]T

R3 = nr3

 work done = 4R2T [n1/3 – 1]

(v) n identical drops each of radius r coalesce to form a single drop of radius R.

Heat produced = 4R2T [n1/3 – 1] = mc 

4
where, c = Specific heat, m = mass = R 3  ,  = Rise in temperature.
3
(vi) A needle floats on the surface of a liquid due to surface tension.
(vii) Surface tension decreases with rise in temperature.
(viii) Surface tension decreases by adding sparingly soluble impurities like detergents.
(ix) Surface tension increases by adding soluble impurities like NaCl, sugar.
(x) If drop of liquid is balanced in a capillary tube, then

T × 2 r

r
T × 2 r = Mg

Mg

z Angle of contact : The angle that the tangent to the liquid surface at the point of contact makes with
the solid surface inside the liquid, is called angle of contact.

(i) If  < 90° : Surface of liquid is concave. Liquid sticks to wall of container. Liquid rises in capillary tube
of that substance.

Fc 
Fa 
2
Where Fa is adhesive force
Fc is cohesive force

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
86 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

(ii) If 
= 90° : Surface of liquid is plane. Liquid just sticks, to wall. Liquid neither rises nor falls in capillary
of that substance.

Fc
Fa 
2 

(iii) If 
> 90° : Surface of liquid is convex. Liquid will not sticks to wall of container. Liquid falls in capillary
tube of that substance.

Fc
Fa 
2 

On increasing temperature angle of contact generally increases.

z Excess pressure
P0 = Atmospheric pressure
Pi = Inside pressure
Pi – P0 = Excess pressure

Liquid drop Soap bubble Air bubble

P0 P0 P
Pi Pi Pi
r r

2T 4T 2T
Pi = P0 + Pi – P0 + Pi = P +
r r r

z Different cases when bubble comes in contact

(i) Two soap bubbles of radius r1 and r2 coalesce under isothermal conditions. P0 is atmospheric pressure.
If r = radius of bubble formed then
According to Boyle’ law P1V1 + P2V2 = PV
 4T  4 3  4T  4 3  4T  4 3
 P0   r1   P0   r2   P0  r
 r1  3  r2  3  r  3
On solving
P0 (r 3  r13  r23 )
Surface tension, T 
4(r12  r22  r 2 )
(ii) If the soap bubble coalesce in vacuum, then P0 = 0

r2 = r12 + r22

(iii) If two soap bubbles comes in contact to form a double bubble then

r = radius of interface, r1 > r2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 87
1 1 1
 
r r2 r1
The interface will be convex towards larger bubble and concave towards smaller bubble.

r2

r1

Radius ‘r’

z If a hole is made in the base, then for no leakage

2T
 hg
r 
h
2T
h
r g
z Ascent formula (or capillary rise) Hole of radius = r
2T 2T cos 
h 
Rg r g
O
 = angle of contact R

R = radius of curved surfaces r
r = radius of capilllary 

hR = constant
h > 0 for concave meniscus ( < 90°) i.e. rise
h < 0 for convex meniscus ( > 90°) i.e. fall
For water glass interface   0° i.e., meniscus is nearly hemispherical.
For mercury glass interface   135°.
z Two capillary tubes of radius r1 and r2 (r2 > r1) are joined to form a U-tube opened at both ends. This
U-tube is filled with water. The level in the two limbs will not be same due to capillary action.

2T cos   r2  r1  h
(i) Difference in level h   
g  r1r2 

(ii) Liquid in tube of lower radius will be at higher level.

Example 21 : The surface tension of a soap solution is 30 × 10–3 N m–1. How much work is done to increase
the radius of a soap bubble from 1.5 cm to 3 cm?

Solution : Here surface tension, T = 30 × 10–3 N m–1

Initial radius = 1.5 cm = 1.5 × 10–2 m

Final radius = 3 cm = 3 × 10–2 m

Work done = T × Change in surface area

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
88 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

= T × 2 × 4(r22 – r12)
= 30 × 10–3 × 2 × 4 × (9 – 2.25) × 10–4
= 30 × 10–3 × 2 × 4 × 6.75 × 10–4
= 5.091 × 10–4 J

Example 22 : The radii of two air bubbles are in the ratio 4 : 5. Find the ratio of excess pressure inside them.
Also compare the works done in blowing these bubbles.
Solution : Let the radii of two air bubbles be
r1 = 4R
r2 = 5R
If the respective excess pressures are P1 and P2
then

4T
P1 
r1

4T
P2 
r2

P1 r2 5
 
P2 r1 4
Work done in blowing the bubbles are
W1 = T × 2 × 4r12
W2 = T × 2 × 4r22
2 2
W1  r1  4
Thus    
W2  r2  5

16
=
25

Example 23 : Water rises up in a glass capillary upto a height 10 cm, while mercury falls down by 3.5 cm
in the same capillary. If the angles of contact for water-glass and mercury-glass are taken as
0º and 135º respectively, compare the surface tensions of water and mercury. [Given density of
water = 103 kg m–3, density of mercury = 13.6 × 103 kg m–3]
Solution : For water, h1 = 10 cm
= 0.1 m
Density 1 = 103 kg m–3
Let the radius of the capillary be = r

2T1 cos 1
Applying the formula h11g =
r

3
h11gr  0.1 10 gr
 T1 
2cos 1 2cos0º

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 89

gr
T1  100 ...(i)
2

For mercury, h2 = –3.5 cm

= –0.035 m
Density 2 = 13.6 × 103 kg m–3

h22 gr
then T2 
2cos 2
–0.035  13.6  103 gr

2cos(135º )

–0.476 gr gr
 T2   103 = 0.67  103
–0.71 2 2

gr
T2 = 670 ...(ii)
2
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), we get
T1 100 1
 
T2 670 6.7
This is the required ratio.

Example 24 : A square glass plate of length 10 cm and thickness 0.4 cm, weighs 40 g in air. It is held vertically
such that its lower edge rests on water surface. What is the apparent weight of glass plate now?
(Given surface tension of water = 0.073 N m–1)
Solution : Length of the plate, l = 10 cm = 0.1 m
Thickness, t = 0.4 cm = 0.004 m
Forces acting on the plate when it just touches the surface of water.
(i) Weight of the plate, W = mg
= (40 g)(9.8 ms–2) Glass
plate
= 0.04 × 9.8 N
= 0.392 N
Weight acts downward.

(ii) Force due to surface tension

F = T × 2(length + thickness)

= 0.073 × 2(0.1 + 0.004)

= 0.073 × 0.208 N

= 0.015 N

Since the angle of contact is acute in this case, this force acts downwards.

Therefore, apparent weight of the plate W = W + F

= 0.392 + 0.015 N = 0.407 N

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
90 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

Example 25 : A circular plate of radius 4 cm and weight W is made to rest on the surface of water. If a minimum
pull of W + F is required to clear the plate off the water surface then find F. Given surface tension
of water Sw = 0.072 N m–1.

Solution : Radius of the plate = 4 cm = 0.04 m

The downward forces acting on the plate : weight W and force due to surface tension F.

 Required force, F = Tw × circumference of the plate

= Tw × 2r

= 0.072 × 2 ×  × 0.04

= 0.018 N

Example 26 : A canister has a small hole at its bottom. Water penetrates into the canister when its base is
at a depth of 40 cm from the surface of water. If surface tension of water is 73.5 dyne/cm, find
the radius of the hole.

Solution : As the water tries to enter the hole, it forms a liquid surface through the hole with its concave
surface downward. Due to which it can withstand the pressure of the liquid upto which the canister
is lowered

2T 2
 In equilibrium, = hg  h
r rg
Putting the given values, we get

2  73.5
r= = 0.00375 cm = 0.0375 mm.
40 1 980

EXERCISE
30. The angle of contact does not depend upon

(1) Temperature (2) Soluble impurity

(3) Cohesive force (4) The inclination of surface in contact

31. When a capillary tube is immersed in a liquid, then liquid of mass M rises in the capillary tube. If capillary
tube of double radius is taken then mass of same liquid rising in the tube is

M M
(1) (2) 2M (3) (4) 4M
2 4
r
32. What will be the work done in increasing the radius of soap bubble from to 2r, if surface tension of soap
2
solution is T?

(1) 3r 2 T (2) 30r 2 T (3) 9r 2 T (4) 12r 2 T

33. Pressure inside two soap bubbles are 1.02 atm and 1.05 atm respectively. The ratio of their surface area is
125 25 5 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
8 4 2 5

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 91
34. The property utilized in the manufacture of lead shots is
(1) Specific gravity of liquid lead (2) Specific weight of liquid lead
(3) Compressibility of liquid lead (4) Surface tension of liquid lead
35. Two soap bubbles are connected by a tube as shown in figure. What happens
when stopper S is removed? S
(1) Size of bubble A increases
(2) Size of bubble B decreases
(3) Both bubble take the same size A B
(4) Size of bubble A decreases and size of bubble B increases
36. Two soap bubbles of radii 2 cm and 4 cm join to form a double bubble in air, then radius of curvature of
interface is
(1) 2 5 cm (2) 2 cm
(3) 4 cm (4) 2 3 cm
37. A square wire frame of side l is floating on the surface of liquid of surface tension T. The force required to pull
out the frame from the liquid is
(1) Tl (2) 2 Tl
(3) 4Tl (4) 8Tl
38. Two drops of a liquid coalesce to form a single drop. In this process, energy is
(1) Absorbed (2) Evolved
(3) Either absorbed or evolved (4) Neither absorbed nor evolved
39. Surface tension of a liquid, at critical temperature, is
(1) Maximum (2) Unchanged
(3) Zero (4) None of these

‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
t
en
nm nment
sig ssig
As A Assignment

Assignment
(1) 1 m/s
SECTION - A
2
NCERT Based MCQs (2) m/s
3
1. The height of mercury in the barometer tube is 70
3
cm due to entrapped air in it as shown in figure. (3) m/s
2
Now from this position tube is pulled up slightly,
then length of the mercury column in the tube will (4) 2 m/s
4. A container filled with a liquid of density 4 as
[NCERT Pg. 254]
shown in the figure. The velocity of efflux through
not perfect orifice is ( is density of water and g = 10 ms–2)
vacuum
[NCERT Pg. 259]

70 cm h=5 m
4

(1) 20 m/s (2) 10 m/s

(3) 14 m/s (4) 28 m/s
(1) Remain 70 cm
5. A boat floating in a lake is carrying a number of
(2) Slightly more than 70 cm cork balls. If the cork balls are unloaded into water,
then water level [NCERT Pg. 255]
(3) Slightly less than 70 cm
(1) Remains unchanged
(4) Can’t say
(2) Rises
2. The excess pressure inside a soap bubble is equal
(3) Falls
to an oil column of height 3 mm. The total surface
area of the soap bubble in contact with air will be (4) May rise or fall depends on the number of cork
(given, density of oil = 0.9 g/cm3, surface tension ball
of soap solution = 0.03 N/m and g = 10 ms–2) 6. A human heart pumps 50 cc of blood per heart
beat at a pressure of 1.5 m of water. If the heart
[NCERT Pg. 268]
beats are 75 per minute then average pumping
(1) 4.96 × 10–4 m2 (2) 1.24 × 10–4 m2 power of the heart is (g = 10 m/s2)
(3) 3.72 × 10–4 m2 (4) 1.03 × 10–4 m2 [NCERT Pg. 261]

3. An incompressible liquid is flowing through a (1) 3.0 W (2) 2 W

horizontal pipe as shown in figure. The magnitude (3) 0.94 W (4) 1.5 W
of velocity v is [NCERT Pg. 257]
7. Volume rate flow of a liquid of density  and
A coefficient of viscosity  through a cylindrical tube
3A 4 m/s of diameter D is Q. Reynold’s number of the flow
v is [NCERT Pg. 264]

4Q Q
(1) (2)
D D
2A
Q Q
(3) (4)
1 m/s 4D D
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 93
8. A hole is made at the bottom of tank filled with water. 13. Rise or fall of liquid inside the capillary is
If total pressure at bottom is 3 atm (1 atm = 105 N/m2)
then velocity of efflux is (Consider area of hole is [NCERT Pg. 269]

3 (1) Inversely proportional to radius of the capillary

times of cross sectional area of container)
2 tube
[NCERT Pg. 259] (2) Inversely proportional to surface tension of the
(1) 20 m/s liquid
(2) 40 m/s (3) Directly proportional to the density of liquid
(3) 50 m/s (4) Directly proportional to acceleration due to
(4) 30 m/s gravity
9. An ideal liquid is flowing through the horizontal tube 14. The flow of liquid is streamline if Reynolds number
as shown in figure. If areas of cross-section of end (Re) is [NCERT Pg. 264]
A and B are 2 mm2 and 4 mm2 respectively and (1) Re > 2000 (2) 1000 < Re < 2000
velocity of liquid at end A is 4 m/s then velocity of
liquid at end B will be [NCERT Pg. 257] (3) Re < 1000 (4) 2000 < Re < 3000
15. A spherical object is dropped inside the viscous liquid.
A B
Choose the correct velocity versus time (v - t) graph
of the object. (vT is the terminal velocity)
(1) 4 m/s (2) 2 m/s [NCERT Pg. 264]
(3) 8 m/s (4) 1 m/s v
v
10. If water is flowing in a pipe at a height 4 m from
the ground then its potential energy per unit volume (1) (2)
is (Reference is taken at ground, g = 10 m/s2) vT
t t
[NCERT Pg. 258] O O
v v
(1) 20 kJ/m3 (2) 10 kJ/m3
vT
(3) 40 kJ/m3 (4) 30 kJ/m3 (3) (4) vT
11. A circular wire frame of radius R is floating on the
surface of liquid of surface tension S. The force t t
O O
required to just pull out the frame from the liquid is
SECTION - B
[NCERT Pg. 266]
Objective Type Questions
(1) 2RS (2) 4RS
(3) RS (4) 3RS 1. The amount of work done in forming a soap film of
size 5 cm × 15 cm if surface tension is 10–2 N/m
12. A spherical air cavity of radius R is inside a liquid is
of uniform density  and surface tension T as
shown in the figure. The excess pressure inside (1) 3 × 10–4 J (2) 4.5 × 10–5 J
the cavity is (P1 is the pressure inside and P2 is (3) 1.5 × 10–4 J (4) 10–3 J
the pressure outside the cavity) [NCERT Pg. 268]
2. Two soap bubble of radius 3 cm and 4 cm combine
together in isothermal condition. The radius of
resultant soap bubble is
P2 (1) 5 cm (2) 7 cm
P1
(3) 1 cm (4) 91 cm

3. A spherical liquid drop of radius 7 cm is divided

4T 8T to 27 equal droplets. If the surface tension is
(1) P1  P2  (2) P1  P2  2 × 10–3 N/m, then the work done in the process is
R R
(1) 10–4 J (2) 5 × 10–4 J
2T T
(3) P1  P2  (4) P1  P2 
R R (3) Zero (4) 2.5 × 10–4 J

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
94 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

4. The surface energy of a soap bubble of radius ‘r’ 9. Which of the following option is correct for the
is proportional to figure shown below?

1
(1) (2) r2
r
A A/2 Q A R
(3) r (4) r3 P

S
5. A large bubble rises from the bottom of the lake to
the surface and its radius becomes 4 times, find h 3A
4
the depth of lake if atmospheric pressure is equal h/2
T A
to that of column of water of height H.
(1) 2 H (2) 60 H
(3) 55 H (4) 63 H (1) VP = VQ (2) PQ = PS
6. Three containers of different shapes containing (3) PP < PT (4) VR > VP
water, the pressure at the bottom for container A,
B and C are PA, PB and PC respectively. Select the 10. A liquid is flowing in streamline manner in a pipe
correct option. 1 with rate of x. If the same liquid is flowing in a
pipe of radius half of pipe 1 and length twice the
pipe 1 with same pressure difference, the rate of
flow of liquid for this pipe is
h h+1 h
x x
A B C (1) 3 (2)
2 24

(1) PA = PB = PC (2) PA = PC < PB x x

(3) 5 (4)
2 22
(3) PA = PC > PB (4) PA < PB < PC
11. A container is filled with mercury and accelerated
7. A body weighs 4 N in air, 3 N in water and 2 N in upwards as shown in figure where PT, PU, PV and
a liquid. The relative density of the solid and that P W are pressure at points T, U, V and W
of the liquid are respectively respectively. Choose the correct option
a
3 4 3
(1) 2, (2) , T U
2 3 2

V W
3
(3) 4, (4) 4, 2
2 (1) PT > PU > PW > PV

8. A block of wood with a metal plate placed on its (2) (PT = PU) < (PV = PW)
top floats in water as shown in figure, with x = 2 (3) (PT = PV) > (PU = PW)
cm and y = 50 cm, the possible value of x and y
after metal plate has fallen in water (4) (PT = PU) > (PV = PW)
12. If water drop is kept between glass plates X and
Metal plate Y and mercury drop is kept between glass plates
Y and Z then correct option is

Wood X X
x
y (1) Y (2) Y
Z Z

X X
(1) 3 cm, 52 cm (2) 3 cm, 49 cm Y Y
(3) (4)
(3) 1 cm, 51 cm (4) 1 cm, 48 cm Z Z

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 95
13. A square frame of side 2 cm is dipped in a liquid. 18. A candle of radius 1 cm is floating in a liquid in a
A membrane is formed when taken out, force cylindrical container of radius 1 m. If the candle is
acting on the frame. (Surface tension of liquid is burning at the rate of 1.5 cm/h, then the top of the
2.5 N/m) is nearly equal to candle will (in the given figure)

(1) 1.25 N (2) Zero

(3) 0.21 N (4) 0.41 N L
14. n identical liquid drops is/are falling with terminal L
velocity v0. If they combine to form a single drop
then new terminal velocity of the big drop will be
1
v0
(1) n 3 v 0 (2) 1
(1) Fall at the rate of 1.5 cm/h
n3 (2) Remain at the same height
2 (3) Fall at the rate of 3 cm/h
(3) n 3 v 0 (4) v0 (4) Fall at the rate of 0.75 cm/h
15. A ball is dropped from certain height H from 19. The variation of pressure, if an incompressible liquid
ground in a container a viscous liquid of height h is flowing in stream line manner shown in the
(H > h). The variation of velocity versus time is figure, is given by
represented by
V V

(1) (2)

t t P P

V V

(1) (2)
(3) (4) x x
P P
t t

16. Magnus effect is related with

(3) (4)
(1) Carnot theorem
x x
(2) Bernoulli’s theorem
20. Viscous drag force depends upon
(3) Perpendicular axes theorem
(1) Velocity with which it moves
(4) de-Broglie hypothesis
(2) Viscosity of body
17. Find the velocity v, if liquid flowing in streamline
manner (3) Density of body

2
(4) Both (1) & (2)
cm
=1 s 21. The lower end of a capillary tube is dipped in water.
A 2 4 m/
= Water rises upto height 10 cm. The tube is broken
A1 = 2 cm
2
v2
v1 = 8 m/s A3 upto 8 cm. Then new angle of contact will be
=1
v .5
cm 2 (1) 53º
(2) 37º
(1) 4 m/s (2) 8 m/s (3) 30º
(3) 12 m/s (4) 16 m/s
(4) 0º

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
96 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

22. If two liquid drops of same density but of masses 26. A U-tube containing a liquid moves with horizontal
M and 27M fall simultaneously in a viscous medium
g
with terminal speed v and nv, then value of n is acceleration , and the separation between the
2
(1) 9 (2) 3 limbs is d. The difference in their liquid levels is

1 d
(3) (4) 1 (1) (2) d
9 2
23. If n number of little droplets of water each of radius d
‘r’ and surface tension ‘s’ coalesce to form bigger (3) (4) 2d
4
drop then pressure inside bigger drop is (p0 is
atmosphere pressure). 27. 27 equal drops of liquid are falling through air with
steady velocity v 0 for each. If the drops are
1 coalesced then new velocity of bigger drop is
nT
(2) n T  p
3
(1)  p0
r r
0 (1) v0 (2) 27v0

(3) 9v0 (4) 3v0

T2 2T
(3)  p0 (4) 1
 p0
1 28. A cylindrical vessel of height h and base area A is
n3r 2 n3r filled with water. A hole of area a is made at the
bottom of vessel. If water is non-viscous then time
24. A hemisphere of volume v is kept in a liquid of in which water flows out of vessel is
density  as shown in figure. Vertical thrust on the
hemisphere due to liquid inside it is
A 2h A
(1) (2) 2gh
a g a

a 2h A g
(3) (4)
A g a 2h

29. A light cylindrical vessel is kept on a horizontal

surface. Its base area is A. A hole of cross
(1) vg (2) 2 vg
A
sectional area is made on side wall just at its
v g 4
(3) (4) Zero
2 bottom. Minimum coefficient of friction such that it
does not slide due to impact force of emerging
25. Liquid is filled in a tank upto height H. A hole is liquid is
made in the wall of tank at height y. Liquid
emerging from the hole lands at distance x from 1
(1)   (2)  = 4
the hole. If y decreases from H to zero, then x will 4

1 1
(3)   (4)  
2 8

H 30. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a

material of density 1. It is falling through a liquid
y of density 2 (2 > 1). Assume that the liquid
applies a viscous force on the ball such that
x F = –kv, then the terminal speed of the ball is
(1) First increase, then decrease
Vg  1  2  Vg  1  2 
(2) Increase (1) (2)
k k
(3) Decrease
V 1g V 2 g
(4) First decrease then increase (3) (4)
k k
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 97
31. Which of the following graphs represents the
relation between the capillary rise h and the radius
SECTION - C
r of the capillary (angle of contact is acute) Previous Years Questions

(1) (2) 1. In a U-tube as shown in the fig. water and oil are
in the left side and right side of the tube
respectively. The heights from the bottom for water
h h and oil columns are 15 cm and 20 cm
respectively. The density of the oil is
[take water = 1000 kg/m3] [NEET- 2019 (Odisha)]
r r

(3) (4)
h h 20 cm
15 cm

r r
water oil
32. If terminal speed of a sphere of gold (g = 19.5
kg/m3) is 2 m/s in a viscous liquid (  = 11.5 kg/ (1) 1333 kg/m3
m3) then the terminal speed of a sphere of silver (2) 1200 kg/m3
(s = 15.5 kg/m3) of same size in same liquid is
(3) 750 kg/m3
(1) 2 m/s
(4) 1000 kg/m3
(2) 1 m/s 2. Two small spherical metal balls, having equal
(3) 4 m/s masses, are made from materials of densities 1
and 2 (1 = 82) and have radii of 1 mm and 2
(4) 5 m/s
mm, respectively, they are made to fall vertically
33. A drop of liquid of diameter 0.28 cm breaks into 125 (from rest) in a viscous medium whose coefficient
droplets of equal radii. The change in surface energy of viscosity equals  and whose density is 0.12.
is nearly (Surface tension = 7.5  10–2 N/m) The ratio of their terminal velocities would be,
(1) Zero (2) 2 J [NEET- 2019 (Odisha)]
(3) 4.6 J (4) 7.5 J
79
(1)
34. Density of ice is  and that of water is . What 36
will be decrease in volume when a mass M of ice
melts? 79
(2)
72
M 
(1) (2) 19
 M (3)
36
1 1 1 1 1 39
(3) M    (4)     (4)
  M   72
3. A soap bubble, having radius of 1 mm, is blown
35. If three liquids of densities d, 2d, 3d are mixed with
equal proportion of mass, then relative density of from a detergent solution having a surface tension
mixture is of 2.5 × 10–2 N/m. The pressure inside the bubble
equals at a point Z0 below the free surface of water
11d 18d in a container. Taking g = 10 m/s2, density of
(1) (2)
7 11 water = 103 kg/m3, the value of Z0 is: [NEET- 2019]

13d 23d (1) 100 cm (2) 10 cm

(3) (4)
9 18 (3) 1 cm (4) 0.5 cm
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
98 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

4. A small hole of area of cross-section 2 mm2 is 7. A rectangular film of liquid is extended from
present near the bottom of a fully filled open tank (4 cm × 2 cm) to (5 cm × 4 cm). If the work done
of height 2 m. Taking g = 10 m/s2, the rate of flow is 3 × 10–4 J, the value of the surface tension of
of water through the open hole would be nearly the liquid is [NEET (Phase-2) - 2016]

[NEET- 2019] (1) 0.250 Nm–1

(2) 0.125 Nm–1
(1) 12.6 × 10–6 m3/s
(3) 0.2 Nm–1
(2) 8.9 × 10–6 m3/s
(4) 8.0 Nm–1
(3) 2.23 × 10–6 m3/s
8. Three liquids of densities 1, 2 and 3 (with 1 >
(4) 6.4 × 10–6 m3/s 2 > 3), having the same value of surface tension
T, rise to the same height in three identical
5. A small sphere of radius r falls from rest in a capillaries. The angles of contact 1, 2 and 3
viscous liquid. As a result, heat is produced due obey [NEET (Phase-2) - 2016]
to viscous force. The rate of production of heat
when the sphere attains its terminal velocity, is 
(1)  1  2  3  0
proportional to [NEET- 2018] 2

(1) r 3 (2) 0  1  2  3 
2
(2) r 2 
(3)  1  2  3  
(3) r4 2

(4) r 5 (4)   1  2  3 
2
6. A U tube with both ends open to the atmosphere, 9. Two non-mixing liquids of densities  and n
is partially filled with water. Oil, which is (n > 1) are put in a container. The height of each
immiscible with water, is poured into one side until liquid is h. A solid cylinder of length L and density
it stands at a distance of 10 mm above the water d is put in this container. The cylinder floats with
level on the other side. Meanwhile the water rises its axis vertical and length pL (p < 1) in the denser
by 65 mm from its original level (see diagram). The liquid. The density d is equal to [NEET-2016]
density of the oil is [NEET- 2017] (1) {1 + (n – 1)p}
Pa Pa (2) {1 + (n + 1)p}
F
A (3) {2 + (n + 1)p}
10 mm
E (4) {2 + (n – 1)p}
Final water level
65 mm 10. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has radius R,
Oil D one end of which has n fine holes, each of radius
Initial water level r. If the speed of the liquid in the tube is V, the
65 mm speed of the ejection of the liquid through the holes
is [Re-AIPMT-2015]
B C
V 2R
(1)
Water nr
VR 2
(2)
(1) 650 kg m–3 n2r 2

(2) 425 kg m–3 VR 2

(3)
nr 2
(3) 800 kg m–3
VR 2
(4) 928 kg m–3 (4)
n3 r 2
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 99
11. Water rises to a height h in capillary tube. If the 16. A liquid X of density 3.36 g cm–3 is poured in a
length of capillary tube above the surface of water U-tube, which contains Hg. Another liquid Y is
is made less than h, then [Re-AIPMT-2015] poured in left arm with height 8 cm, upper levels of
(1) Water does not rise at all X and Y are same. What is density of Y?
Y X
(2) Water rises upto the tip of capillary tube and
then starts overflowing like a fountain 8 cm
10 cm
(3) Water rises upto the top of capillary tube and
stays there without overflowing
(4) Water rises upto a point a little below the top
and stays there
12. A wind with speed 40 m/s blows parallel to the roof (1) 0.8 gcc–1 (2) 1.2 gcc–1
of a house. The area of the roof is 250 m 2 .
(3) 1.4 gcc–1 (4) 1.6 gcc–1
Assuming that the pressure inside the house is
atmospheric pressure, the force exerted by the 17. A wooden ball of density D is immersed in water
wind on the roof and the direction of the force will of density d to a depth h below the surface of
be (Pair = 1.2 kg/m3) [AIPMT-2015] water and then released. Upto what height will the
ball jump out of water?
(1) 2.4 × 105 N, downwards
d
(2) 4.8 × 105 N, downwards (1) h
D
(3) 4.8 × 105 N, upwards
d 
(4) 2.4 × 105 N, upwards (2)   1 h
D 
13. A certain number of spherical drops of a liquid of radius (3) h
r coalesce to form a single drop of radius R and
(4) Zero
volume V. If T is the surface tension of the liquid, then
18. A piece of solid weighs 120 g in air, 80 g in water
[AIPMT-2014] and 60 g in a liquid. The relative density of the solid
and that of the liquid are respectively
1 1
(1) Energy = 4VT    is released (1) 3, 2
r R
3
1 1 (2) 2,
(2) Energy = 3VT    is absorbed 4
r R
3
1 1 (3) ,2
(3) Energy = 3VT    is released 2
r R
(4) Energy is neither released nor absorbed 3
(4) 3,
2
14 The wettability of a surface by a liquid depends
19. A solid sphere of volume V and density ρ floats at
primarily on : [NEET-2013]
the interface of two immiscible liquids of densities
(1) Surface tension ρ1 and ρ2 respectively. If ρ1 < ρ < ρ2, then the ratio
(2) Density of volume of the parts of the sphere in upper and
lower liquids is
(3) Angle of contact between the surface and the
liquid 2  
(1)   
1
(4) Viscosity
15. The neck and bottom of a bottle are 3 cm and   1
(2)   
15 cm in radius respectively. If the cork is pressed 2
with a force 12 N in the neck of the bottle, then   2
force exerted on the bottom of the bottle is (3)   
1
(1) 30 N (2) 150 N
1 2
(3) 300 N (4) 600 N (4)

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
100 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

20. Ice pieces are floating in a beaker A containing water 25. A piece of wax weighs 18.03 g in air. A piece of
and also in a beaker B containing miscible liquid of metal is found to weigh 17.03 g in water. It is tied
specific gravity 1.2. When ice melts, the level of to the wax and both together weigh 15.23 g in
water. Then, the specific gravity of wax is
(1) Water increases in A
18.03
(2) Water decreases in A (1)
17.03
(3) Liquid in B decreases
17.03
(2)
(4) Liquid in B increases 18.03
21. A vessel contains oil (density 0.8 g cm–3) over 18.03
mercury (density 13.6 g cm–3). A homogenous (3)
19.83
sphere floats with half volume immersed in mercury
and the other half in oil. The density of the material 15.03
(4)
of the sphere in g cm–3 is 17.03

(1) 12.8 (2) 7.2 26. Eight equal drops of water are falling through air
with a steady velocity of 10 cm–1. If the drops
(3) 6.4 (4) 3.3 combine to form a single drop big in size, then the
terminal velocity of this big drop is
22. Two solid pieces, one of steel and the other of
aluminium when immersed completely in water (1) 80 cms–1 (2) 30 cms–1
have equal weights. When the solid pieces are
(3) 10 cms–1 (4) 40 cms–1
weighed in air
27. Streamline flow is more likely for liquid with
(1) The weight of aluminium is half the weight of
steel (1) High density and low viscosity

(2) Steel peice will weigh more (2) Low density and high viscosity

(3) They have the same weight (3) High density and high viscosity

(4) Aluminium piece will weigh more (4) Low density and low viscosity
28. An air bubble of radius 10–2 m is rising up at a
23. A wooden block, with a coin placed on its top,
steady rate of 2 × 10–3 ms–1 through a liquid of
floats in water as shown in the figure. The
density 1.5 × 103 kg m–3, the coefficient of viscosity
distances h and l are shown there. After some
neglecting the density of air, will be (g = 10 ms–2)
time, the coin falls into the water, then
(1) 23.2 units (2) 83.5 units
Coin
(3) 334 units (4) 167 units
l 29. The flow of liquid is laminar or streamline is
h determined by
(1) Rate of flow of liquid
(2) Density of fluid
(1) Both l and h increase
(3) Radius of the tube
(2) Both l and h decrease (4) Coefficient of viscosity of liquid
(3) l decreases and h increases 30. A boat carrying a number of large stones is floating
(4) l increases and h decreases in a water tank. What would happen to the water
level, if a few stones are unloaded into water?
24. An iceberg is floating in water. The density of ice
in the iceberg is 917 kg m–3 and the density of (1) Rises
water is 1024 kg m–3. What percentage fraction of (2) Falls
the iceberg would be visible?
(3) Remains unchanged
(1) 5% (2) 10%
(4) Rises till half the number of stones are unloaded
(3) 12% (4) 8% and then begins to fall

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 101
31. The velocity of a small ball of mass M and density 35. A rectangular vessel when full of water, takes 10 min
d1 when dropped in a container filled with glycerine to be emptied through an orifice in its bottom. How
becomes constant after some time. If the density much time will it take to be emptied when half filled
of glycerine is d2, the viscous force acting on the with water?
ball is (1) 9 min (2) 7 min

 d  (3) 5 min (4) 3 min

(1) Mg  1  2 
 d1  36. A metal plate of area 103 cm2 rests on a layer of
oil 6 mm thick. A tangential force 10–2 N is applied
d1 on it to move it with a constant velocity of 6 cms–1.
(2) Mg The coefficient of viscosity of the liquid is
d2
(3) mg(d1 – d2) (1) 0.1 poise (2) 0.5 poise

(4) mgd1d2 (3) 0.7 poise (4) 0.9 poise

32. There are two holes one each along the opposite 37. With an increase in temperature, surface tension of
sides of a wide rectangular tank. The cross-section liquid (except molten copper and cadmium)
of each hole is 0.01 m2 and the vertical distance (1) Increases
between the holes is one metre. The tank is filled
with water. The net force on the tank in newton (2) Remain same
when the water flows out of the holes is (density (3) Decreases
of water = 1000 kgm–3)
(4) First decreases then increases
(1) 100
38. Determine the energy stored in the surface of a
(2) 200 soap bubble of radius 2.1 cm if its tension is
(3) 300 4.5  10–2 Nm–1.

(4) 400 (1) 8 mJ (2) 2.46 mJ

33. A hole is made at the bottom of the tank filled with (3) 4.93 × 10–4 J (4) None of these
water (density 1000 kg/m3). If the total pressure at 39. A mercury drop of radius 1.0 cm is sprayed into
the bottom of the tank is 3 atm (1 atm = 105 N/m2), 106 droplets of equal sizes. The energy expended
then the velocity of efflux is in this process is (surface tension of mercury is
equal to 32 × 10–2 Nm–1)
(1) 200 m/s
(1) 3.98 × 10–4 J (2) 8.46 × 10–4 J
(2) 400 m/s (3) 3.98 × 10–2 J (4) 8.46 × 10–2 J
40. When a glass capillary tube of radius 0.015 cm is
(3) 500 m/s dipped in water, the water rises to a height of
15 cm within it. Assuming contact angle between
(4) 800 m/s water and glass to be 0°, the surface tension of
water is [ρwater = 1000 kg m–3, g = 9.81 ms–2]
34. A horizontal pipe line carries water in stremline
(1) 0.11 Nm–1 (2) 0.7 Nm–1
flow. At a point where the cross-sectional area is
10 cm2 the water velocity is 1 ms–1 and pressure (3) 0.072 Nm–1 (4) None of these
is 2000 Pa. The pressure of water at another point
41. A liquid does not wet the sides of a solid, if the
where the cross-sectional area is 5 cm2, is
angle of contact is
(1) 200 Pa
(1) Obtuse
(2) 400 Pa
(2) 90°
(3) 500 Pa
(3) Acute
(4) 800 Pa
(4) Zero
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
102 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

42. Two drops of equal radius coalesce to form a 4. If velocity of liquid flow is 8 m/s, then its velocity
bigger drop. What is ratio of surface energy of head is (take g = 10 m/s2)
bigger drop to a smaller one? (1) 1.6 m (2) 3.2 m
(1) 21/2 :1 (2) 1 : 1 (3) 4.8 m (4) 6.4 m
(3) 22/3 :1 (4) None of these 5. The mercury in a barometer stands at 75 cm by
the side of a fresh water lake. An air bubble at the
43. The excess pressure inside a spherical drop of
bottom of the lake when rises to the surface, its
water is frour times that of another drop. Then their
volume becomes three times its volume at the
respective mass ratio is
40
(1) 1 : 16 (2) 8 : 1 bottom. If specific gravity of the mercury is ,
3
(3) 1 : 4 (4) 1 : 64 then depth of the lake is
44. A balloon with mass m is descending down with an (1) 10 m (2) 20 m
acceleration a (where a < g). How much mass (3) 30 m (4) 40 m
should be removed from it so that it starts moving
up with an acceleration a? 6. A plastic cube just floats in a liquid while remaining
fully submerged. The same cube floats in water
2ma 2ma
(1) (2) 3
g a g a with th of its volume submerged. The density of
4
ma ma liquid (in kg/m3) is
(3) (4)
g a g a (density of water = 1000 kg/m3)

SECTION - D (1) 250 (2) 500

NEET Booster Questions 4000

(3) 750 (4)
1. If N rain drops of radius R falling with terminal 3
speed v each merge to form a single drop then
7. Water level in a tank is at 4 m from the ground. A
terminal speed of new drop is
small hole is made in the side wall of the tank at
1 2 m from the ground. On the horizontal ground, the
(1) Nv (2) N 3 v water coming out will fall up to a maximum
2 distance of
(3) N 3 v (4) N 3 v (1) 2 m from the tank (2) 3 m from the tank
2. If a liquid drop of radius R and surface tension T (3) 4 m from the tank (4) 5 m from the tank
breaks up into N identical liquid drops then work
done in this process is equal to 8. A square gate of size 4 m × 4 m is hinged at
topmost point. A fluid of density  fills the space
2 
(1) R T N 3  1
1
 2 
(2) R T N 3  1
2
 left of it. The force which acting 1 m from lowest
point can held the gate stationary is

(3) 4R 2T N 3  1 2
 
(4) 4R 2T N 3  1
1

F
3. Two different liquids have densities D1 and D2 1m
respectively. If same volume of both the liquids is
mixed together, then the density of this mixture is
128
(1) g
(1) D1D2 3
D1  D2 128
(2) (2) g
2 9
2D1D2 256
(3) D  D (3) g
1 2 9
(4) D1 + D2 256
(4) g
3
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 103
9. Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble 14. Two capillaries A and B of equal length but radii r
from a radius of 3 cm to 5 cm is nearly (surface and 3r are connected in series across a pressure
tension of soap solution = 0.03 N m–1) difference of p. The ratio of pressure difference
(1) 0.4 mJ (2) 0.2 mJ across A and B is

(3) 2 mJ (4) 4 mJ (1) 1 : 1 (2) 9 : 1

10. A U-tube contains water and methylated spirit (3) 81 : 1 (4) 1 : 9
separated by mercury. The mercury column in two
15. On the opposite sides of a wide vertical vessel
arms are in level with 10 cm of water in one arm
filled with water two identical holes are opened,
and 12.5 cm of spirit in the other. What is the
each having cross-sectional area a. If combined
specific gravity of spirit?
mass of water and vessel is M, then find the initial
(1) 0.2 (2) 0.3 acceleration of tank
(3) 0.5 (4) 0.8
11. Variation in atmospheric pressure above the sea h
level graphically shown with (Temperature of
atmosphere assume to be constant)
h
P
C h Smooth
A

D agh 4agh
B (1) (2)
h M M
(1) A (2) B
2agh
(3) C (4) D (3) (4) Zero
M
12. A closed tank filled with water is mounted on a
cart. The cart moves with an acceleration ‘a’ on a 16. The atmospheric pressure at a place is 105 Pa. If
plane road. The value of the pressure at a point tribromomethane (specific gravity = 2.9) be
which is at a depth h and a distance l from the employed as the barometric liquid, the barometric
front wall BC is (d = density of water) height is
B (1) 3.52 m (2) 1.52 m
h
a (3) 4.52 m (4) 2.52 m
l
C 17. A large vessel of height H, is filled with a liquid of
density , upto the brim . A small hole of radius r
is made at the side vertical face, close to the
(1) hdg (2) lda base. The horizontal force is required to stop the
(3) d(hg + la) (4) hd(g + a) gushing of liquid is
13. A small spherical solid ball is dropped in a viscous (1) 2(gH)r2 (2) gH
liquid. The graph correctly represented the velocity
(v) and acceleration (a) of ball is (3) gHr (4) gr2
18. A vertical U-tube of uniform cross-section contains
v a
water in both the arms. A 10 cm glycerine column
(R.D. = 1.2) is added to one of the limbs. The level
(1) (2) difference between the two free surfaces in the two
a v
limbs will be
t t
(1) 4 cm
v v
(2) 2 cm
(3) (4) (3) 6 cm
a a
t t (4) 8 cm

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
104 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

19. The pressure at the bottom of a water tank is 4 P, 24. An object suspended by a wire stretches it by
where P is atmospheric pressure. If water is drawn 10 mm. When object is immersed in a liquid the
3 10
out till the water level decreases by th, then elongation in wire reduces by mm. The ratio of
5 3
relative densities of the object and liquid is
pressure at the bottom of the tank is
(1) 3 : 1 (2) 1 : 3
3P 7P (3) 1 : 2 (4) 2 : 1
(1) (2)
8 6
25. A spring balance reads 200 gf when carrying a
11 P lump of lead in air. If the lead is now immersed
9P
(3) (4) with half of its volume in brine solution, what will
5 4 be the new reading of the spring balance?
20. A air bubble rises from bottom of a lake to surface. specific gravity of lead and brine are 11.4 and 1.1
If its radius increases by 200% and atmospheric respectively
pressure is equal to water coloumn of height H, (1) 190.4 gf (2) 180.4 gf
then depth of lake is
(3) 210 gf (4) 170.4 gf
(1) 21H
26. Water flows in a stream line manner through a
(2) 8H capillary tube of radius a. The pressure difference
(3) 9H being P and the rate of flow is Q. If the radius is
a
(4) 26H reduced to and the pressure is increased to 4P,
4
21. A liquid mixture of volume V, has two liquids as its then the rate of flow becomes
ingredients with densities  and . If density of the
mixture is , then mass of the first liquid in Q
(1) 4Q (2)
mixture is 2

V [  1] Q
(3) Q (4)
(1)
[  ] 64
L L
V [  ] 27. Three capillaries of length L,
2
and
3
are
(2)
[  ] r r
connected in series. Their radii are r, and
2 3
V (  ) respectively. Then if stream-line flow is to be
(3)
 maintained and the pressure across the first
capillary is P, then
V [1  ]
(4) (1) The pressure difference across the ends of
[  ] second capillary is 8P
22. A piece of gold weighs 10 g in air and 9 g in (2) The pressure difference across the third
water. What is the volume of cavity? capillary is 43P
(Density of gold = 19.3 g cm–3) (3) The pressure difference across the ends of
(1) 0.182 cc second capillary is 16P
(2) 0.282 cc (4) The pressure difference across the third
capillary is 59P
(3) 0.382 cc
28. Air streams horizontally past an air plane. The
(4) 0.482 cc speed over the top surface is 60 m/s and that
23. A block of ice floats in an oil in a vessel when the under the bottom surface is 45 m/s. The density of
ice melts, the level of oil will air is 1.293 kg/m3, then the difference in pressure is
(1) Go up (1) 1018 N/m2
(2) Go down (2) 516 N/m2
(3) Remain same (3) 1140 N/m2
(4) Go up or down depending on quantity of ice (4) 2250 N/m2

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
NEET Mechanical Properties of Fluids 105
29. Two water pipes P and Q having diameter 35. A glass capillary tube of inner diameter 0.28 mm
2 × 10–2 m and 4 × 10–2 m respectively are joined is lowered vertically into water in a vessel. The
in series with the main supply line of water. The pressure to be applied on the water in the capillary
velocity of water flowing in pipe P is tube so that water level in the tube
(1) Four times that of Q is same as that in the vessel is (surface
tension of water = 0.07 N/m and atmospheric
(2) Two times that of Q pressure = 105 N/m2).
1 (1) 103
(3) times that of Q
2 (2) 99 × 103
1
(4) times that of Q (3) 100 × 103
4
(4) 101 × 103
30. At what speed, the velocity head of water is equal
to pressure head of 40 cm of mercury? 36. Water rises to a height of 10 cm in a capillary
tube and mercury falls to a depth of 3.42 cm in the
(1) 2.8 m/s
same capillary tube. If the density of mercury is
(2) 10.32 m/s 13.6 kg/m3 and angle of contact is 135°, the ratio
(3) 5.6 m/s of surface tension for water and mercury is (angle
of contact for water and glass is 0°).
(4) 8.4 m/s
31. If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (1) 1 : 0.5
(density 19.5 kg/m3) is 0.2 m/s in a viscous liquid (2) 1 : 3
(density = 1.5 kg/m3), find the terminal speed of a
(3) 1 : 6.5
sphere of silver (density = 10.5 kg/m3) of the same
size in the same liquid. (4) 1.5 : 1
(1) 0.2 m/s 37. A spherical drop of water has 1 mm radius. If the
(2) 0.4 m/s surface tension of water is 75 × 10–3 N/m, then
difference of pressure between inside and outside
(3) 0.1 m/s of the drop is
(4) 0.133 m/s (1) 35 N/m2
32. If T is the surface tension of a fluid, then the
(2) 70 N/m2
energy needed to break a liquid drop of radius R
into 64 equal drops is (3) 140 N/m2
(1) 6R2T (4) 150 N/m2
(2) R2T 38. A capillary tube is dipped in water and it is 20 cm
(3) 12R T 2 outside water. The water rises upto 8 cm. If the
entire arrangement is put in freely falling elevator the
(4) 8R2T
length of water column in the capillary tube will be
33. The excess pressure inside a spherical drop of
(1) 20 cm (2) 4 cm
water is four times that of another drop. Then their
respective mass ratio is (3) 10 cm (4) 8 cm
(1) 1 : 16 39. If the excess pressure inside a soap bubble is
(2) 1 : 64 balanced by an oil column of height 2 mm,
then the surface tension of soap solution will be
(3) 1 : 4 (r = 1 cm, density of oil = 0.8 g/cm3)
(4) 1 : 8 (1) 3.9 N/m (2) 3.9 × 10–2 N/m
34. The work done in blowing a soap bubble of 10 cm
(3) 3.9 × 10–3 N/m (4) 3.9 × 10–1 N/m
radius is (surface tension of soap solution is
0.03 N/m). 40. There is small hole in a hollow sphere. The water
enters in it when it is taken to a depth of 40 cm
(1) 37.68 × 10–4 J
under water. The surface tension of water is
(2) 75.36 × 10–4 J 0.07 N/m. The diameter of hole is
(3) 126.82 × 10–4 J (1) 7 mm (2) 0.07 mm
–3
(4) 75.36 × 10 J (3) 0.0007 mm (4) 0.7 m
Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456
106 Mechanical Properties of Fluids NEET

41. Two equal drops are falling through air with a 44. A cylinder containing water, stands on a table of
steady velocity of 5 cm/second. If two drops height H. A small hole is punched in the side of
coalesce, then new terminal velocity will be cylinder at its base. The stream of water strikes
the ground at a horizontal distance R from the
(1) 5 × (4)1/3 cm/s (2) 5 2 cm/s table. Then the depth of water in the cylinder is
5 (1) H
(3) cm/s (4) 5 × 2 cm/s
2 (2) R
42. A small drop of water falls from rest through a
(3) RH
large height h in air; the final velocity is
2
(4) R /4H
(1) Proportional to h
45. A large open tank has two holes in its wall. One
(2) Proportional to h is a square of side a at a depth x from the top and
(3) Inversely proportional to h the other is a circular hole of radius r at depth 4x
from the top. When the tank is completely filled
(4) Almost independent of h with water, the quantities of water flowing out per
43. A vessel contain a liquid has a constant second from both holes are the same. Then r is
acceleration 19.6 m/s2 in horizontal direction. The equal to
free surface of water get sloped with horizontal at (1) 2a
angle
(2) a
1  1  1  1 
(1) tan   (2) sin   a
2  3 (3)
2
1 1  2  a
(3) tan  2  (4) sin   (4)
 5 
‰ ‰ ‰

Aakash Educational Services Limited - Regd. Office : Aakash Tower, 8, Pusa Road, New Delhi-110005 Ph. 011-47623456